0% found this document useful (0 votes)

550 views260 pages

Dokumen - Pub - Training Manual For Industrial Training Institutes Part 1 3nbsped 9351341577 9789351341574

Uploaded by

Shahriar H Dipto

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

550 views260 pages

Dokumen - Pub - Training Manual For Industrial Training Institutes Part 1 3nbsped 9351341577 9789351341574

Uploaded by

Shahriar H Dipto

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 260

TRAINING MANUAL

for
INDUSTRIAL TRAINING INSTITUTES (ITIS)
(As on 1st January 2014)
Part 1
THIRD EDITION
TRAINING MANUAL
for
INDUSTRIAL TRAINING INSTITUTES (ITIS)
(As on 1st January 2014)
Part 1
THIRD EDITION

Directorate General of Employment and Training

Ministry of Labour
Government of India
New Delhi

McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited

NEW DELHI

McGraw Hill Education Ofﬁces

New Delhi New York St Louis San Francisco Auckland Bogotá Caracas
Kuala Lumpur Lisbon London Madrid Mexico City Milan Montreal
San Juan Santiago Singapore Sydney Tokyo Toronto
McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited

Published by McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited

P-24, Green Park Extension, New Delhi 110 016

Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes (ITIs) Part 1

Copyright © 2014 by McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited. No part of this publication may be reproduced or distributed in
any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise or stored in a database or retrieval system
without the prior written permission of the publishers. The program listings (if any) may be entered, stored and executed in a computer
system, but they may not be reproduced for publication.

This edition can be exported from India only by the publishers,

McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited

ISBN-13: 978-9-35-134157-4
ISBN-10: 9-35-134157-7

Vice President and Managing Director: Ajay Shukla

Head—Higher Education Publishing and Marketing: Vibha Mahajan

Senior Publishing Manager—SEM & Tech Ed.: Shalini Jha
Senior Media Developer: Baldev Raj
Manager—Production Systems: Satinder S Baveja
Assistant Manager—Editorial Services: Sohini Mukherjee

Assistant General Manager—Higher Ed.: Vijay Sarathi

Senior Product Specialist—SEM & Tech Ed.: Tina Jajoriya
General Manager—Production: Rajender P Ghansela
Manager— Production: Reji Kumar

Information contained in this work has been obtained by McGraw Hill Education (India), from sources believed to be reliable. However,
neither McGraw Hill Education (India) nor its authors guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any information published herein,
and neither McGraw Hill Education (India) nor its authors shall be responsible for any errors, omissions, or damages arising out
of use of this information. This work is published with the understanding that McGraw Hill Education (India) and its authors are
supplying information but are not attempting to render engineering or other professional services. If such services are required, the
assistance of an appropriate professional should be sought.

Typeset at The Composers, 260, C.A. Apt., Paschim Vihar, New Delhi 110 063 and printed at Gopal Jee Enterprises, 190/5 Main
Road, Maujpur, Delhi - 110 053

Cover Printer: A.P. Offset

Preface to
the Third Edition

This Training Manual is a comprehensive guide for all relevant information pertaining to the Craftsmen
Training Scheme of the Government of India, Ministry of Labour, being implemented in Industrial Train-
ing Institutes all over the country. It has been divided into two parts. Part I contains information on the
Organisation Structure, Administration of Industrial Institutes, Manpower Requirements, All India Skills
Competition under the Craftsmen Training Scheme and Prescribed Standards. Chapter 1 covers the details
of the National Vocational Training System. Chapter 2 presents the Craftsmen Training Scheme (CTS).
Chapter 3 describes Manpower Requirement, Role and Responsibilities of Industrial Training Institutes.
Chapter 4 gives details of the All India Trade Test Procedure for the Craftsmen Training Scheme Under the
Aegis of NCVT. Finally, Appendices I to XXIII deal with various topics related to CTS and present sample
certificates awarded to trainees at the end of their courses. Part II, which is in the process of finalisation at
present, contains the Affiliation Procedure and Accreditation Criteria for Government and Private Industrial
Training Institutes seeking NCVT affiliation.
Detailed information supplementing the text contained in the above parts, such as various prescribed
proformae, statistical returns, procedures, etc., has been included in the relevant appendices and annexures
to the manual.
The Training Manual is an attempt to provide a transparent system to the end users of the Craftsmen
Training Scheme. Any training scheme, being non-static in nature, requires continuous review and updating
of policies, procedures, rules, standards, etc., so that the socio-economic changes, technical advancements
and training needs of user industries are appropriately taken care of. The last revision of this manual was
done in 2002. After that the National Council for Vocational Training (NCVT) has made a number of recom-
mendations and necessary orders for the implementation of prescribed norms that were issued from time to
time. The training manual has been revised to incorporate these orders at the appropriate places.
It may, however, be clarified that this manual is not a legal document, but is made only to serve the us-
ers for smooth implementation of the norms prescribed by NCVT. For any clarification, the original office
orders relating to that recommendation may be referred to.
It is hoped that the State Directorates dealing with Craftsmen Training, Principals and Staff of ITIs,
trainees and all those concerned with the implementation of the Craftsmen Training Scheme would continue
to find this manual a very useful reference.
DGE&T
Ministry of Labour
New Delhi
Preface to
the Second Edition

DGE&T
Ministry of Labour
New Delhi
Preface to
the First Edition

DGE&T
Ministry of Labour
New Delhi
Table of Content

Preface to the Third Edition v

Preface to the Second Edition vii
Preface to the First Edition ix

PART I
Chapter 1 National Vocational Training System 3
1.1 National Policy on Skill Development 3
1.2 The Mission Statement, Aims and Objectives 4
1.3 National Council for Vocational Training (NCVT) 5
1.4 Organisational Set-Up of NCVT 5
1.5 Composition of The Council (As per resolution dated 21/24 August, 1956) 6
1.6(A) Composition of Existing Council (w.e.f. 4 December, 2010) 7
1.6(B) Composition of Council (w.e.f. 1st October, 2013) 8
1.7 Terms of Office of Members 9
1.8 Proceedings of The Council 9
1.9 Committees 9
1.10 Trade Tests 9
1.11 Inspection of Training Institutes 10
1.12 NCVT Secretariat 10
1.13 Publications 10
1.14 Financial Aspects 10
1.15 Sub-Committees of NCVT 10
1.16 State Council for Vocational Training as Society 12
1.17 Registration of SCVT as Society 13
1.18 Board of Examinations 13
1.19 Role of The Directorate General of Employment And Training (DGE&T) 13

Chapter 2 Craftsmen Training Scheme (CTS) 15

2.1 Introduction 15
2.2 Growth of ITIs in The Country 15
xii Table of Content

2.3 Objectives of The Scheme 15

2.4 Salient Features of The Scheme 16
2.5 Multi-skill Courses Under Craftsmen Training Scheme 16
2.6 Responsibilities of Central and State Governments for Implementation of CTS 17
2.7 Administration and Conduct of Training Programmes in Industrial Training
Institutes 18
2.8 Training in Govt. /PVT. ITIs 18
2.9 Admission in Government and Private ITIs 19
2.10 General Guidelines for Training in ITIs 23
2.11 Method of Teaching in ITIs 27
2.12 Admission for Training in Additional Trades 28
2.13 Wearing of Uniforms by Technical Staff 28
2.14 Grants to Industrial Training Institutes 29
2.15 Record Cards of Trainees Who Pass Out—Follow Up 31
2.16 Concessions to Trainees for Active Service in Armed Forces 31
2.17 Licences for Mechanic (Motor Vehicle) Trainees 31
2.18 Time Tables for Instructional and Supervisory Staff 31
2.19 Staff Meetings 32
2.20 Reference Material and Training Aid 32
2.21 Internal Inspection of Institutes 33
2.22 Development of Instructional Materials to Improve Quality of Training 33
2.23 Management Information System 33
2.24 Statistical Returns Pertaining to Craftsmen Training Scheme 34
2.25 Inspection of Industrial Training Institutes 34
2.26 Training in Dual Trades 36
2.27 Definition of Technical Staff 36
2.28 Training In Industry 36
2.29 Setting Up of A Performance Appraisal System and Systematic Identification of
Staff Training Needs 37
2.30 Concessions to Trainees for Active Service in Armed Forces 37

Chapter 3 Manpower Requirement, Role and Responsibilities 38

3.1 Organization Chart And Administration Of Itis 38
3.2 Staff Admissible For Industrial Training Institutes 38

Chapter 4 All India Trade Test Procedure for the Craftsmen Training Scheme Under
the Aegis of NCVT 50
4.1 Introduction 50
4.2 Eligibility of the trainees to appear in All India Trade Test(for regular trainees) 50
4.3 Eligibility conditions for appearing in All India Trade Test (AITT) as a Private
Candidate under CTS. 51
4.10 Break up of remuneration to the examiners 52
4.11 Invigilation allowances given to staff engaged for trade testing purpose 52
Table of Content xiii

4.40 Trade Testing Centre 56

4.41 Examiners (for practical and theory) 57
4.42 Supervisors and Invigilators 57
4.43 Issue of Printed Certificates 58
4.44 Remuneration to paper setters and moderators for the various All India Trade Tests
under the Craftsmen Training Scheme and Apprenticeship Training Scheme 58
4.45 All India Trade Test in the Engineering Trades 58
4.47 All India Trade Tests in the non-engineering trades 60
4.48 All India Trade Test Procedure for multi Skill trades 60
4.49 Guidelines for Trainees to pass the Practical papers 61
4.50 Generic Module 61
4.51 Certification 63
4.52 Recognition of Certificates of BBBT & Advanced Module 65
4.53 Recommended punishment for using unfair means in All India Trade Test conducted
under the aegis of NCVT 65
4.54 Strict measures to ensure conduct of All India Trade Test as per NCVT norms 65
4.55 Re-evaluation of answer books of All India Trade Test 66
4.56 Issue of Duplicate Trade Certificates 66
4.57 All India Skills Competition under Craftsmen Training Scheme 67

Appendices 70
Appendix I
“Article of Memorandum of Association” For registering the State
Council of Vocation & Training (SCVT) as Society under the Societies
Registration Act, 1860 (Draft Model) 70
1. Name of The Society 70
2. Registered Office of the Society 70
3. aims and objectives 70
4. Income and Property of the Society 72
5. Rules and Regulations of the Society 73
6. Definitions 73
7. General Body of the Society 74
8. Composition of the Governing Council and Tenure of Office 74
9. Meetings of the Governing Council 75
10. Powers, Functions and Responsibilities of the Governing Council 76
11. Authorities of the Society 77
12. The Chairperson 78
13. The Member Secretary 78
14. Funds of the Society 79
15. Property of the Society 79
16. Annual Report 80
17. Seal of the Society 80
18. Dissolution of the Society 80
xiv Table of Content

19. Submission of Annual List 80

20. Legal Proceedings 80
21. Applicablity Clause 80
22. Powers of the Government 80
23. Restrictions of the Powers of the Society 81
24. General 81
Appendix II(A) 83
Provisional National Trade Certificate (For Regular Candidates) 83
Appendix II(B) 84
Provisional National Trade Certificate (for Private Candidates) 84
Appendix II(C) 85
Provisional National Trade Certificate (For BBBT) 85
Appendix II(D) 86
Provisional National Trade Certificate (For Advanced Module) 86
Appendix III(A) 87
National Trade Certificate (For Regular Candidates) 87
Appendix III(B) 89
National Trade Certificate (For Private Candidates) 89
Appendix III(C) 90
National Trade Certificate (For BBBT) 90
Appendix III(D) 92
National Trade Certificate (For Advanced Modules) +36 92
Appendix III(E) 94
National Trade Certificate (For Specialised Modules) 94
Appendix IV 95
Recognition of Trade Certificates Awarded by Various
Authorities at the Level of Craftsmen 95
Directorate General of Employment and Training, Ministry of Labour New Delhi 96
List (as on 20-5-68) of Trades under CTS of the DGE&T in Respect of Which
Diplomas/Certificate Awarded from Time to Time have been Recognized by
the Government of India 98
Non-Engineering Trades 98
Engineering Trades 99
Appendix V 100
Survey of Occupations around ITIs for Determining the Scope for
Training in the ITIs (Industry-wise Survey) 100
Appendix VI 104
Organisation Chart of an Industrial Training Institute 104
Appendix VII 105
List of Engineering and Non-Engineering Trades under the Craftsmen
Training Scheme as on 26.04.2012 105
Table of Content xv

Appendix VIIA 113

List (as on 20-5-68) of Trades under CTS of the DGE&T in Respect of Which
Diploma/Certificate Awarded from Time to Time have been Recognised by
Government of India 113
Appendix VIII 115
Progress Card for Craftsmen Training Scheme
(For Engineering Trades only) 115
Progress Card For Craftsmen Training Scheme (For Non-Engineering
Trades only) 117
Appendix IX 119
List of Engineering Trades under the Craftsmen Training Scheme,
Indicating Suitability to PWDs as on 01.01.2010 119
Appendix X 126
Proforma of Record Card of Ex-Trainees Follow-up 126
Appendix XI 127
Licenses for Mechanic (Motor Vehicle) Trainees 127
Appendix XII 129
Guidelines for Implementation of Specialized Modules for Reorganization
of Certificate by National Council for Vocational Training 129
Appendix XIII 130
List of Multi-skill Courses under CTS being implemented
through 100 ITIs upgraded to CoE as on 01.01.2007 130
Appendix XIV 135
Specialised Module Under Apprenticeship Training
(as on December 2013) 135
Group No. 35 – Centre of Excellence Trades Group 135
Appendix XIV – A 141
Proforma for Register of Caution Money Deposits 141
Monthly Abstract of Caution Money Deposits at the End of Month 141
Appendix XV 142
Inspection Questionnaire (For Technical Inspection of
Industrial Training Institutes) 142
Guidelines for Inspection of Industrial Training Institutes 142
PROFORMA 144
Appendix XVI 146
The Proforma of the Requisite Information regarding Inspection
Carried out 146
Appendix XVII 147
TS – 1 Annual Statistical Return on Craftsmen Training Scheme 147
Appendix XVIII 148
TS – 2 Annual Statistical Return Showing Number of Trainees Declared
Successful under Craftsmen Training Scheme in Final/Supplementary
Trade Tests 148
xvi Table of Content

Appendix XIX 149

TS – 3 Annual Statistical Return of ITIs under Craftsmen Training
Scheme Trades and Units existing and affiliated to NCVT 149
Appendix XX 150
TS – 4 Annual Statistical Return relating to training of Industrial Workers
under Scheme of Part-time Classes for Industrial Workers 150
Appendix XXI 151
Certificate of Merit for the Best Trainee 151
Appendix XXII 152
Appendix XXIII 153
Certificate of Merit for the Best State 153
Note from Publisher xvii

Note from Publisher

Part II, which is under finalisation with DGE&T, contains. Affiliation Procedure and Accreditation Criteria
for Government and Private Industrial Training Institutes seeking NCVT Affiliation. For any urgent require-
ment, please contact the Ministry of Labour, Directorate General of Employment and Training or visit their
web site at http://dget.gov.in
PART I
Chapter 1

National Vocational
Training System

1.1 NATIONAL POLICY ON SKILL DEVELOPMENT

The National Policy on Skill Development was approved by the Union Cabinet on 23 February, 2009. The
policy is a guiding document for implementation of various skill-development programmes in the country.
The objective is to create a workforce empowered with improved skills, knowledge and internationally
recognised qualifications, which would enable them to gain access to decent employment and ensure India’s
competence in the dynamic global labour market.
The salient features of the policy are the following:
(i) Generating a demand-driven system guided by labour-market signals, in order to reduce skill
mismatch
(ii) Expansion of outreach using established as well as innovative approaches
(iii) Setting up of the National Vocational Qualifications Framework, which will inter-alia include
opportunities for horizontal and vertical mobility between general and technical education, and
recognition and certification of competencies irrespective of mode of learning
(iv) Having a system to deliver ‘competencies’ in line with nationally and internationally recognised
standards
(v) Focus on new emerging occupations
(vi) Focus on pre-employment training and lifelong learning
(vii) Equity consideration—adequate participation of women, disabled persons and disadvantaged groups
including the economically backward and minorities—enhancing the workforce access to training;
improving employability and increasing employment opportunities
(viii) Stress on research, planning and monitoring
(ix) Involvement of social partners—responsibility of management and financing of the system would
be shared by all stakeholders and provide greater space for public-private partnership
(x) Promoting excellence
(xi) Use of modern training technologies including distance learning, e-learning, web-based learning,
etc.
(xii) Skill upgradation of trainers, and their quality assurance and improvement of status
4 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

1.2 THE MISSION STATEMENT, AIMS AND OBJECTIVES

Mission The policy envisions the establishment of a National Skill Development Initiative with the
following mission:
The National Skill Development Initiative will empower all individuals through improved skills, knowl-
edge, and nationally and internationally recognised qualifications, which would enable the people to gain
access to decent employment and ensure India’s competence in the global market.

Aims The aim of skill development in the country is to achieve rapid and inclusive growth through
(i) Enhancing individuals’ employability (wage/self-employment) and ability to adapt to changing
technologies and labour-market demands
(ii) Improving productivity and living standards of the people
(iii) Strengthening competitiveness of the country
(iv) Attracting investment in skill development

Objectives of National Policy on Skill Development

The objectives of the National Policy on Skill Development are the following:
(i) Create opportunities for all, especially youth, women and disadvantaged groups, to acquire skills
throughout life
(ii) Promote commitment by all stakeholders to own skill-development initiatives
(iii) Develop a high-quality skilled workforce/entrepreneurship relevant to current and emerging
employment market needs
(iv) Enable the establishment of flexible delivery mechanisms that respond to the characteristics of a
wide range of needs of stakeholders
(v) Enable effective coordination between different ministries, the centre and the states and public and
private providers

Target set by National Policy on Skill Development (NPSD)

Skill development of 500 million persons by 2022 by involving all stakeholders through concerned ministers
and departments

Scope of the National Policy on Skill Development

The coverage of the National Policy on Skill Development includes the following:
(i) Institution-based skill development including government and private ITIs/vocational schools/
technical schools/polytechnics/professional colleges, etc.
(ii) Learning initiatives of sectoral skill development organised by different ministries/departments
(iii) Formal and informal apprenticeships and other types of training by enterprises
(iv) Training for self-employment/entrepreneurial development
(v) Adult learning, retraining of retired or retiring employees and lifelong learning
(vi) Non-formal training including training by civil society organisations
(vii) E-learning, web-based learning and distance learning
National Vocational Training System 5

1.3 NATIONAL COUNCIL FOR VOCATIONAL TRAINING (NCVT)

The National Council for Vocational Training, an advisory body, was set up by the Government of India
in 1956 (the then National Council of Training in Vocational Trades—NCTVT). The Council has been en-
trusted with the responsibilities of prescribing standards and curricula for craftsmen training, advising the
Government of India on the overall policy and programmes, conducting All India Trade Tests and awarding
National Trade Certificates.

1.4 ORGANISATIONAL SET-UP OF NCVT

Resolution In pursuance of the recommendation of the All India Council for Technical Education, the
Government of India in the Ministry of Labour Resolution No. RTA-428(5)/dated 22 May, 1951, appointed
a committee called the National Trade Certification Investigation Committee with instructions to prepare a
scheme for the establishment of an All India Trades Board which would award certificates of proficiency
to craftsmen in various engineering and building trades. The report of this committee and also the recom-
mendation of the Training and Employment Services Organisation Committee (known as the Shiva Rao
Committee) was considered by the Government of India. The Government agreed with both the commit-
tees that there was a need for setting up a central agency for coordinating the training programmes in the
country, bringing about uniformity of standards and awarding certificates of proficiency in craftsmanship
on an all-India basis. Such a step would be in the interest of both the industry and the workers in as much
as it will ensure that the holders of National Certificates possess a minimum recognised degree of skill. In
addition, it would facilitate mobility of tradesmen in search of better employment.
The Government of India also decided to transfer the administration of the training organisation under
the Directorate General of Resettlement and Employment to the control of the State Government con-
cerned, retaining for themselves the functions of co-ordinating craftsmen training and laying down the
training policy. This decision has further accentuated the need for a central agency for assisting or advising
the Central Government in the discharge of their responsibilities regarding Craftsmen Training. It has ac-
cordingly been decided, in consultation with the State governments and other concerned parties, to set up
a National Council for Vocational Training (Accordingly, with a view to ensure and maintain uniformity
in the standards of training all over the country, the National Council for Vocational Training, an advisory
body, was set up by the Government of India in the year 1956. The Council has been entrusted with the
responsibilities of prescribing standards and curricula for Craftsmen Training, advising the Government of
India on the overall policy and programmes, conducting All India Trade Tests and awarding National Trade
Certificates. The National Council is chaired by the Minister of Labour, with members representing Central
and State Government departments, employers’ and workers’ organisations, professional and learned bod-
ies, All India Council for Technical Education, Scheduled castes and Scheduled tribes, All India Women’s
Organisation, etc.). The State Council for Vocational Training at the State level and the Trade Committees
have been established to assist the National Council.
The structure of the National Council for Vocational Training is given below:

Name The name of the Council shall be National Council for Vocational Training (NCVT).

Headquarters The headquarters of the Council shall be in New Delhi.

6 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Objectives The Council shall function as a central agency to advise the Government of India in framing
the training policy and coordinating vocational training throughout India.

Function The functions of the Council shall be to

(i) Establish and award National Trade Certificates in engineering, building, textile and leather trades
and such other trades as may be brought within its scope by the Government of India
(ii) Prescribe standards in respect of syllabi, equipment, and scale of space, duration of courses and
methods of training
(iii) Arrange trade tests in various trade courses and lay down standards of proficiency required for a
pass in the trade test leading to the award of National Trade Certificate
(iv) Arrange for ad-hoc or periodical inspections of training institutions in the country to ensure that the
standards prescribed by the Council are being followed
(v) Recognise training institutions run by government or by private agencies for purposes of the grant
of National Trade Certificates and lay down conditions for such recognition
(vi) Co-opt, if necessary, any person or persons to advise the Council in connection with its work
(vii) Prescribe qualifications for the technical staff of training institutions
(viii) Prescribe the standards and conditions of eligibility for the award of National Trade Certificates
(ix) Generally control the conditions for the award of National Trade Certificates
(x) Recommend the provision of additional training facilities, wherever necessary, and render such
assistance in the setting up of additional training institutions or in the Organisation of additional
training programmes as may be possible
(xi) Advise the central government regarding distribution to state governments of the contribution of the
Government of India towards expenditure on the Craftsmen Training Scheme
(xii) Perform such other functions as may be entrusted to it by the Government of India
(xiii) Perform such functions as are assigned by or under the Apprentices Act, 1961

1.5 COMPOSITION OF THE COUNCIL

(AS PER RESOLUTION DATED 21/24 AUGUST, 1956)
The Council has been constituted by the Government of India and consists of the following members:
(i) Chairperson Union Minister of Labour/State Minister of Labour and Employment
(ii) Secretary to the Government of India, Ministry of Labour and Employment
(iii) Director General of Employment and Training, and one representative each of
(a) Ministry of Transport and Shipping
(b) Ministry of Communications
(c) Ministry of Tourism and Civil Aviation
(d) Department of Iron and Steel in the Ministry of Steel Mines and Metals
(e) Small Scale Industries Organisations, Ministry of Industrial Development and Cooperative
Affairs
(f) Large and Medium Scale Industries Organisations, Ministry of Industrial Development and
Cooperative Affairs
(g) Public Sector Projects
(h) Controller of Printing (Department of Printing and Stationery) in the Ministry of Works,
Housing and Supply
National Vocational Training System 7

(i)Central Public Work Department

(j)Ministry of Defence
(k) Ministry of Finance
(l)Ministry of Education
(m) Ministry of Railways
(n) Ministry of Irrigation and Power
(o) Department of Cooperation, Ministry of Food, Agriculture, Development and Cooperation
(p) Planning Commission
(q) Department of Atomic Energy
(r)Textile Commissioner to the Government of India or his/her representative in the Ministry of
Commerce
(s) Directorate General of Technical Development in the Ministry of Industrial Development and
Cooperative Affairs
The representatives will, as far as possible, be technical officers.
(iv) One representative from each state government and Union Territory of Delhi, Arunachal Pradesh,
Manipur, Chandigarh, Goa, Daman and Diu and Pondicherry, Mizoram, and Dadra and Nagar
Haveli
(v) Director General, Factory Advice Service and Labour Institute, Mumbai
(vi) Five representatives of employers’ organizations nominated by the Government of India in
consultation with the employers’ organisations
(vii) Five representatives of workers’ organisations nominated by the Government of India in consultation
with the workers’ organisations
(viii) Five representatives of professional and learned bodies nominated by the Government of India
(ix) One representative of the All India Council for Technical Education nominated by that Council
(x) Two experts appointed by the Government of India
(xi) One representative each of the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes
(xii) Director of Employment Exchanges (DGE&T), Ministry of Labour & Employment and Rehabilitation
(xiii) Member Secretary—Director of Training (DGE&T), Ministry of Labour & Employment and
Rehabilitation
(xiv) One representative of an all-India women’s organisation

1.6(A) COMPOSITION OF COUNCIL

(w.e.f. 4 DECEMBER, 2010)
The Council shall be constituted by the Government of India and shall consist of the following members:
(i) Chairperson Union Minister for Labour and Employment/Minister of State for Labour and Employ-
ment (IC)
(ii) Vice Chairman—State Minister for Labour and Employment
(iii) Secretary to the Government of India, Ministry of Labour
(iv) Director General of Employment and Training/Joint Secretary, Ministry of Labour and Employment
(v) Financial Advisor Ministry of Labour and Employment
(vi) Deputy Director General (Training)
8 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

(vii) Deputy Director General (Apprenticeship Training) and one representative from each of the following:
(a) Department of Technical Education, Ministry of Human Resource Development
(b) Ministry of Textiles
(c) Ministry of Communication and Information and Technology/Department of Information
Technology
(d) Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises
The representatives will, as far as possible, be technical officers.
(viii) One representative each from state governments and union territory administrations (State Directors
dealing with Craftsmen Training Scheme) of Andhra Pradesh, Assam, Chhattisgarh, Gujarat, Himachal
Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Karnataka, Kerala, Orissa, Punjab, Rajasthan, Tamil Nadu,
Uttar Pradesh, West Bengal, Jammu and Kashmir, Haryana, Bihar, Delhi and Nagaland
(ix) Three representatives of employers’ organisations nominated by the Government of India
(x) Three representatives of workers’ organisations nominated by the Government of India
(xi) Five representatives of professional and learned bodies nominated by the Government of India
(xii) One representative of the All India Council for Technical Education nominated by the Government
of India
(xiii) Five experts nominated by the Government of India
(xiv) One representative each of the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes nominated by the Government
of India
(xv) One representative of a women’s organisation nominated by the Government of India
(xvi) Member Secretary—Director of Training (DGE&T), Ministry of Labour and Employment

1.6(B) COMPOSITION OF COUNCIL (w.e.f. 1ST OCTOBER, 2013)

(a) Union Minister for Labour & Employment Chairman
(b) Minister of State for Labour & Employment Vice Chairman
(c) Secretary, Labour & Employment Member
(d) Director General of Employment & Training Member
(e) One representative each of:
(i) Ministry of Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises Member
(ii) Ministry of Textiles Member
(iii) Department of Chemicals & Petro Chemicals Member
(f) One representative each from State of:
(i) Uttar Pradesh Member
(ii) Bihar Member
(iii) Maharashtra Member
(iv) Rajasthan Member
(v) Andhra Pradesh Member
(vi) Tripura Member
(vii) UT of Chandigarh Member
(g) One representative of All India Council for Technical Education Member
(h) Two representatives of Employers Member
(i) Two representatives of Workers Organizations Member
(j) Five experts to be nominated Member
(k) Dy. Director General (Training), DGE&T Member Secretary
National Vocational Training System 9

1.7 TERMS OF OFFICE OF MEMBERS

The terms of office of all non-official members of the Council or any standing committee appointed by the
Council shall be three years from the date of appointment or nomination as the case may be, provided that
a member appointed or nominated in his/her capacity as a member of a particular body or as the holder of
a particular appointment shall automatically cease to be member if he/she ceases to be a member of that
body or the holder of that appointment. Any person appointed to a casual vacancy among the non-official
members of the Council for the residue of the term for which the person whose place he/she fills would
have been a member.

1.8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE COUNCIL

(i) The Chairperson of the Council, when present, shall preside over all meetings of the Council.
(ii) In the absence of the Chairperson, the Secretary, Ministry of Labour, shall preside. On occasions
when the Chairperson/Secretary, Ministry of Labour, is unable to preside over a meeting of the
Council, the members present shall elect a Chairperson from amongst themselves for that particular
meeting.
(iii) One-third of the number of members of the Council shall constitute the quorum for any meeting of
the Council.
(iv) Not less than 30 days’ notice of every meeting of the Council shall ordinarily be given to each
member, but a shorter notice may be given for urgent meetings. The Council shall meet as often as
may be necessary and at least once in every year.
(v) The agenda of every meeting shall be sent so as to reach the members at least 15 days before the
scheduled date of the meeting.
(vi) In the case of difference of opinion among the members of the Council, the opinion of the majority
shall prevail.
(vii) If there is equality of votes, the President of the meeting shall exercise a casting vote.
(viii) The Chairperson, may, in special circumstances, instead of convening a meeting of the Council,
obtain the views of the members on any item of business individually by circulation instead of at a
meeting.
(ix) No proceedings of the Council shall be invalidated merely by reason of the existence of any vacancy
or vacancies among the members.

1.9 COMMITTEES
The Council shall have the power to appoint committees for assisting it in the discharge of its functions.
The recommendation of sub-committees must be ratified by the main council.
The recommendations of the Council on training policies shall be referred to the Government of India
for decisions.

1.10 TRADE TESTS

Trade tests in various courses will be arranged by or under the authority of the National Council for
Vocational Training and certificates duly approved by it will be awarded to successful candidates.
10 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

1.11 INSPECTION OF TRAINING INSTITUTES

The Council’s functions with regard to inspection of training institutes shall be exercised through the State
Directorate of Training. Training institutions which have already been affiliated or which have applied for
affiliation by the National Council shall afford all facilities for inspection to the staff of the Directorate of
Training or any member of the National Council examining body in a state or of any committee appointed
by the National Council.

1.12 NCVT SECRETARIAT

The Directorate of Training, Ministry of Labour, Government of India, shall provide the required secretarial
assistance to the Council.

1.13 PUBLICATIONS
An annual report of the working of the National Council for Vocational Training shall be published. The
Council may also publish periodicals and news bulletins for disseminating information of interest to trainees
and training institutions and industries.

1.14 FINANCIAL ASPECTS

The expenses of the Council shall be met by the Government of India. Official members of the Council and
of the committees will draw travelling and other allowances for attending the Council’s meetings and for
performing work connected with the Council from their respective governments. Non-official members of
the Council will be paid travelling allowances by the Government of India at the rate admissible to Govern-
ment of India officers of the first grade in accordance with the supplementary rules.

1.15 SUB-COMMITTEES OF NCVT

1. Evaluation of Training Programmes of Government and Private ITIs
As recommended by the NCVT in its seventh meeting held in November 1965, the issue of formation of
sub-committees of the National Council for evaluation of ITIs with a view to making definite suggestions
for the improvement of standards of training, has been considered by the Government of India. It has been
decided to set up one such sub-committees in each state/union territory.
The composition of the sub-committee is given below (five members):
(i) Director General of Employment and Training or his/her nominee
(ii) State Director In-charge of CTS
(iii) One member nominated by All India Council for Technical Education
(iv) One member nominated by an employers’ organization
(v) One member nominated by a workers’ organization
National Vocational Training System 11

2. Sub-Committees of NCVT for Affiliation of ITIs

The standing committee reports for grant of affiliation to trades/units of the ITIs is considered by a sub-
committee of NCVT dealing with affiliation of ITIs. The composition of the sub-committee of NCVT dealing
with affiliation is as follows:

1. DG/JS,DGE&T Chairperson
2. DDG(T) Vice-Chairperson
3. Central Departments/Ministries 2 members Nominated by rotation for a period of one year
4. Representatives from State 4 members, one each Nominated by rotation for a period of one year
Governments/UT Administrations from four regions
5. Representative from NE states 1 member Nominated by rotation from NE states and Sikkim for
a period of one year
6. Representative from employers’ 1 member Nominated by rotation for a period of one year
organisations
7. Representative from workers’ organi- 1 member Nominated by rotation for a period of one year
sations
8. Representative from professional and 1 member Nominated by rotation for a period of one year
learned bodies
9. Experts 1 member Nominated by rotation for a period of one year
10 Representative from SC/ST 1 member Nominated by rotation for a period of one year
11 Women 1 member
11 Director Training Member Secretary
Total—16 members

The sub-committee of the NCVT will be reconstituted after the expiry of three years from the date of its
constitution and only members of the working NCVT will be nominated on this sub-committee.

3. Sub-Committee for Norms and Courses

A sub-committee of the NCVT for norms and courses has been set up with the following functions:
(i) Study of existing trades covered and evaluation of their curricula to enhance their relevance to
industry
(ii) Suggest introduction of new trades and discontinue obsolete ones
(iii) Modification/revision in course material of existing trades
(iv) Revamping the curriculum of any trade above the NCVT’s norms on the basis of industry needs
(v) Regular interaction with industry /industry associations to assess the training needs
(vi) Establishment of proven mechanism for periodic revision of curricula
(vii) Qualitative improvement in present skill training by adding basic/life skills/communication skills in
existing course curricula
(viii) To discusses issues relating to norms or standards or policy matter before circulation to all members
for approval
12 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

The following should be the composition of sub-committee of NCVT for norms and courses:
1. DG/JS, DGE&T Chairperson
2. DDG (T) Vice-Chairperson
3. Director Training Member
4. Representative of DIT in NCVT Member
5. Representative of MOIA in NCVT Member
6. Representative from HRD in NCVT Member
7. State Director of TN Member
8. State Director of Gujarat Member
9. State Director of West Bengal Member
10. Representatives of CII/FICCI/ASSOCHAM Member
11. Representative of BMS Member
12. Expert (on rotation basis) Member
13. Experts from Industries
(according to requirement) Co-opt members
(maximum up to 4)
14. Director, NIMI Member
15. Representative from AICTE Member
16. Director, CSTARI Member
17. Director Training Member Secretary

1.16 STATE COUNCIL FOR VOCATIONAL TRAINING AS SOCIETY

The State Council corresponding to the National Council deals with all matters relating to vocational train-
ing at State level.

Objective The State Council, which is affiliated to the National Council for Vocational Training, func-
tions as a state agency to advise the state government, in carrying out the training policy laid down by the
National Council and to co-ordinate the vocational training programme throughout the state.

Functions
(i) To carry out the policy of the National Council with regard to the award of National Trade Certificates
in engineering and non-engineering trades as may be brought within its scope by the central or state
government
(ii) To implement the decision and carry out the policy laid down by the National Council in respect of
syllabi, equipment, scale of accommodation, duration of courses and method of training
(iii) To establish State Board of Examination in vocational trades
(iv) To arrange for ad-hoc or periodical inspection of the training institutes in the state and ensure that
the standards prescribed by the National Council are being followed
(v) To co-opt, if necessary, any person or persons to advise the State Council in connection with its work
(vi) To ensure that the staff is employed according to the qualifications prescribed by the National
Council and relax qualifications in special circumstances to be recorded, for trades where such staff
is not easily available
(vii) To ensure that the examinations are conducted by the State Board of Examinations according to
standards and the manner prescribed by the National Council
National Vocational Training System 13

(viii) To counter-sign and issue the National Trade Certificates to successful candidates
(ix) To recommend the provision of additional training facilities, wherever necessary, and render such
assistance in the setting up of additional training programmes as may be necessary
(x) To advise the state government regarding expenditure on different training schemes
(xi) To perform such other functions as may be entrusted to it by the state government

1.17 REGISTRATION OF SCVT AS SOCIETY

The State Governments to ensure that SCVT is registered as a Society in their respective state, with separate
website and bank account, which should be audited regularly. A draft Memorandum of Article and Associa-
tion for society is given at (Appendix-I).
DGE&T-19(13)/2011-CD dated 28th March, 2011

1.18 BOARD OF EXAMINATIONS

The State Council shall constitute a Board of Examination as a committee of the State Council, which shall
perform the following functions:
(i) To constitute a Local Board of Examination at each examination centre
(ii) To co-opt outside experts on the Local Board of Examination as and when necessary
(iii) To make necessary arrangements for the proper conduct of examinations including the provision of
raw materials, answer books and other stationery at the examination centre
(iv) To fix the scale of remuneration of the outside experts on the Local Board of Examination and
arrange payment thereof
(v) To ensure compliance with the standards prescribed by the National Council for the conduct of the
examination
(vi) To declare final results
(vii) To submit a yearly report to the State Council regarding its activities and to suggest measures for
effecting improvements

1.19 ROLE OF THE DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF EMPLOYMENT AND

TRAINING (DGE&T)
Vocational and technical training of labour is a part of the concurrent list of the Constitution of India (Entry
25). As per allocation of Business Rule, 1961, the Ministry of Labour and Employment is charged with the
responsibility of vocational training of labour. The responsibility is discharged through the Directorate General
of Employment and Training, which is a subsidiary office within the Ministry of Labour and Employment.
The Directorate General of Resettlement and Employment (DGR&E), now known as the Directorate
General of Employment and Training (DGE&T), was set up in 1945 for resettling demobilised defense
service personnel and discharged war workers in civilian life. After independence in 1947, the Directorate
General was also called upon to handle work relating to displaced persons from Pakistan. Subsequently, the
scope of the Directorate General was extended to cover employment service to all categories of jobseekers
in early 1948, and training services to all civilians in 1950.
14 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

The Directorate General of Employment and Training (DGE&T) in the Ministry of Labour and Employ-
ment is an apex organisation for development and coordination of vocational training. It includes vocational
training for women and employable persons in the country and providing skilled manpower to the industry
besides providing employment services. DGE&T offers a range of training courses catering to the needs
of different segments of society. Courses are available for school-leavers, ITI passed-outs, ITI instructors,
industrial workers, technicians, junior and middle-level executives, supervisors/foremen, women, physically
disabled persons and Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes (SCs/STs). It also conducts training-oriented
research and development of instructional media packages for the use of trainees and instructors. The Crafts-
men Training Scheme (CTS) is one of the schemes implemented by DGE&T for school-leavers.
Chapter 2

Craftsmen Training
Scheme (CTS)

2.1 INTRODUCTION
The Government of India introduced the Craftsmen Training Scheme (CTS) in 1950 to ensure a steady flow
of skilled workers in different trades for the domestic industry. The objectives was to raise quantitatively and
qualitatively the industrial production by systematic training, to reduce unemployment among the educated
youth by providing them employable training, and to cultivate and nurture a technical and industrial attitude
in the minds of the younger generation. The Scheme, the most important in the field of vocational training,
has been shaping craftsmen to meet the existing as well as future manpower need, through the vast network
of ITIs in the various states/union territories of the country.
The day-to-day administration of ITIs under the Craftsmen Training Scheme was transferred to the state
governments/union territory administrations with effect from the year 1956. The financial control of industrial
training institutes in the states as well as in the union territories has been transferred to the respective state
government/union territory on 1 April, 1969. Financial assistance is granted to them in the form of a bulk
grant in consultation with the Planning Commission and the Ministry of Finance.

2.2 GROWTH OF ITIs IN THE COUNTRY

The Craftsmen Training Scheme (CTS) was initiated by the Directorate General of Employment and Train-
ing (DGE&T), Ministry of Labour and Employment, in 1950 by establishing about 50 Industrial Training
Institutes (ITIs) for imparting skills in various vocational trades to meet the skilled manpower requirement
for industrial growth of the country. Several private ITIs were established in the 1980’s in southern states,
mostly in Kerala, Karnataka and Andhra Pradesh, from where trained craftsmen found placement in the
Gulf countries. In the year 1980, there were 831 ITIs which have grown to 10,750 with seating capacity of
15.24 lakhs as on 31 December, 2013.

2.3 OBJECTIVES OF THE SCHEME

The objectives of the Craftsmen Training Scheme are
(i) To equip the human resource with appropriate skills required in the labour market
16 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

(ii) To make the youth more productive by providing them employable skills to achieve wage benefits
as well as self-employment
(iii) To produce highly skilled craftsmen for the industry
(iv) To ensure steady flow of skilled workers for industrial/service sectors
(v) To raise the quality and quantity of industrial production by systematic training of potential workers

2.4 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE SCHEME

The Craftsmen Training Scheme (CTS) is a major scheme catering to the need of school-leavers and forms
the backbone of the National Vocational Training System of the country. State government departments
deliver vocational training to school-leavers through ITIs.
(i) Government Industrial Training Institutes are under the administrative and financial control of the
respective State Governments.
(ii) Private Industrial Training Institutes are privately funded and managed. However, some of them get
support from respective State Governments.
(iii) Candidates of 14 years of age or higher are eligible to seek admission in ITIs. There is no upper
age limit for admission to ITIs affiliated to NCVT. Semester System in place of existing long term
courses have been introduced w.e.f. session strartel from August 2013.
(iv) Admissions in ITIs are done twice a year, i.e. in the months of August and February.
(v) About 70% of the training period is allotted to practical training and the rest to subjects relating to Trade
Theory, Workshop Calculation and Science/Engineering Drawing, and Employability Skills.
(vi) Tuition fee in ITIs is decided by the respective State Government as deemed fit, based on the
recommendation of the concerned State Council for Vocational Training. Tuition fee in case of
institutes under DGE&T/UT Administration is `100/- per month per trainee. However, no fee is
being charged currently from SC/ST candidates and persons of disadvantaged groups.
(vii) There is a provision for grant of stipend to the trainees of government ITIs. They are also provided with
a library, sports and medical facilities. Some State Governments levy a nominal fee for the purpose.
(viii) Seats are reserved for SC/ST candidates in proportion to their population in the respective state/UT.
Guidelines for reserving 3% seats for persons with disabilities and 30% for female candidates have
been issued to State Governments and these could be filled based on the general reservation policy
of each state/UT, and the total reservation is limited to 50%. Seats are also reserved for the wards
of defence personnel. Seats for OBC candidates have also been reserved in proportion to the seats
reserved for them in government services in the respective states.
(ix) For optimum utilization of available infrastructural facilities, there is a provision of second and third
shifts in ITIs with segregated timing. The institutes are encouraged to introduce second shifts by
appointing one additional trade instructor and additional trainee kits for trainees.
(x) A placement cell in every ITI is set up to facilitate the graduates in getting placements in different
industries.

2.5 MULTI-SKILL COURSES UNDER CRAFTSMEN TRAINING SCHEME

As a paradigm shift in Craftsmen Training System in the country, a multi-skilling multi-entry and exit vo-
cational training program can be offered in ITIs. As per norms, Broad Based Basic Training (multi-skill)
courses are offered during the first year followed by Advanced and Specialized Modular Courses of 6 months’
Craftsmen Training Scheme (CTS) 17

duration each in the second year of training. The training programme is designed to cater to training needs
of particular group of industries. The structure of the training course is as under:
(i) “Broad Based Basic Training” (BBBT) in a number of skill areas related to a particular industrial
sector during first year.
(ii) Advanced modular courses of 6 months’ duration in the second year.
(iii) The curriculum for the above-mentioned BBBT as well as Advanced Modular Courses of 6 months’
duration is available at http://dget.nic.in/coe/main/index.htm. Trade testing for these courses is
done at the national level under the aegis of National Council for Vocational Training (NCVT).
Examination Guidelines and Marking Scheme is given in Chapter 4.
(iv) National Trade Certificates of one-year Broad Based Basic Training as well as for Advanced Modules
are awarded to the successful trainees.
(v) Specialized modular courses are organised during the last phase of training to bridge the skill gaps
keeping in view the needs of industry in the region. The testing and certification for the last phase
is done jointly by State Governments and Industry. These certificates are recognized by the NCVT.
Detailed Guidelines and certificate are given at (Appendix XII).
(vi) List of sectors and modules covered so far is given at (Appendix XIII).
(vii) Trainees of COE can also opt courses under Apprenticeship Trying Scheme after completely 1 year
BBBT and 6 month advanced modem. List of trader cover under ATS is at (Appendix XIV).

2.6 RESPONSIBILITIES OF CENTRAL AND STATE GOVERNMENTS FOR

IMPLEMENTATION OF CTS
1. Responsibilities of the Central Government
(i) Framing of overall policies, norms and standards for training
(ii) Formulation of new training schemes for qualitative and quantitative upgradation of the Craftsmen
Training Scheme
(iii) Development of course curricula
(iv) Affiliation of training institutes, i.e. ITIs
(v) Trade testing and certification
(vi) Conducting craft instructor training courses for serving and potential instructors of ITIs
(vii) Conducting courses for skill upgradation of industrial workers by offering short-term and long-term
courses in specialized fields
(viii) Implementation and regulation of training for trade apprentices under the Apprentices Act, 1961
(ix) Organizing vocational training programmes for women
(x) Implementing international agreements and facilitating cooperation in the field of vocational training

2. Responsibilities of State Governments

(i)Day-to-day administration of Industrial Training Institutes
(ii)Implementation of Craftsmen Training Schemes in ITIs
(iii)Conducting training courses in ITIs
(iv) Setting up of new institutes, addition of trade units in the existing institutes as per requirement of
local industries
(v) Arrangements for smooth conduction of trade tests, evaluation and award of certificates
(vi) Implementation of central schemes in their respective states
18 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

2.7 ADMINISTRATION AND CONDUCT OF TRAINING PROGRAMMES IN

INDUSTRIAL TRAINING INSTITUTES
Transfer of Control of ITIs to States
The financial control of Industrial Training Institutes in states as well as union territories has been transferred
to the respective State Governments/Union Territories on 1 April, 1969. Financial assistance is granted to
them under various schemes formulated in consultation with the Planning Commission, the Ministry of
Finance and other concerned ministries/departments.

Survey of Occupations Around ITIs for Determining the

Scope for Training in the ITIs
The points which may have to be taken into consideration while deciding to set up an ITI, introducing trades
or suggesting the closure of the unpopular trades and substituting them with more popular trades, a survey
of occupations around ITIs for determining the Scope for Training in the ITIs (Industry-wise Survey) may
be undertaken as per (Appendix V).

2.8 TRAINING IN GOVT. /PVT. ITIs

Skill-training programmes under government and private ITIs have been designed to impart basic skills
and knowledge in trades so as to prepare trainees as semi-skilled workers for wage employment as well as
self-employment.
About 70% of the training period is allotted to practical training and the rest to subjects relating to Trade
Theory, Workshop Calculation and Science, and Engineering Drawing. An emphasis is on skill building;
therefore, most of the time is devoted to practical training. In order to impart awareness on issues like
workers’ rights, occupational safety and health, soft skills, entrepreneurship and IT literacy, a compulsory
subject. “Employability Skills” in place of “Social Studies” has been introduced w.e.f. August 2012 in all
government and private ITIs.
(DGE&T-19/17/2010-CD, dated 15.04.2011)

Semester System
All the Government and Private ITIs have been advised to implement training programme under semester
system in place of existing long term courses. The detail guide line for implementation of semester system are:
d Craftsmen Training System in semester pattern will be imparted as per the syllabi approved by the

NCVT for each semester.

d The complete course of Craftsmen Training for all the trades (Engineering & Non-Engineering) will

be delivered in one to four semesters each of six months duration depending upon the trade.
d Training in any semester is to be started from an academic session i.e. either in the month of August

or February.
d On completion of the training period of a particular semester, Trade Testing would be done under the

aegis of NCVT in July and January every year.

d Examination for each semester both for theory, Workshop Calculation & Science, Engineering Drawing,

Employability Skills and trade practical will be conducted based on the syllabus of the corresponding
semester.
Craftsmen Training Scheme (CTS) 19

d A consolidated mark-sheet would be issued by respective State Government after completing all the
semesters based on marks obtained in each semester examination.
d For award of NTC, a trainee has to secure pass marks in each subject in each semester.
DGE&T 19(4)/2011–CD(Dt) [17/January/14th March, 2013]

2.9 ADMISSION IN GOVERNMENT AND PRIVATE ITIs

1. Age
Candidates who have attained the age of 14 years as on the date of commencement of an academic session
are eligible for admission in ITIs affiliated to NCVT.
There is no upper age limit for trainees seeking admission in courses under Craftsmen Training Scheme.
(DGE&T-19(15) / 2010-CD, dated 20.9.2010)

2. Qualification
Persons having educational qualifications as VIII/X/XII pass can take admission in ITIs. The required
minimum qualifications are prescribed in the respective trade syllabi, as well as in the list of Trades under
Craftsmen Training Scheme (CTS) given at (Appendix VII).

3. Reservation of Seats
This should be as follows:
(i) Seats for candidates belonging to Scheduled Castes/Tribes are in proportion to their population in
each State/Union Territory.
(ii) Seats are reserved for OBC candidates in ITIs keeping in view the overall reservation policy of the
respective states.
(DGE&T-19(12)/2002-CD, dated 15.11.2002)
(iii) 30% seats are horizontally reserved for female candidates in each category and these seats can be
filled up based on the general reservation policy of each state/UT. If the seats meant for them are not
utilized fully, the same can be filled in by male candidates subsequently.
(DGE&T-19(27)/2007-CD, dated 2.6.2008)
(iv) For boys and girls sponsored by recognized orphanages, if specific reservation is not possible, at
least preference should be given to them at the time of admission to Industrial Training Institutes.
(v) 3% of the seats for admission into the Craftsmen Training Scheme should be reserved for candidates
who are differently abled but have aptitude and are otherwise fit to undergo the required training.
Attempts may be made by the states/UTs to ensure that 3% of the seats reserved for the differently
abled are fully utilized. Steps should also be taken to give wide publicity in this regard, also by
bringing this fact to the notice of associations/organizations of differently abled persons and located
in the states. However, these students should be admitted only in those trades categorized in the list
of trades with PWD categories as given at (Appendix IX) as per the type of disability.
(DGE&T-19(19)/90-CD, dated 10.5.90)
20 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

For Wards of Defence Personnel

(vi) The Directorate General of Resettlement has confirmed the inclusion of ex-servicemen category in
the revised priorities for reservation up to 10 seats in each ITI. As such, the revised priorities for
admission of wards of defence personnel, etc., would henceforth be as under:
(a) Children of deceased/disabled ex-servicemen, including those killed/disabled during peace
time
(b) Children of ex-servicemen
(c) Children of serving jawans
(d) Children of serving officers
(e) Ex-servicemen
(DGE&T-29/ (4)/86-CD, dated April, 1986)
(vii) 10 seats are kept reserved in each of the 410 identified ITIs with a maximum of 2 seats in a trade for
Defence Service Personnel under pre-cum-post release training programme in ITIs from the session
starting August 2000. The list would be submitted by DGR for each state to the concerned State
Directorate well in advance to enable them to reserve the seats in different ITIs. For ITIs meant for
women, only women candidates, if any, would be considered for admission. The State Directorate
would issue necessary instructions to the principals of the concerned ITIs to reserve seats in the
trades as per the request of DGR. Where it is not possible to accommodate the request, admission in
alternative ITIs could be given.
(DGE&T-7/1/2000-TC, dated 22.6.2000)

4. Admission
Admission will be made purely on merit, based on the marks secured by candidates in the public examination
of the minimum qualification prescribed for the respective trade. Wherever there is no public examination
at the minimum qualification level, the selection will be made on merit, based on the marks obtained by the
candidates in the written examination conducted by the State Directorate for this purpose.
(DGE&T-19(28)/96-CD, dated 4.6.97)
Selection of candidates for admission in Industrial Training Institutes should start well in advance of the
commencement of each session. Admission should be completed as per the following schedule. Trade-wise
details of trainees admitted in the institute should be submitted to DGE&T immediately after closing the
admission by sending a soft copy in CD/e-mail to Director of Training.
(i) Cut-off date for admission in August session—31 August of the year
(ii) Cut-off date for admission in February session—28 February of the year

5. Supernumeraries
The percentage of supernumeraries to be admitted should be decided with the object of fully utilizing the
sanctioned seats at each institute. There is provision of 30% supernumerary seats in government and private
ITIs for both engineering and non-engineering trades. To take care of drop-out and to ensure optimum uti-
lization of the available infrastructure created for training, without compromising on the quality of training,
institutes are allowed to admit 30% more trainees at the time of admission only and not in between the session.
(DGE&T 19(20)/2007-CD, dated 2.6.2008)
Craftsmen Training Scheme (CTS) 21

(i) Fees for Application Form and Registration

(a) Application form—`25/- (` twenty-five only)
(b) Registration fee—`50/- (` fifty only)
(DGE&T-19(10)/2002-CD, dated 19/24.12.2002)

(ii) Tuition Fees

(a) `100/- per month per trainee has been prescribed as tuition fee. Tuition fee in the case of ITIs is to
be decided by the respective State Government as deemed fit based on the recommendation of the
concerned State Council for Vocational Training.
(b) Tuition fee in the case of institutes under DGE&T/Union Territory administration is `100/- per
month or part thereof per trainee.
(DGE&T-19/(10)/2002-CD, dated 19.12.2002)
(c) No fee is charged from SC/ST and physically handicapped trainees.
(DGE&T-19(13)/95-CD, dated 30.7.96)
(d) The State Directors/UTs in consultation with SCVT will decide suitable tuition fee to be charged by
private ITIs keeping in the view the cost of training.
(DGE&T-19(18)/95-CD, dated 6.8.96)

(iii) Caution Money

(a) To guard against the loss or damage to equipment, tools and other articles entrusted to a trainee’s
charge, each candidate is required to deposit to the head of the training institute, a sum of `250/- as
caution money at the time of joining the institute is at (Appendix-XIVA).
(DGE&T-19(10)/2002-CD, dated 19.12.2002)
Ordinarily, the caution money should be deposited in full by the trainees at the time of their admission.
In deserving cases, however, the State Director may make a relaxation to the extent that the amount
is realized in suitable installments within one month of a candidate’s admission. The caution money
should be kept intact. Any recoveries from the trainees that may be necessary on account of damage
to or loss of tools and equipment should be made in cash or by other means. Utilization of caution
money should be resorted to only in those cases where a trainee has left or is leaving an institute and
is otherwise unable to pay.
The caution money deposited by the trainees of the ITIs may be refunded to them as soon as they
complete the institutional training and hand over the tools and other articles entrusted to them. A
certificate from the instructor concerned to the effect that no article belonging to the institute is left
with the trainees, should, however, be produced by them along with the application for the refund of
the caution money.
(DGE&T-29(1)/86-CD, dated 17.2.86)
(b) To guard against the loss or damage to hostel articles, each hostel boarder of an ITI will also be
required to deposit with the head of the training institute a sum of `125/- only as ‘Hostel Caution
Money’ and `10/- only per year as ‘Hostel Service Charges’.
(DGE&T-19(10)/2002-CD, dated 19.12.2002)
Both the caution amounts deposited by the trainees may be refunded to them in the event of their
discharge from the institute/hostel on any ground.
(c) All deposits should be refunded normally on satisfactory completion of the institutional training.
22 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

(d) All balances unclaimed for more than three complete account years from the date they first become
repayable, shall at the close of March in each year, be credited to the government as unclaimed
deposits.
(e) The date of the first repayment shall be the date on which a trainee successfully completes the training.
(f) Caution money will be forfeited in the case of trainees who discontinue their training after one
month of commencement of training.
(DGE&T-12(8)/75-TC, dated 6.2.76)

(iv) Medical Examination

(a) Trainees should be medically examined soon after their admission by the Medical Officer attached
to the ITI. They should also be examined, thereafter once in a year. In case of trainees with
doubtful health, the medical examination may be held every three months. At training institutes,
where no medical officer has been appointed, arrangements for medical examination may be made
through a local doctor. For this purpose, the State Director may sanction an examination fee at
a rate not exceeding `25/- per trainee examined on each occasion, besides conveyance charges.
Training institutes within two and a half kilometres of one another may be treated as one centre in
calculating the rate of fee to be paid. The head of the training institute should discharge trainees
found medically unfit on admission. The case of differently abled persons with specified limitations
shall be examined by the State Government/Union Territory administrators concerned on merits, for
relaxation of standards referred to above.
(DGE&T-19(10)/2002-CD, dated 19.12.2002)
(b) No rigid physical standards have been prescribed for admission under the Craftsmen Training
Scheme. A trainee with contagious and infectious diseases should not be admitted. Proper publicity
should be given to inform prospective trainees about physical standards/norms required for
employment, so that candidates are fully aware of the requirements before seeking admission.
(DGE&T-19(11)/91-CD, dated 6.1.92)

(v) Aptitude Test

(a) An aptitude test may be conducted for candidates selected for admission into Industrial Training
Institutes at the end of the second month after admission. If a candidate is found unsuitable for a
particular trade, he/she should be considered for admission in any other trade before rejecting him/
her altogether.
(b) Trainees may be allowed a change of trade within the first month of their admission to a training
institute provided they possess the requisite qualifications for the new trade and vacancies are available.
(c) The use of aptitude test is optional and left to the State Government.
(DGE&T-19(10)/92-CD, dated 7.7.92)

(vi) Transfer of Trainees The State Director may sanction the transfer of a trainee willing to get trans-
ferred from one training institute to another or the exchange of trainees between training institutes provided
the sanctioned distribution of trades and the sanctioned number of trainees at those institutes are unaffected
and such transfers do not involve any expenditure on travelling, etc.

(vii) Facilities to Trainees Trainees will be given the following facilities wherever available in the
institute on deposit of nominal gymkhana fee to be decided by the principal of the institute.
(a) Games and recreation facilities and medical treatment
(b) Subsidized hostel accommodation
(c) Medical treatment
Craftsmen Training Scheme (CTS) 23

2.10 GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR TRAINING IN ITIs

1. Working Hours
It has been decided that the number of working hours at the ITIs should be fixed at 7½ hours per day with
the second Saturday of a month as a holiday.
(i) Total working hours: 42 hours per week.
(ii) Practical Instruction: 28 hours per week.
(iii) Theoretical Instruction: 10 hours per week as per following break up:
(a) Trade Theory 4 hours per week
(b) Workshop Calculation and Science 2 hours per week
(c) Engineering Drawing 2 hours per week
(d) Employability Skills 2 hours per week
(e) Extracurricular activities including Library
Studies and Physical Training/Sports 4 hours per week
(DGE&T-12(19)/83-TC, dated 12.10.83)

2. Minimum Compulsory Attendance for Trainees

(i) The minimum compulsory attendance for trainees regarding their eligibility for the final trade test
has been fixed at 80% of the actual number of working days.
(ii) For purpose of calculating 80% of the actual number of working days in respect of a trainee,
actual number of working days will be the number of days for which attendance was marked in
the attendance register during the period between the day of his/her admission and the date of the
beginning of the trade test. There may be cases in which the attendance of a trainee falls short of
80% due to reasons beyond his/her control. In such cases, no fixed rules can be laid down. If a
trainee has not missed essential training, the shortage of attendance, if due to causes beyond his/her
control, may be condoned.
(iii) Where a trainee absents himself/herself for more than half the number of days, for whatever
reasons, he/she should not be allowed to continue his training. Where, however, the absence is due
to unavoidable circumstances and the trainee has the required aptitude and capacity to become a
skilled craftsperson, the State Director in-charge of the training scheme should decide each case on
its own merits and admit the candidate for further training along with the senior batch provided there
are vacancies in the concerned trade. The re-admitted trainee will not be allowed a stipend.
(iv) The hours lost on the shop floor by a trainee due to absence over and above the prescribed minimum
of 80% attendance should be made up by the trainees by working in the shift to the extent necessary to
make up the loss in training without providing any additional equipment and staff. The assignments
to the trainee may be made by his/her instructors and the work may be supervised by the instructors
in charge of the shift in which the trainee works. This concession should, however, be given only
to those trainees who lose training for reasons beyond their control and not for those who remain
absent frequently for trivial reasons.

3. Holidays
(i) Trainees may be allowed the same holidays as fixed by the State Director for observance by the staff.
If a trainee is a stipend holder, he/she would be paid stipend at the full rate during such holidays.
24 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

(ii) With a view to have uniformity in the working of ITIs all over the country, there will be no winter/
summer holidays as such but the State Government may close institutes that are in inaccessible/
snow-bound areas for a period not exceeding 15 days in a year. Efforts should be made to complete
the loss due to such closure by working extra hours during the year. This closure need not therefore
apply to all the ITIs even if they are in the same state.
(DGE&T-12(15)/77-TC, dated 28.5.77)

4. Leave Admissible to Trainees

(i) Casual Leave
(a) Casual leave at the rate of 12 days per year for courses of one-year training duration or more will be
admissible subject to a maximum of 10 days at any one time.
(b) For courses of 6-month duration, only 6 days of casual leave are admissible.
(c) Any holiday falling during the period of casual leave shall not be counted for the purpose of the limit
of 12 days.
(d) Casual leave not utilized during the first year of a 2-year course shall stand lapsed at the end of
the first year and shall not be permitted to be carried forward to the second year. If the trainee is
a stipend holder, he/she will continue to draw the stipend at full rate during the period of casual
leave. Casual leave cannot be combined with any other kind of leave. If casual leave is preceded
or followed by medical or special leave, the entire leave taken will be treated as medical or special
leave provided that it shall not be allowed to exceed the maximum leave prescribed in respect of
medical/special leave.

(ii) Medical Leave

(a) 15 days of medical leave is allowed to trainees unable to attend duty owing to illness other than
injuries received while at work.
(b) Leave for a further period not exceeding three weeks for one-year trade courses and six weeks for
two-year trade courses in addition to 15 days of absence may be granted to a trainee on producing a
medical certificate from a medical officer or a registered medical practitioner. This leave should only
be granted once during the period of training.
(c) A trainee who requires extension of leave beyond 15 days and who does not go to a hospital for
treatment, may be granted leave on the recommendations of the medical officer, if any, posted at
the training institute by the State Government or a medical officer not below the rank of Assistant
Surgeon.
(d) If the medical officer of the rank of Assistant Surgeon is not within easy reach of the trainee, a
certificate signed by a registered medical practitioner may be accepted. The cost of medical treatment,
seat rent, etc., will be borne by the Government in the case of a trainee admitted as an indoor patient
in a hospital. The cost of diet during his/her stay as an indoor patient in a hospital will be borne by
the trainee and not by the Government. The principal of the training institute will arrange to pay the
hospital bill after obtaining the sanction of the concerned State Director, if necessary. A trainee who
holds a stipend will be allowed to draw stipend at the full rate during such leave.
(e) During illness, trainees residing in government hostels will also be paid actual conveyance charge to
and from the hospital by the cheapest mode of conveyance, irrespective of whether they are admitted
in the hospital as indoor patients or not.
(f) Trainees who are not fit for duty or do not report for duty at the end of two months should be
discharged from the date of expiry of the period. They may, however, be readmitted for training by
Craftsmen Training Scheme (CTS) 25

the State Director at his/her discretion, provided he/she is satisfied that they could not join earlier
and that they will be able to complete their course within the prescribed period. Any period involved
in excess of the leave admissible will be without stipend in the case of trainees who hold a stipend.
(g) In no circumstances should patent medicines be allowed to trainees at the cost of the Government.
The term ‘patent medicine’ means medicines not ordinarily stocked in local government hospitals or
dispensaries but does not include vaccine, sera, or other materials required for injections, provided
they are administered on a limited scale as part of treatment for specific ailments and the necessity
for their use is certified by a competent medical officer.
(DGE&T-19(12)/90-CD, dated 25.5.90)

(iii) Special Leave Special leave of up to 10 days for private reasons may be allowed to a trainee. In
extraordinary cases, where the head of the institute is satisfied that the requirement is genuine, the period
of special leave may, at his/her discretion, be raised to a maximum of 15 days for trainees of one-year trade
courses and 30 days for trainees of two-year trade courses. No scholarship will be admissible during the
period of special leave to a trainee who is a scholarship holder.
(DGE&T-19(12)/90-CD, dated 25.5.90)
If a trainee overstays the maximum period of special leave, he/she should be struck off the rolls from the
day following the date of expiry of the period and treated as an absconder.

(iv) Training Fee of Leave Period Training fee will be payable to industrial training institutes with
regard to trainees who avail of the above kinds of leave.

(v) Unauthorized Absence For unauthorized absence of less than 10 consecutive days at a time, the
principal of the institute should issue a written warning to the trainee for the first occasion. If the offence
is repeated, his/her case should be reported to the State Director, with a view to discharge. Proportionate
deduction of stipend from such trainees who are stipend holders should be made by the principal of the
institute for all unauthorized absence.

(vi) Absconders A trainee who absents himself from a training institute for 10 consecutive days without
permission and without informing the principal of the institute of the reasons for his/her absence, should be
treated as an absconder and struck off the rolls with effect from the first day of his/her absence. If a trainee
returns to the training institute within two weeks after having been struck off as an absconder, he/she may
be re-admitted by the principal of the institute with the approval of the State Director, provided the trainee
gives a satisfactory explanation of his/her absence.

(vii) Suspensions, Discharges and Resignations

(a) State Directors may discharge, at their discretion, such trainees as are recommended for discharge
by principals of training institutes on account of unsatisfactory progress in training, misconduct, etc.
For acts of indiscipline and misconduct, the principal of the institute should issue a written warning
for the first offence. If the offence is repeated, the trainee’s case should be reported to the State
Director with a view to discharge.
(b) Pending investigation of allegations against a trainee suspected of misconduct, he/she may be
suspended by the principal of the training institute for good and proper reasons which should be
recorded by the principal in writing. During the period of suspension, no stipend should be paid to
a trainee suspended for misconduct. The stipend may, however, be paid in full if and when such a
trainee is exonerated.
26 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

(c) Where a trainee under suspension is subsequently exonerated and the attendance due to his/her
suspension falls short of the prescribed 80% limit, he/she may be allowed to complete his/her
training, notwithstanding the shortage, and allowed to sit for the trade test if he/she has covered the
prescribed training course.

5. Award of Stipend
(a) A stipend of `100/- per month per trainee may be awarded to all trainees with approval of the
Finance Department of the respective State Government. However, the State Government is at their
liberty to increase the rate of stipend.
(DGE&T-19 (12)/95-CD, dated 2.9.96)
(b) In addition to the normal stipend mentioned above, merit scholarships at the rate of `125/- per month
per trainee may also be awarded to 4% of the total number of trainees on the rolls (both engineering
and non-engineering trades) on the basis of internal examination to be conducted at each Industrial
Training Institute.
(DGE&T-19(8)/99-CD), dated 7.1. 2000)
(c) Stipends should be granted to trainees only after the aptitude tests are over and decisions taken
regarding the discharge of supernumeraries. The award of stipends should be finalized within a
period of about three months of the start of the session.
6. Supply of Stationary to Trainees Trainees in the trades of Draughtsman (Civil and Mechanical)
and Surveyor will be supplied with the following articles:
(a) One pencil—medium hard Every month
(b) One blank drawing book (24 pages) Every two months
(c) One eraser Every three months
(d) Laboratory-size exercise book One per session
(one side blank and the other side ruled)
(e) Drawing sheets As required
The cost of the stationary will be met as follows:
(a) Government Industrial Training Institutes from training grant
(b) Private Industrial Training Institutes from training fees
(DGE&T-19(14)/93-CD, dated 23.9.93)

7. Supply of Overalls (Workshop Clothing) After every six months, one overall may be provided
to trainees required to work on or near machines. So far as trainees of Draftsman (Mechanical and Civil)
and Surveyor trades are concerned, they may be provided with one overall during the course of training.
Workshop attendants can also be provided with one overall every year. It is left to the respective State Gov-
ernments to decide for themselves the quality of cloth, according to the availability of cloth in their local
markets. No monetary limits are fixed for this purpose.
(DGE&T-19(8)/92-CD, dated 25.6.92)

8. Sale of Manufactured Products As per respective State Government rules.

9. Manufacture of Certain Items of Tools and Equipment at Industrial Training Institutes

by Trainees
(a) Trainees at ITIs are required to carry out graded exercises to learn the skills of their trades
progressively. It is felt that during the practical work done by the trainees, certain items included
Craftsmen Training Scheme (CTS) 27

in the list of tools and equipment as well as some furniture can be easily manufactured with the
raw material out of the training grant provided for the purpose of training. Items which can be
conveniently manufactured during the training may be chosen from the list of tools and equipment
with respect to various trades.
The State Government may examine the issue of manufacturing these tools and equipment at
the ITIs as a matter of policy, and avoid the purchase of these items from the market. Detailed
specifications regarding these items are not given in the list of tools and equipment prescribed.
The State Government may, however, adopt the specifications on the basis of similar items already
available at the Industrial Training Institutes. It may be mentioned that at certain industrial training
institutes, all the facilities for manufacturing these items may not be available. The State Government
may, therefore, examine the possibility of having these items manufactured at those ITIs within the
state where all the necessary facilities are available. This will not only result in the saving of a
considerable expenditure which the State Government may otherwise have to incur for the purchase
of additional tools and equipment as well as furniture, but it will also provide an opportunity to
trainees to work on actual jobs during the period of their training.
(b) In addition to the manufacture of tools for their own use, the ITIs can also undertake jobs which have
training value and are not repetitive in nature, from Public Sector Undertakings, provided this work
is commensurate with the needs for training and also after their requirements of necessary tools, etc.,
have been met.
Raw materials, spare parts accessories, etc., for all outside orders should generally be provided
by customers placing the orders.

2.11 METHOD OF TEACHING IN ITIs

1. Weekly Break-up of Syllabus Guidelines/Time-tables for Instructional
and Supervisory Staff
A weekly time-table should be chalked out for each instructional and supervisory staff including Group
Instructor, Allied Trade Instructor, Vocational Instructors (Theory/Practical, Workshop Science and Calculation
and Engineering Drawing) specifying the exact duties they will be expected to carry out on each working
day. The aim should be to fully utilize every available hour.
The spare time of the instructional staff when they are not taking theory/practical classes should be
utilized in doing the following:
(i) Checking trainees’ sessional work
(ii) Filling progress cards of trainees
(iii) Making sectional registers up-to-date
(iv) Preparing charts, drawings, etc., as visual aids
(v) Keeping class progress charts up-to-date
(vi) Chalking out the work plan for the next day
(vii) Maintenance of machines and equipment available in the institute

2. Model Lesson/Demonstrations Plans by Instructional/Supervisory Staff

The senior instructional and supervisory staff of the institute who have undergone a Teachers’ Training
Course and otherwise considered suitable may conduct model lessons/demonstration classes for the benefit
of their instructional staff of the institute.
28 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

The principal may arrange one such class every week of about one-hour duration of which 45 minutes or
so may be spent on illustrating the proper technique of teaching and the remaining time for group discussion.
It is desirable to keep a record of such model lessons and the points arising thereafter during the discussion
to spotlight the difficulties felt and remedies suggested as guidance to the staff.

3. Educational Tours by Trainees

The following concessions are admissible to trainees of the Industrial Training Institutes for their educational
tours:
(i) For the purpose of obtaining an idea of the actual working conditions, trainees from government
and private ITIs nearing completion of their courses may be sent for a week to nearby workshops/
industries.
(ii) The trainee will be entitled to a daily allowance at par with the minimum rates payable to group ‘C’
employees per day and second-class railway fare for to-and-fro journey.
(DGE&T-12(11)/81-TC, dated 11.6.82)
(iii) Each group of trainees has to be under the charge of a supervisory staff whose absence from the
institute will be treated as on duty for the period of the tour.

4. Progress Card for Craftsmen Training Scheme

A progress card should be maintained with respect to every trainee from the date of admission to the institute
in a sample proforma in (Appendix VIII).
For awarding sessional marks, monthly tests in all the subjects must be conducted and the performance
recorded as usual on a monthly and quarterly basis.
(DGE&T-19(10)/93-CD, dated 21.9.93)

2.12 ADMISSION FOR TRAINING IN ADDITIONAL TRADES

An ex-trainee of an ITI, who is already a National Trade Certificate holder in one of the trades under the
Craftsmen Training Scheme, can again seek admission to the ITI, provided he/she fulfills all the conditions
regarding educational qualifications, age, etc., prescribed for the purpose of admission to the new trade.
An Instructor with a three-year experience in the trade and with the required skill standard may be allowed
to take a test in another (allied) trade with the prior approval of the Director. If he/she passes the test in the
allied trade, he/she may be given an advance increment as an incentive. However, only one increment may
be allowed to an Instructor even if he/she obtains National Trade Certificates in more than one allied trade.

2.13 WEARING OF UNIFORMS BY TECHNICAL STAFF

For the sake of discipline during practical hours, all gazetted and non-gazetted technical staff at the ITIs
should wear a khaki overcoat. Such uniforms will be supplied free of cost to the members of the non-gazetted
staff. These would be according to the norms laid down, if any, by the State Government for the supply of
similar clothing to other government servants of comparable status.
Craftsmen Training Scheme (CTS) 29

2.14 GRANTS TO INDUSTRIAL TRAINING INSTITUTES

1. Training Grant
A training grant is allowed to each institute at `400/- per month per trainee for engineering trades and `300/-
per month per trainee for non-engineering trades to cover the cost of the following:
(i) Raw materials
(ii) Consumable stores such as oil, steel, cotton waste, etc.
(iii) Replacement of hand tools
(iv) Repairs to equipment on account of wear and tear
(v) Cost of stationery for training purpose (not for office)
(vi) Cost of light, water and power
(DGE&T-19/15/2007-CD, dated 2.6.2008)

2. Provision for Maintenance of Equipment/Machinery

A provision of maintenance head of 1–3% of the total cost of machines in an ITI in the annual budget every
year has to be made. This norm would, however, be applicable to machine tools and related equipment only.
For this purpose, principals of ITIs may be delegated full powers for repair and maintenance of machinery,
tools and equipment and a separate budget for this should be provided to him. Wherever possible, coopera-
tion from the industry could be sought to overcome neglected machinery problems in ITIs.
(DGE&T-19(3)/89-CD, dated 31.3.89)

3. Adequate Fund Availability for Raw Material

Adequate fund should be provided by State Governments/Union Territories for proper maintenance of equip-
ment and purchase of adequate raw material.
(DGE&T-19(7)/90-CD, dated 25.5.90)

4. Contingent Grant or Contingent Expenditure

(i) Postage stamps/stationary,
(ii) Purchase of government publications,
(iii) Repairs to and washing of workshop clothing,
(iv) Freight,
(v) Mazdoor hire and cartage of stores,
(vi) Miscellaneous expenditure at training institutes, and
(vii) Contingent expenditure at hostels. Contingent expenditure does not cover expenditure on items like
rent and taxes in respect of hostels, repairs to building, etc.

5. Technical Books and Magazines

(i) It is necessary for each institute to have technical books, technical magazines and other books related
to trades taught at the institute for instructional staff and trainees to refer. For this, expenditure of
`25/- per month per trainee is allowed.
30 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

(ii) The orders prescribing the technical books for libraries at State Directorates and ITIs are circulated
by DGE&T from time to time. These books are suggestive ones, and out of these, only those books
may be purchased which are technically considered to be of immediate value to the State Directorate.
(iii) Noting that the existing provision of `25/- per trainee per month for purchasing technical magazines
and books for libraries at ITIs is inadequate for setting up technical libraries on a proper footing, an
additional initial expenditure is considered necessary for the purpose.
At the time of establishing a new ITI, initial expenditure for the setting up of a library will be as
follows:
(a) For an ITI with seats up to 256 `50,000.00/-
(b) For an ITI with seats more than 256 `1,00,000.00/-
(DGE&T-19(24) /2010-CD, dated 5.10.2010)
(iv) The entire initial expenditure mentioned above involved in the setting up of technical libraries at
ITIs shall be utilized for the purchase of technical books only.

6. Sports and Recreation Grant

An expenditure of `50/- per trainee per month is allowed for recreation (newspaper, etc.) of trainees.
(DGE&T-19(24) / 2010-CD, dated 5.10.2010)

7. Medical Grant
An expenditure of `100/- per trainee per month is allowed to cover the cost of medicines and other require-
ments of the dispensary at the institute.
(DGE&T-19( 24)/2010-CD, dated 5.10.2010)

8. Grant for Stipend

Refer Para 4(viii).

9. Grant for Trade Testing

Refer Chapter 4.

10. Grant for Workshop Clothing

Refer Para 7 on page 26

11. Grant for Travelling Allowance

As per State Government rules

12. Grant for Maintenance of Building, etc. to be provided by State

Governments
No fixed scale has been laid down to meet the cost of maintenance of buildings, furniture, rent rates and
taxes. This will depend on individual requirement.
Craftsmen Training Scheme (CTS) 31

2.15 RECORD CARDS OF TRAINEES WHO PASS OUT—FOLLOW UP

(i) The form of the record card to be maintained regarding ex-trainees of ITIs is given in (Appendix X).
(ii) Record cards should be maintained to ensure that the passed-out trainees have been able to secure
employment. If employed, the name of the employer, etc., should be given, failing which, the
whereabouts of the unemployed trainees should be shown in the record cards.
(iii) The instructional staff should be advised to mix with trainees and create confidence in their minds
so that they may, after leaving the institute, keep in close touch with the instructors. When the
trainees present themselves for receiving the National Trade Certificates, the importance of keeping
the principal informed about their future careers must be impressed upon them. They should also
be asked to report periodically, say every three months, till they succeed in getting employment.
Further, with a view to encourage correspondence by the trainees, they may be permitted to write
letters to the instructional staff without having to pay for postage. Such a system is already in vogue
in employment exchanges, where free postage cards are issued to the registrants. Similar cards can
be issued to trainees who pass out from the institutes.

2.16 CONCESSIONS TO TRAINEES FOR ACTIVE SERVICE IN ARMED FORCES

The following concessions may be made to trainees of ITIs who volunteer for active services in the Indian
Armed Forces and are enrolled:
(i) Trainees of ITIs who volunteer for active service in the Indian Armed Forces during National
Emergency and are enrolled for such services, may be allowed to discontinue the training at the
industrial institutes, without being asked to refund the cost of training, etc.
(ii) On return from active service, if these trainees want to continue their training to complete the course,
they may be allowed to do so as though they had not left the training. In the case of scholarship
holders, they will be allowed to enjoy the scholarship for the remaining period of their training,
subject to the condition that the total period of drawing the scholarship does not exceed 18 months.
(iii) Trainees who are drafted for approved active service in the Indian Armed Forces during a National
Emergency within three months before the commencement of their final trade test, may be allowed
to appear for the All India Trade Test on their return. This should be subject to the condition that the
services rendered by them in the Indian Armed Forces fall in the same trade and the total period, i.e.
training at the institute and service in the Indian Armed Forces exceeds 18 months.

2.17 LICENCES FOR MECHANIC (MOTOR VEHICLE) TRAINEES

Driving is included in the syllabus of Mechanical Motor Vehicle trade. However, a driving license may not
be required by a trainee undergoing training in an ITI, approved by the Central/State Government, as per
notification of Government of India, Ministry of Surface Transport (a copy of the Gazette Notification is
at (Appendix XI).

2.18 TIME TABLES FOR INSTRUCTIONAL AND SUPERVISORY STAFF

A weekly time table should be chalked out for each instructional and supervisory staff including Group
Instructor, Allied Trade Instructor, Vocational Instructors (Practical), Vocational Instructor (Theory, W/Shop
32 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Science and Calculation and Engineering Drawing) specifying the exact duties they will be expected to carry
out on each working day. The aim should be to fully utilize every available hour.
The spare time of the instructional staff when they are not taking theory/practical classes should be
utilized in doing the following:
(i) Checking trainees’ sessional work
(ii) Filling progress cards of trainees
(iii) Bringing sectional registers up-to-date
(iv) Preparing charts, drawing, etc. as visual aids
(v) Keeping the class progress chart up-to-date
(vi) Chalking out the work plan for next day
(vii) Maintenance of Machines and Equipment available in the institute

2.19 STAFF MEETINGS

One of the regular features of training activities in an Industrial Training Institute should be instructional/
supervisory staff meetings at different levels to take stock of the progress made in the training programme,
to spell out and discuss difficulties encountered at different levels in implementing the programme and to
chalk out the future plan of action.
The principal may hold the meeting of the supervisory and instructional staff, depending upon the size
of the institute at regular intervals at least once in a month. Proper record should be kept of the minutes of
these monthly meetings and of the decisions arrived at and actions taken. These records should be submit-
ted to the Inspecting Officers. In a small institute having a seating capacity up to 250, these meetings may
not be necessary.

2.20 REFERENCE MATERIAL AND TRAINING AID

The following reference material should normally be available in the Institute.

(i) In the Office of the Principal

(a) Layout plan of the institute
(b) Layout plan of the workshop giving locations of machines installed
(c) Layout showing the electrical installation in the workshop
(d) Layout of the electrical distribution in the institute premises
(e) Organizational charts of the institute
(f)Chart showing the up-to-date trade wise number of trainees who have passed their trade test from
the institute. (Additional information of the number of passed-out trainees who have secured
employment or settled down may also be displayed wherever available.)
(g) Duty charts of instructional/supervisory staff
(h) Weekly time-table of each section

(ii) In the Workshop Sections

(a) Section layout plan showing position of the machines installed, their specifications, individual and
total connected load
(b) Prescribed syllabus and standard tools and equipment list for the trade
(c) Charts showing the break-up of syllabus on week wise/month wise basis
Craftsmen Training Scheme (CTS) 33

(d) Weekly time table of the section

(e) Section progress card, showing practical exercises completed by trainees individually
(f) Visual aids, charts, drawing and models (this will also include drawing of each type of machine
installed in the section, showing its parts and special features)
(g) Instructions on the maintenance of machines and equipment
(h) Chart showing safety rules to be observed in the section
(i) First-aid instructions

2.21 INTERNAL INSPECTION OF INSTITUTES

Regular internal inspections of the institute may be carried for ensuring smooth working of the training
programme and to increase efficiency of the administration.
(i) Internal inspections of Institute may be carried out at two different levels:
(a) Group instructor’s
(b) Principal’s
These inspections are confined to one section at one time and be intensively covering all aspects of
the activities of the section and factors affecting the training programme.
(ii) The inspection date will normally be fixed in advance and the section will be informed of the date.
(iii) The Principal will normally spend two hours in the section under inspection and the inspections will
be done on four days per week preferably.
(iv) In institutes where it may not be possible for the Principal to inspect all the sections of the institute due
to administrative reasons, the Group Instructor may carry out inspections. In that case, inspections
may be so arranged that the Principal and the Group Instructor may inspect the different sections
during their consecutive inspections.
(v) Proper record should be kept of these inspections, deficiencies observed and remedies suggested to
remove them may be noted. Action taken on these suggestions should also be checked and recorded
at the time of the next inspection.

2.22 DEVELOPMENT OF INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS TO IMPROVE

QUALITY OF TRAINING
(i) The State Government should set up media resource centres and effort should be made to develop
instructional material in the local languages. (DGE&T 29 (2)/87-CD, dated 3.4.87)
(ii) State Directors and UT Administrators dealing with the CTS may encourage the instructional staff of
ITIs located in their states to develop suitable training materials in English or a regional languages.
The producers of very good materials may be rewarded at the rate of `1000/- per material (a book,
a model, set of charts, transparencies and slides, etc.).
(DGE&T 29(5)/87 CD, dated 6.5.87)

2.23 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM

Management Information System is to be established both at the State HQ and the regional HQ of big states
for a good networking between the State Training Directorates, Industries and the DGE&T to facilitate the
planning and decision making, both at state and national levels. For bigger states, similar Management
Information System may be established at regional HQ of the state.
34 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

2.24 STATISTICAL RETURNS PERTAINING TO CRAFTSMEN TRAINING SCHEME

(i) Four statistical returns proforma pertaining to Craftsmen Training Scheme as prescribed viz
TS-1,TS-2, TS-3 and TS-4. The statistical returns prescribed are required to be sent annually by the
ITIs to DGE&T, New Delhi, through State Directors. State Directors may send the consolidated
return to DGE&T in respect of ITIs in their state. The information in respect of government as well
as private institutes may be sent separately and the same proformae should be used for the purpose.
A set of these proformae is given in (Appendix XVII) (TS-1), (Appendix XVIII) (TS-2),
(Appendix XIX) (TS-3) and (Appendix XX) (TS-4). The information as per these proformae may
kindly be sent to the statistical section (Training), DGE&T, Ministry of Labour & Employment ,
2-A/3 Kundan Mansion, Asaf Ali Road, New Delhi 110 002.
(DGET-14(6)/87-TC, dated 31.1.91)
(ii) State Directors may send the computerized returns in respect of Craftsmen Training Scheme. The
return should include details like trainees admitted, passed out trainees, their placement, drop-outs
and certificates to be issued.
(DGE&T-19(18)/96-CD, dated 30.4.97)

2.25 INSPECTION OF INDUSTRIAL TRAINING INSTITUTES

(i) The Inspecting Officer of the State Directorate of Training should visit the training institutes under
their charge as frequently as possible and inspect and advise on the training and the work of the
trainees. They should conduct trade tests for the trainees from time to time, check the efficiency of
the instructors and assist Principals of training institutes in all matters relating to the training classes.
(ii) The decisions of the National Council for Vocational Training on the subject of inspection of training
institutes are reproduced below:
(a) Each training centre in the state should be inspected at least once a quarter by an Inspecting
Officer of the State Directorate of Training.
(b) Beside, at least one centre in the state should be inspected once a year by a tripartite term
consisting of
d State Director-in-charge of Training;

d representative of industries who are running training schemes of their own; and

d a representative of the labour organization.

(c) A few selected centres of the each state should be inspected once a year by the officers of the
Training Directorate of the Directorate General of Employment & Training of Ministry of
Labour & Employment
(d) Regional officers should be appointed to assist the State Councils and the Central Government
in formulating new proposals and carrying out the policies of the Central Government and the
National Council and to carry out detailed inspection of each centre at least once a year on
behalf of the National Council.
(iii) The inspection questionnaire is given at (Appendix XV).
(iv) One of the functions of the National Council for Vocational Training is to arrange for ad-hoc or
periodical inspection of training institutions in the country to ensure that the standards prescribed by
the Council are being followed. This will be exercised through the Directorate of Training, Ministry
of Labour. Training institutes shall afford all facilities for inspection to the staff of the Directorate of
Training, Ministry of Labour, or any member of an examining body set by the National Council for
Vocational Training or any member of a committee appointed by the National Council.
Craftsmen Training Scheme (CTS) 35

(v) The requisite information regarding inspections carried out may be furnished biannually in the
proforma attached (Appendix XVI) so that the information relating to the half-year ending 30th June
and 31st December is received by the Directorate General of Employment and Training (Statistical
Section) by the end of the month following the period under review. If the return is not received from
any State Government, it will be assumed that no inspection has been carried out.
(vi) (a) Every year a team of inspecting officers from the Directorate General of Employment and
Training will select as many centres as possible for inspection in each State.
(b) The State Directors will select as many centres as possible for inspection in each state.
d At the conclusion of these inspections, a seminar will be organized by the State Directors

wherein the Principals and the inspecting officers of the Directorate General of Employ-
ment and Training will participate. Non-official members, particularly industrialists who
have participated in tripartite inspections may also be invited in the seminar. The final
report by the tripartite team will be discussed in the seminars.
d The deliberations and the report of this seminar along with the major deficiencies and

defects noticed and recommendations for removal will be brought to the notice of the
Director of Training, Directorate General of Employment and Training, and followed up
in this Directorate for early removal of the deficiencies noticed.
d In addition to the above, a seminar may be held at the state level at the State Directorate

wherein all the Principals of the industrial training institutes in the state, officers of the
State Directorate and other concerned will participate. Such a seminar should be held
once in a year and preferably about two months before the meeting of the State Govern-
ment representatives concerned with training schemes.
d The object of the seminars at the state level will be to discuss the administrative as well as

technical matters relating to the implementation of the training schemes at the state level
whereas the object of the seminars as are held at present is to discuss the discrepancies
noticed during the inspections and the methods for improvement.
(b) The Director of Training will organize a proper plan of inspection of the training centres by
the officers of the Directorate and intimate this to the directors at least two months in advance
so as to enable them to plan tripartite inspections and seminars.
(c) A number of States have enquired as to what should be the proforma for reports of the tripartite
teams. This matter has been carefully considered and it has been felt that while the tripartite
teams may not be tied down to furnish their reports of inspection of industrial training insti-
tutes in a prescribed proforma, the reports of the tripartite teams should, however, reflect the
general picture of the institute. The members of such a team may be informed accordingly and
requested also to embody the information in their reports on the following specific matters:
d (i) the training arrangements in the industrial training institutes specially in regard to
the methods adopted and the arrangements for training;
(ii) the adequacy or otherwise of the machine tools and equipment provided for training;
(iii) the general calibre of the instructors in regard to their knowledge of the theory and
practice of the craft; and
(iv) the discipline of the trainees.
d Whether the training imparted is up to the standard and skill obtained is as per the need

of the industry.
d Any suggestion for improvement.

With a view to ensure the minimum standard of training prescribed by the NCVT, two
inspections of the ITIs should be carried out every year, one by the state and one by the
36 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

DGE&T on a zonal basis. The DGE&T will carry out only technical inspection and the State
Government/Union Territory administrations should do administrative inspections of the ITIs.
It is required that in future a statement showing the action taken and/or proposed to be taken by the State
Directorate, etc., to remove the defects and shortcomings may kindly be attached with each inspection report
when forwarded to the Ministry.
It will be appreciated that the above suggestion will reduce the correspondence in this connection to a
considerable extent from both sides and will also enable the State Directors to review at the end of each
month the progress of remedial action taken on each inspection.
The inspections of the industrial institutes would require a close follow-up of the training programmes
in order to ensure that the training curriculum adopted for each trade is in conformity with the prescribed
syllabus and the desired proficiencies are attained by the trainees without running the risk of wastage due
to failures at the conclusion of the course. To achieve the above objective, the programme of inspecting the
ITIs would have to be intensified. The Technical Officer of the State Directorate according to the recom-
mendations of the State Representatives in their seventh meeting held on 8th and 9th October, 1964, would
inspect every ITI twice in a year. During these inspections, their officers would concentrate on the technical
and academic aspects of training and would offer their concrete and positive suggestions on the improve-
ment of the standard of training.

2.26 TRAINING IN DUAL TRADES

There is no objection to an ex-trainee of an ITI who is already a National Trade Certificate holder in one
of the trades under the Craftsmen Training Scheme, being admitted to the ITI, provided he/she fulfills all
the conditions regarding educational qualifications, age, etc., prescribed for the purpose of admission to the
new trade.
On the recommendation of the representatives of states at their sixth meeting vide Item 15, it has been
decided that an Instructor with three years’ experience in the trade and with the required standard of skill
may be allowed to take a test in another (allied) trade with the previous approval of the Director. If he/she
passes the test in the allied trade, he/she may be given an advance increment as an incentive. However, only
one increment may be allowed to an Instructor even if he/she obtains National Trade Certificate in more
than one allied trade.

2.27 DEFINITION OF TECHNICAL STAFF

Decided that the terms of technical staff “occurring” in Letter TC/TP-3/96/63, dated 17.4.1964 covers the
Drawing, Mathematics and Language Instructors and also trade instructors in both engineering as well as
non-engineering trades at the Industrial Training Institutes.

2.28 TRAINING IN INDUSTRY

Members of the technical staff of Industrial Training Institutes in all engineering trades should be deputed
to industry for industrial experience and/or refresher training in accordance with the scheme forwarded with
Letter TP-3(102)/63, dated 26.11.1963 subject to the condition that not more than one member is deputed
from an Industrial Training Institute at a time and not more than once in five years unless new equipment or
process on which training is essential are involved. Normal duration of such training should be one month.
Prior approval of the programme of training by the DGE&T is not necessary.
Craftsmen Training Scheme (CTS) 37

2.29 SETTING UP OF A PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM AND

SYSTEMATIC IDENTIFICATION OF STAFF TRAINING NEEDS
(i) Each State Directorate may work out a concrete training plan for each ITI based upon the self-
appraisal of individual instructors supported by his/her supervisors. Principals of ITIs may be
delegated with the financial powers to depute instructors for training at least for the courses where no
fees has been prescribed and only TA/DA are required to be paid to the staff. Ad-hoc appointments
may be made in place of instructors deputed for training/retraining.
(DGE&T-19(17)/96-CD, dated 27.5.1997)
(ii) Each State Directorate may appointment of 20% more instructors in ITIs as training reserves apart
from existing norms of one instructor per trade/unit so that they could be deputed for training on
regular basis without affecting the regular training programme of the institute. However, additional
requirement of 20% would not be insisted at the time of SCIR.
(DGE&T-19( 9)/2008-CD, dated 15.12.2008)
The State Directors should take up the proposal for ad-hoc appointment/training reserves with their
respective Finance Department for approval.

2.30 CONCESSIONS TO TRAINEES FOR ACTIVE SERVICE IN ARMED FORCES

The following concessions may be made to trainees of the Industrial Training Institutes who volunteer for
active services in the Indian Armed Forces and are enrolled:
(i) Trainees of the Industrial Training Institutes who volunteer for active service in the Indian Armed
Forces during National Emergency and are enrolled for such services, may be allowed to discontinue
the training at the Industrial Training Institutes, without being asked to refund the cost of training,
etc.
(ii) On return from active service, if these trainees want to continue their training to complete the course,
they may be allowed to do so as though they had not left the training. In the case of scholarship
holders, they will be allowed to enjoy the scholarship for the remaining period of their training,
subject to the condition that the total period of drawing scholarship does not exceed 18 months.
(iii) Trainees who are drafted for approved active service in the Indian Armed Forces during a National
Emergency, within three months before the commencement of their final trade test may be allowed
to appear for All India Trade Test on their return, provided the services rendered by them in the
Indian Armed Forces is in the same trade and the total period, i.e. training at the institute and service
in the Indian Armed Forces exceeds 18 months.
Chapter 3

Manpower Requirement,
Role and Responsibilities

3.1 ORGANIZATION CHART AND ADMINISTRATION OF ITIs

Organization Chart of an Industrial Training Institute may be followed as per (Appendix VI).

3.2 STAFF ADMISSIBLE FOR INDUSTRIAL TRAINING INSTITUTES

1. Administrative Set-Up of an ITI
Technical Staff
Basic, namely seating
S. No. Name of Post capacity of the Institute No. of Posts Admissible
1 2 3 4
1. Principal (Sr. Scale) ITIs with 1000 and above 1
Vice-Principal seats 2
(of the rank of Class II Principal and posts
interchangeable)
2. Principal (Sr. Scale) ITIs with 600 to 999 seats 1
3. Principal (Sr. Scale) ITIs with 400 to 599 seats 1
4. Principal (Jr. Scale) ITIs up to 399 seats 1
5. Superintendent (non-gazetted) ITIs below 200 seats 1
6. Group Instructor (i) No GI for ITI with capacity 1
(formerly called Foreman) lees then 8 units
(ii) For Every eight Units or
more than 8 units and in
multiplication of 8 units
7. Vocational/Craft Instructor For two trade unit 2, One VI must be with
Diploma/Degree qualification
8. Training and Placement Officer (in the Having 1000 or more sanc- (i) A post of Training and Placement Officer at
rank of Deputy Director/Joint Director) tioned seats each Regional Centre under Central and
State Governments.
(Contd.)
Manpower Requirement, Role and Responsibilities 39

Basic, namely seating

S. No. Name of Post capacity of the Institute No. of Posts Admissible
1 2 3 4
(ii) One such post to be created in an ITI hav-
ing 1000 or more sanctioned seats
(iii) Other institutes having less than 1000
seats, a staff member of appropriate level
should be entrusted to carry out the func-
tion of liaison with industry
(DGE&T-19(6)/90-CD, dated 15.05.90)
9. Drawing Instructor One for 144 (Engineering) seats sanctioned
Additional instructor will be required on in-
crease in every 144 trainees. upto 144 Engi-
neers seats – one instructor
(DGE&T-19(4)/2013-CD dated 26th June, 2013)
10. Mathematics Instructor One for 144 engineering seats sanctioned
(DGE&T-12(20)/81-TC, dated 08.06.81)
11. Allied Trade Instructor The post of Allied Trade Instructor may not
be provided in the ITIs in which allied trade
training could be carried out by the respec-
tive trade instructor. However, the existing
staff on all such posts may be phased out
gradually. In case of new institutes the post
of Allied Instructor is not required.
(DGE&T-19(8)/89-CD, dated 31.3.89)
(DGE&T-19(4)/2013-CD dated 26th June, 2013)
12. (i) Mechanic Machine Tool Maintenance One when six units exist in an ITI in the fol-
lowing trades: Machinist, Turner, Tool and
Die Maker, Instrument Mechanic. Not man-
datory can be out-sourced.
- do - One in each ITI working in three shifts and
having trades of Machinist and/or Turner if
Mill Wrights are otherwise not admissible.
Not mandatory can be out-sourced.
- do - One to be attached to an ITI with 600 seats or
more or to the State Directorate, if there is no
such ITI. Not mandatory can be out-sourced.
(ii) Maintenance Mechanic for Mainte- (ii) One for 15-30 of equivalent machines.
nance Section Two for 30-60 equivalent machines.
Three for 60-90 equivalent machines and
above. The M/W and Maintenance Me-
chanic already appointed under the exist-
ing pattern to be taken into account and
only one maintenance mechanic to be
appointed for the present where three or
less Maintenance Mechanics are admis-
sible. Not mandatory can be out-sourced.
(Contd.)
40 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Basic, namely seating

S. No. Name of Post capacity of the Institute No. of Posts Admissible
1 2 3 4
13. Carpenter One at each such Industrial Training Institute
where the number of seats sanctioned is
250 or more and where the post of Instructor
Carpentry does not exist. *However the said
post not required in new institues may be out
sourced.
14. Motor Driving Instructor One for Mechanic (Motor Vehicle) trade
15. Employability Skills Instructor *One full time instructor is required for 1000
seats & above. For seats less than 1000, the
instructor can be out sourced/on contract
basis.
16. Stenography Instructor (English) One for each unit.
17. Language Instructor (English) One for each ITI where the Trade of Stenog-
raphy (English) exists.
18. Stenography Instructor (Hindi) One for each unit.
19. Language Instructor (Hindi) One for each ITI where the trade of Stenog-
raphy (Hindi) exists.

*(DGE&T 19 (4)/2013-CD dated 26 June 2013)

(i) MINISTERIAL (CLASS III) AND CLASS IV STAFF to be decided by the respective State
Directorate.

Sanctioned Strength Clerks Workshop Peons and Safaiwala Chowkidars

Attendants Malis
UDC LDC
For a minimum of 50 seats 1 — 1 1 1 1
For a minimum of 100 seats 2 1 2 2 1 2
For a minimum of 150 seats 2 2 2 3 2 3
For a minimum of 200 seats 3 2 3 3 2 3
For a minimum of 250 seats 3 3 3 4 3 4

Remarks: Above the sanctioned strength of 250 seats, for every 50 to 100 additional seats, one additional
Clerk, UD or LD according to the circumstances, one Workshop Attendant and one Class IV staff may be
provided.
Where the number of Clerks is at least three, one of them may be appointed as Head Clerk.
Where the number of Clerks is six or more, one Office Superintendent may be appointed.

(ii) Hostel Staff

(a) Hostel Superintendent-cum-Physical One for the hostel attached to each institute
Training Instructor cum Contractor of
The institute
Manpower Requirement, Role and Responsibilities 41

(b) Hostel Clerk UDC or LDC, one for each hostel, where the actual
strength is 50 or more in addition to the Hostel
Superintendent.
(c) Hostel Class IV Staff to be decided by respective State Directorate on need basis.
No. of Trainees
Safaiwala Chowkidars
in the Hostel
1 to 50 trainees 1 1
51 to 100 trainees 2 2
101 to 200 trainees 3 4

For every additional 100 trainees in the hostel, one extra chawkidar and one extra Sweeper may be
provided.

(iii) Medical Staff

(a) Medical Officer First Aid facility need to be made available in the institute.
(b) Compounder It may be outsourced as per requirement. Tie-up with
(c) Dresser doctor/clinic/hospital is mandatory.
The norms at (i) and (ii) above have revised and New ITIs may appoint supporting staff (Ministerial staff
like clerk) head clerk, Accountant, superintendent, multi skill persons & hostel staff may be allowed to be
employed on contract basis/out sourced & may be need based.
DGE&T 19 (4)/2013-CD dated 26-6-13
1. Storekeepers
(i) Institutes with less than 250 seats One Storekeeper
(ii) Institutes with 251 to 599 seats One Storekeeper and one Asst. Storekeeper
(iii) Institutes with 600 to 899 seats One Storekeeper and two Asst. Storekeepers
(iv) Institutes with 900 seats and above One Store Superintendent and three Asst. Storekeepers
The scales of pay of the Store Superintendent, Storekeepers and Asst. Storekeepers will be according to
the state’s scales of pay for such posts in other departments of the State Government.
2. Librarian One Librarian for an institute with 400 or more seats is recommended.
(DGE&T-29(3)/86-CD, dated 17.02.86)
3. Switchboard Attendant Where there is a separate electric sub-station at the institutes and no atten-
dant is provided by PWD, one sub-station attendant for each shift could be appointed. The scale of pay of
the attendant will be according to the state’s scale. For new institutes the Switch Board attendant may be
outsourced as required
4. Accountant One Accountant should be provided in each institute.
5. Electrician One in each ITI where Electrician trade does not exist. For new ITIs Electrical maintenance
work of institute may be out sourced/contract basis where the Electrician trade does not exist.
6. Substitute They are admissible in respect of those instructors sent for training at CTI/ATIs.
42 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

2. Qualification, Experience and Method of Direct Recruitment and

Promotion of Technical Staff at Industrial Training Institutes
Sl. Name of Post and Capacity of ITI Qualifications Mode of
No. its Status recruitment
1. Principal (Sr. Scale) For institutes with For Direct Recruitment Promotion 100%
(equivalent to Execu- 400 seats and above A degree in the appropriate branch of Engineering/Tech-
tive Engineer of the nology of a recognized University or equivalent with 5
state) years’ experience.
Or
Diploma in the appropriate branch of Engineering/Tech-
nology from a recognized board/institution or equivalent
with eight years’ experience in a workshop or factory or
concern of repute engaged in production or in teaching in
a recognized institution.
For Promotees: In accordance with the existing rules of
the states.
2. Principal (Jr. Scale)/ In the case of ITIs For direct recruitment: Direct: 50%
Vice-Principal with seating capacity A degree in the appropriate branch of Engineering/Tech- Promotion: 50%
(equivalent to Asstt. below 400 seats nology from a recognized board/institution or university or
Executive Engineer But in the case of ITIs equivalent with 5 years’ experience.
of the state) with more than 400 Or
seats, a Vice-Principal Diploma in the appropriate branch of Engineering/Tech-
to assist the Principal nology from a recognised board/institution or equivalent
would have to be ap- with eight years’ experience in a workshop or factory or
pointed at the rate of concern of repute engaged in production or in teaching in
one Vice-Principal for a recognized institution.
every additional 300 For Promotees: In accordance with the existing rules of
seats or part thereof. the states.
3. Superintendent For institute below Same as for Group Instructors Promotion: 100%
(non-gazetted) 200 seats Direct recruit-
ment will be
resorted to only
if none of the in-
structors is con-
sidered suitable
for promotion.
4. Group instructor One for every eight (a) Matric or equivalent 25% by direct;
(formerly called units (b) Diploma in Technology/Engineering 75% by promo-
Foreman) (c) Five years practical experience in a reputed Industrial tion
concern or in a training institute
5. Vocational Instructor/ Academic: 10th class pass or its equivalent
Craft Instructor Technical: Degree in appropriate branch of Engineering
from recognized university or equivalent.
Or
Three year Diploma in the appropriate branch of Engi-
neering from recognized board/institute or equivalent
Or
(Contd.)
Manpower Requirement, Role and Responsibilities 43

Sl. Name of Post and Capacity of ITI Qualifications Mode of

No. its Status recruitment
National Apprenticeship Certificate (NAC) in relevant
Trade
Or
National Trade Certificate (NTC) in relevant Trade.
Practical Experience in an Industry of Training/Teaching
Institutes—One Year for Degree Holder
Two Years for Diploma Holder
Three Years for NAC/NTC
(DGE&T-19(8)/2008-CD, dated 23.12.2008)
6. Motor Driver The Motor Driver, admissible at the ITIs where Motor Me-
chanic trade is in operation, should possess a license in
heavy vehicle driving.
7. Vocational Instructor: One Vocational In- (a) Academic: Passed 10th standard examination under
One VI for a structor for a mini- 10+2 system of education.
Workshop Calcula- mum of 36 trainees (b) Technical: Passed degree or three years diploma in
tion and Science, and failing under the appropriate branch of Engineering from a recognized in-
Engineering Drawing same group of stitute.
(Engineering Trades) trades. (c) Possesses certificate under Craft Instructor Training
Scheme (One Year Course) or should have successfully
completed minimum two modules, viz., Teaching Meth-
odology Module (three month duration) and Trades Tech-
nology modules (three months duration) under Craftsmen
Instructor Training Programme on modular pattern or
should have passed a one-year course from a Technical
Teacher Training Institute (TTTI) under Ministry of Human
Resource Development.
8. Stenography (a) Matriculation or equivalent
Instructor (b) Five years’ experience as Stenographer with at least
a speed of 120 words per minute in shorthand and 40
words per minute in typing.
(c) Good knowledge of English and proficiency in the lan-
guage (Hindi in case of Hindi Stenography)
9. Language Instructor Trained graduate, preferably with a masters or an hon-
for Stenography ours degree in English/Hindi
Essential:
10. Mechanic Machine (a) Matric or equivalent
Tool Maintenance (b) Diploma in Engineering or technology or a Certificate
of apprenticeship from an industrial undertaking of repute
only in one of trades of Fitter, Turner, Machinist (Grinder)
and Machinist.
(c) Five years’ of experience in the repair and Mainte-
nance of machines in an industrial organization of repute.
Desirable: Administrative and organizing ability
11. Employability Skills BBA with two years experience or MBA.
Instructors
(Contd.)
44 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Sl. Name of Post and Capacity of ITI Qualifications Mode of

No. its Status recruitment
12. Computer Instructor Graduate in Engineering or Graduate in Computer Science
with atleast 1 year experience or Diploma in Computer En-
gineering with 2 years experience or NTC/NAC in COPA
with 3 years experience. The experience should be in a
reputed Industrial concern or in a training Institute.
DGE&T-19(4)/2013-CD dated 26/6/2013

NOTES
I. (i) There should be the same cadres as per apprenticeship groups to the Group Instructor level
(i.e. they will be appointed/promoted within these groups.
(ii) A certificate holder will rise to the post of Group Instructor.
(iii) For promotion, two years’ of minimum experience in the immediately preceding post is necessary.
II. The posts carrying the same scale of pay at the ITIs and the State Directorate of Training should be
declared interchangeable in the interest of administrative convenience.
III. The technical officers at the State Headquarters should be in the ratio of 75% of Mechanical and
25% Electrical /Automobile, depending on the workload.

3. Norms/Qualifications of Instructor for Multi-Skill Courses

The following norms are to be followed for appointment of Instructor for Broad Based Basic Training:
(i) For 6 Modules of BBBT: Six Vocational Instructors (VIs), one each for 6 modules of relevant trades
qualifications of VI should be as per para 2 above
(ii) For Workshop Calculation Science and Engineering Drawing: One Vocational Instructor having
diploma in relevant field
(iii) For Generic Module: One contract/part-time/guest faculty
The following norms are to be followed for appointment of Instructor for Advanced Module
One instructor of the following qualification for each advanced module in the sector
(i) *Degree in relevant branch of Engineering with a minimum of three years of teaching/industrial
experience in the relevant field
OR
(ii) *Diploma in relevant branch of Engineering with a minimum of five years of teaching/industrial
experience in the relevant field
OR
(iii) Higher National Trade Certificate (HNTC) in related area with minimum of five years of teaching/
industrial experience in the relevant field.
*Detailed qualification for instructors is given in the syllabi of BBBT and advanced module of each
sector.

4. Honorarium for Guest Instructors

Honorarium for guest lecturers for the basic courses under the Craftsmen Training Scheme will be `200.00 for
first hour and `150.00 for subsequent hours subject to a ceiling of 3 hours per day and 50 hours per month.
[DGE&T-12/04/ 2005-CD, dated 27.12.2005]
For a session of three hours for advanced level course; `800/-
(DGE&T-19(16)/2007-CD, dated 2.6. 2008)
Manpower Requirement, Role and Responsibilities 45

5. Salaries to be paid to the Staff Being Engaged by Private ITIs

A minimum of 2/3rd of the salary being paid to a government servant of equivalent level should be paid to
the faculty/staff members of the private ITIs. (DGE&T 19(19)/95–CD, dated 16.8.1996)

6. Qualifications for Post of Technical Assistant at Headquarters of State

Directorates of Training
Name of the Post Minimum Educational Qualifications Technical Qualifications
Technical Assistant Matriculation or equivalent Essential
(a) A diploma in mechanical engineering
(b) Industrial experience of three years which may include
teaching experience up to two years
Desirable
1. A certificate of proficiency in a mechanical engineering trade
with five years of industrial experience, part of which may be
spent in teaching
2. Ability to supervise the work of others
Scale of pay: State scale of pay for comparative posts State scale of pay for comparative posts.

NOTE: It has been observed in certain cases that the qualifications for the post of principals of the industrial
training institutes, technical staff at headquarters of the training directorates and apprenticeship and assistant
apprenticeship advisers are being applied to the existing staff also. The qualifications are not to be applied in
the case of those who have already been officiating in their present posts for three years or more. The State
Government/administrations are, therefore, requested to keep in view the decision quoted above while framing
recruitment rules with respect to the posts in question for making appointments, promotions, etc., thereto.

7. Qualifications Prescribed for Hostel Superintendent-cum-Physical

Training Instructor/Caretaker
(i) Graduate or equivalent
(ii) Organizing and administrative ability
(iii) Ability to keep and maintain proper accounts of expenditure
(iv) Ability to supervise games and sports and other recreational facilities
(v) A certificate in physical education
These need not be insisted upon in the case of existing incumbents of the posts.

8. Qualifications for Technical Staff at State Headquarters

Sl. No. Post Qualifications
1. Deputy Director of Training Essential
Degree/diploma in mechanical/electrical/automobile engineering of a recog-
nized university or an equivalent qualification.
(Contd.)
46 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Sl. No. Post Qualifications

Desirable
(i) About five years of industrial experience subsequent to graduation in a
supervisory capacity in a workshop engaged in production.
(ii) Some teaching experience in a recognized institute in addition to the
above essential qualifications will be desirable.
(iii) Organizing capacity and administrative ability.
2. Assistant Director of Training/Inspector Essential: Degree/diploma in mechanical/electrical/automobile engineer-
of Training ing of a recognized university or an equivalent qualification.
Desirable
(i) About three years industrial experience subsequent to graduation in a
supervisory capacity in a workshop engaged in production.
(ii) Some teaching experience in a recognized institute in addition to the
above essential qualifications will be desirable.
(iii) Organizing capacity and administrative ability.
Alternative qualifications:
A diploma in mechanical/electrical/automobile engineering of a recognized
university or an equivalent qualification. Desirable:
(i) About seven years of industrial experience in a supervisory capacity in a
workshop engaged in production subsequent to passing diploma. Some
teaching experience in a recognized technical institute in addition to the
above essential qualifications will be desirable.
(ii) Organizing capacity and administrative ability.

Mechanical/Electrical/Automobile engineers should be in the ratio of 75% mechanical and 25% in electri-
cal/automobile depending upon the workload.
NOTE: The qualifications suggested are based on the Central Government’s recruitment rules. The states
may, however, follow their own recruitment rules in this regard.

9. Suggested Duties of Principal, Supervisory and Instructional Staff of

Industrial Training Institutes
(i) Principal
The Principal should ensure that:
(a) all the instructions issued to him/her by the higher authorities are properly and expeditiously carried
out;
(b) accounts are maintained properly, stores are properly accounted for and verified periodically, and
the purchases are according to specification and in good condition;
(c) training programmes are carried out according to schemes;
(d) raw materials are purchased in time and duly supplied;
(e) machine and equipment are properly maintained;
(f) manufactured products are properly accounted for and disposed of in accordance with the rules and
instructions issued from time to time;
(g) ensure that the foremen and supervisors maintain an extremely close supervision on the work of
instructors and the progress of the classes;
(h) proper discipline is maintained in the institute;
Manpower Requirement, Role and Responsibilities 47

(i)
there is close relationship between the trainees and the instructional staff;
(j)
proper follow-up is maintained of the passed out trainees;
(k)proper security arrangements are maintained and safety precautions observed;
(l)
trainees get the proper medical aid and welfare arrangements are available;
(m) proper facilities to the inspection staff of the State Directorate, DGE&T, and other authorised bodies
are provided, and
(n) any other additional duties assigned to the Principal of ITI.

(ii) Group Instructor

The Group Instructors should ensure that
(a) proper coordination is maintained in all the sections and the training programme is carried out
efficiently, by personal close check and inspections;
(b) the tests are regularly carried out, the trainees’ work is correctly assessed, and proper record is kept
in the progress cards;
(c) raw material requirements of the sections are prepared well in advance to enable supply to be
arranged in time;
(d) safety precautions are observed in the workshop;
(e) sections function strictly according to the time schedule laid down and proper discipline maintained;
and
(f) any other additional duties assigned by the Principal of ITI.
The Group Instructor will also conduct model lessons in his/her own or connected subjects.
The Group Instructor will also carry out any additional work entrusted to him/her by the Principal of
the ITI.
Note:
(i) The lessons prepared by the instructors should be checked by the concerned Group Instructor for
correct planning and accuracy. This may be done in the beginning of each working day for which
the Group Instructor may spend about 15 minutes in each section.
(ii) The Group Instructor may also carry out a check of a certain percentage of these lessons to ensure
proper planning of lessons and right standard.
(iii) The Group Instructor will also attend these lectures from time to time to ensure that the proper
teaching technique is followed.

(iii) Hostel Superintendent-Cum-Physical Training Instructors

They will be responsible for
1. imparting physical training to the trainees;
2. arranging such cultural activities as are considered essential for creating team spirit, responsibility
and sense of discipline amongst the trainees; and
3. any other additional duties assigned by the Principal of ITI.

(iv) Vocational Instructors

The instructors will be responsible for
(a) taking of classes in theory and practice according to the prescribed syllabus and graded exercises;
(b) maintenance of attendance register, progress cards, raw-material register, tool and equipment
register, manufacturing register and other sectional records in accordance with the instructions;
(c) checking and correcting of theory notes, practical work and journals of trainees;
(d) preparing charts, drawing and other visual aid material for the section;
(e) ensuring that the machines in the section are in good working condition and are properly cleaned at
the closing time daily;
48 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

(f) requisitioning of tools and raw materials required for the section;
(g) ensuring close relationship with the trainees;
(h) attending to leave applications of trainees; and
(i) any other additional duties assigned by the Principal of ITI.
Notes:
(i) In giving theoretical training, the instructor will not depend on the textbooks or his/her old notes.
He/She will prepare lessons for each lecture and use the current technique of teaching as per the
Instruction material for trainers.
(ii) The instructor will check the conditions of tools and equipment in his/her section and will see that
the machines are in good working condition before beginning the practical class.

(v) Mechanic Machine Tool Maintenance

The responsibilities include
(a) training all Mechanic Machine Tool Maintenance Instructors who are responsible for the maintenance
and repairs of the machinery in all Industrial Training Institutes in the State/Union Territory; and
(b) carrying out special periodical inspection of the machinery in the Industrial Training Institutes in the
State/Union Territory and report on the state of maintenance and also to render advise with a view
to improve the maintenance.
(c) While Mechanic Machine Tool Maintenance Instructors concerned at the Industrial Training
Institutes are responsible for the maintenance and normal repairs of the machinery, the Mechanic
Machine Tool Maintenance Instructor will undertake major repairs to the machinery in abnormal
cases with the help of the Mechanic Machine Tool Maintenance Instructor concerned.
(d) Any other additional duties assigned by the Principal of ITI.
(DGE&T-2(2)/99-CD, dated 3.6.99

(vi) Training and Placement Cell

Placement Cells need to be set up in every ITI with the following functions, to help the graduates in getting
placed in different industries:
(a) Maintaining details of each and every trainee graduating from an ITI with his/her name, address,
educational qualification, technical qualification, telephone number, mobile phone number, etc.
(b) Campus selections may be organized by these Placement Cells so that any industry wanting to
recruit persons with requisite skills may do so.
(c) Industry should function in close coordination and should give all its requirement of skilled work-
force so that any desirous candidate could apply to the concerned industry to seek gainful employ-
ment.
(d) These cells should also provide counseling and guidance to the trainees by professionals and experts.
(e) These Placement Cells should also keep track of these graduates until they are suitably employed or
for at least three years after completing the training from that institute.
(f) State Government/private bodies would provide appropriate infrastructure including one hall
computer with Internet facilities, phone line and fax machine, proper staff including one officer for
functioning of these Placement Cells.
(g) Any other additional duties assigned by the Principal of ITI.
(DGE&T-19(28)/2007-CD, dated 2.6.2008)

(vii) Training and Placement Officer

In the new education policy, the Government of India has laid great stress on linkages with the industry for
training and placement. In this context, it becomes very essential to have a proper system of selection and
Manpower Requirement, Role and Responsibilities 49

placement of trainees in close coordination with industry. In order to accomplish this task systematically and
effectively it is felt necessary to have a ‘training and placement officer’ at each regional centre in each State/
UT and at each RDAT, Ministry of Labour with adequate supporting staff to look after the following activities:
(a) Conducting selection tests and interviews of ITI passed candidates for recruitment at ITIs, in
coordination with industrial establishments.
(b) Conducting selection tests and interviews of ITI pass candidates for placement as apprentices under
the Apprenticeship Act 1961 at various industrial establishments.
(c) Liaison between ITIs, State Directorates, Industrial establishment and Apprenticeship Advisors
(State and Central both) for manpower requirements and placements of ex-trainees in suitable
vacancies. With steadily increasing number of Industrial Training Institutes and industrial training
establishment under Apprenticeship Training scheme, the above activities are becoming more
voluminous and may be properly looked into.
(d) Any other additional duties assigned by the Principal of ITI.

10. Internal Inspection of Institutes

Regular internal inspections of the institute may be carried for ensuring smooth working of the training
programme and to increase efficiency of the administration.
(i) Internal inspections of Institute may be carried out at two different levels:
(a) Group instructor’s
(b) Principal’s
These inspections be confined to one section at one time and be intensive and thorough, covering all
aspects of the activities of the section and factors affecting the training programme.
(ii) The inspection date will normally be fixed in advance and the section will be informed of the date.
(iii) The Principal will normally spend two hours in the section under inspection and the inspections will
be done on four days per week preferably.
(iv) In institutes where it may not be possible for the Principal to inspect all the sections of the institute due
to administrative reasons, the Group Instructor may carry out inspections. In that case, inspections
may be so arranged that the Principal and the Group Instructor may inspect the different sections
during their consecutive inspections.
(v) Proper record should be kept of these inspections. The deficiencies observed and remedies suggested
to remove them may be noted. The action taken on these suggestions should also be checked and
recorded at the time of the next inspection.
Chapter 4

All India Trade Test

Procedure for the
Craftsmen Training
Scheme Under the
Aegis of NCVT

4.1 INTRODUCTION
1. All India Trade Tests (AITT) are conducted by the National Council for Vocational Training (NCVT)
for award of National Trade Certificates (NTCs) to those trainees who qualify the test.
2. The All India Trade Tests are conducted twice in a year in the Month of Jan and July in the Engg &
Non Engg Trades under Craftsman Training Scheme.
3. All India Trade Tests are held twice a year in the month of February and August for Multi-Skilling
Courses (Broad Based Basic Training and Advanced Training for CoEs and restructured pattern
under CTS in MITIs).

4.2 ELIGIBILITY OF THE TRAINEES TO APPEAR IN ALL INDIA TRADE

TEST(FOR REGULAR TRAINEES)
The following categories of trainees/candidates are eligible to appear in the All India Trade Test for award
of National Trade Certificates:
1. Trainees of Government and Private Industrial Training Institutes (ITIs), completing the prescribed
period of training in NCVT affiliated trades.
2. Trainees of NCVT affiliated ITIs imparting Multi Skilling Courses /upgraded as CoEs.
All India Trade Test Procedure for the Craftsmen Training Scheme Under the Aegis of NCVT 51

4.3 ELIGIBILITY CONDITIONS FOR APPEARING IN ALL INDIA TRADE TEST

(AITT) AS A PRIVATE CANDIDATE UNDER CTS.
1. The applicant should have the minimum prescribed entry qualification for a particular trade under
CTS in which he/she is desirous of appearing as private candidate.
2. The applicant should possess a minimum of 3 years’ experience in the relevant trade in establishments
implementing Apprenticeship Training Scheme/small establishments covered under Factories Act,
1948, or Registered with any government/local authorities.
3. SCVT Certificate holder who has received institutional training in the same trade with the same
duration of training period and entry qualification.
4. There should be All India Trade Test by SCVT for all the candidates who are desirous of appearing
in the All India Trade Test under the aegis of NCVT as private candidates. All those, who qualify the
SCVT test, may be permitted by the State Director to appear in the AITT under NCVT.
5. Private candidates from establishments covered under the Apprentices Act, 1961, and sponsored
candidates of ITIs and SCVT certificate holders (above III), may be exempted from appearing in the
All India Trade Test to be conducted by the SCVT.
6. Apprentices under the Apprentices Act, 1961 who have failed six times in the All India Trade Tests
for the National Apprenticeship Certificate can appear as private candidates in the corresponding
trade under CTS only. This will be only applicable to such apprentices who have not qualified earlier
for award of National Trade Certificate by the NCVT.
7. Private candidate will have to appear in all the exam of semester for the concerned trades under CTS
from the session commencing from August 2013.
DGE&T –1(02)/2013-CD dated 8th Oct. 13
(DGE&T –19(20)/2010-CD, dated 2.11.2010)
4.4. The schedule of All India Trade Test will be announced by Secretary, National Council, for Vocational Train-
ing (NCVT) and notified on the DGE&T website and intimated to the State Governments two months in advance.
4.5. 1. Secretary, National Council for Vocational Training makes arrangements to set question papers both
for practical as well as theory (related instruction) including the bill of material, if necessary, for
each trade and instructions for assessment by appointing suitable experts, as far as possible, from the
industry six months in advance of the All India Trade Test.
DGE&T will supply the All India Trade Test question papers to all State Governments/U.T
Administrations both in Hindi and English languages. (DGE&T-19(13)92-CD, dated 1.7.92)
2. While conducting All India Trade Test, question papers should be so designed that elements of
allied areas are suitably covered along with the elements of curriculum of the basic trades in order
to enable trainees to acquire the required multi-skills according to present-day requirement.
(DGE&T-19(7)92-CD, dated 19.8.92)
4.6. The question papers will be moderated by Board of Moderators consisting of technical experts of the
trade concerned, representatives of the recognized engineering associations with the Secretary, National
Council for Vocational Training, as the convener. Some local experts may also be co-opted by the Chair
person to assist the Moderation Board if and when their assistance is required. The Moderation Board will
finish their proceedings six months in advance of All India Trade Tests due to be held.
4.7. Trainees with minimum 80% attendance are eligible to take the test. But, if a trainee fails to put in 80%
minimum attendance for any reasons beyond his/her control, he/she may be allowed to take the test, provided
that the essential training is not missed. In cases where the essential training is missed, the trainees should
not be permitted to take the test, but may be allowed to continue training along with the subsequent batch
to make up the deficiency in attendance. Trainees/who put in 80% attendance but could not appear for the
52 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

test due to sudden illness or for reasons beyond their control at the time of examinations, can appear for
the subsequent test, on the production of a certificate from the Doctor from Government Hospital. For all
purposes this may be treated as the trainee’s first attempt to appear in the All India Trade Test.
4.8. Examination fee will be charged from the trainees appearing for the test at the following rates:
1. Regular trainees(first attempt) : `25/- for both one year and two years course
2. Regular trainees : `30/- for each attempt
(second and subsequent attempts)
3. Private trainees : `50/-
(DGE&T-19(13)/95-CD, dated 30.7.96)
4.9. The following rates of trade-testing expenses per trainee have been prescribed for the Craftsman Train-
ing Scheme:
1. Remuneration to the examiner … `125.00
2. Cost of Raw Material … `75.00
3. TA & DA to examiners … `20.00
4. Remuneration to Invigilators, `60.00
Chairperson, Superintendents and Group-C and D staff `270.00

4.10 BREAK UP OF REMUNERATION TO THE EXAMINERS

The break-up of the total remuneration is as follows:
1. Practical, including oral : `50/- (for all practical relating to the trade per trainee)
2. Trade Theory : `25- (for all trade theory papers relating to the trade)
3. Workshop Calculation and Science : `25/-(wherever applicable per paper)
4. Engineering Drawing : `25/-(wherever applicable per paper)
5. Employability Skills : `25/- per trainee
(E-11011/1/2009-TC(Desk), dated 27.2.2009)

4.11 INVIGILATION ALLOWANCES GIVEN TO STAFF ENGAGED FOR TRADE

TESTING PURPOSE
Allowances may be paid as per the rates mentioned below:
1. Chairperson, Board of Examiners … `200.00 per day
2. Superintendent of Examination … `150.00 per day
3. Invigilator … `100.00 per day
4. Group ‘C’ Staff … `100.00 per day
5. Group ‘D’ staff … `60.00 per day
(E-11011/1/2009-TC (Desk), dated 27.2.2009)
The above rates are applicable for participating in the following All India Trade Tests:
1. Final All India Trade Test under Craftsmen Training Scheme
2. Final All India Trade Test under the Apprenticeship Training Scheme held at ITIs as well as in the
establishments other than ITIs
3. All India Skill Competition for Craftsmen as well as Apprentices
4. Skill Competition held at the state level for Craftsmen
5. Skill competitions held at regional level for Apprentices
(DGE&T-12(17)/80-TC, dated 3.3.83)
All India Trade Test Procedure for the Craftsmen Training Scheme Under the Aegis of NCVT 53

4.12. The eligible private candidates should apply to the State Director dealing with Craftsmen Training
Scheme in the prescribed form, copies of which can be obtained from State Director. The State Director
In-charge of Training will verify the authenticity of the particulars of the private candidates keeping in view
the guidelines given in Para 5 (I to IV) above before permitting them to the above in the AITT.
4.13. 1. The State Director (Secretary of the State Council) will submit a statement regarding the number
of trainees in engineering and non-engineering trades ready to appear for All India Trade Test in
the prescribed proforma in triplicate to the Secretary, National Council for Vocational Training, at
least three months before the examinations are due to be held. Statements received direct from the
Principals of Government and Private ITIs will not be accepted.
2. The State Director of Training should also furnish the names of the State Directorate official dealing
with All India Trade Test for Craftsmen Training Scheme along with a separate list of Trade Testing
Centres with their full postal addresses email id, mobile phone numbers. and pin code numbers. The
total number of candidates appearing for engineering and non-engineering trades against each Trade
Testing Centre may also be indicated and supplied to DGE&T.
3. DGE&T will send question papers subject to the submission of the following certificates/undertaking,
on the consolidated statements by the State Directors.
“It is to certify that the question papers are indented for the permanently affiliated trades/units in all
the following Government and Private ITIs of the State and would be used for the eligible trainees
in the trades/units only.”
4. The following instructions may be observed while preparing proforma.
a. Proforma should be printed on a single page and not back to back.
b. The number of trades and the order of trades should exactly be the same as given in the sample
proforma.
c. Full addresses of Trade Testing Centres need not be given in the consolidated statement. Only
the name and place of the centre is sufficient.
d. The required information may be furnished in one lot and should not be sent in parts or piece-
meal.
e. The serial number once allotted to a particular centre should not be changed in the subsequent
pages/statements, i.e. a particular centre should have the same serial number on each page/
statement.
f. The indent in the old proforma would not be accepted.
(DGE&T-18011/1/91-TIC, dated 24.4.91).
4.14. The bill of materials and the special tools, instruments and gauges required to conduct the practical
test in each trade will be sent one month in advance of All India Trade Test to the Principal of the institute,
where All India Trade Test are to be held, by the Director of Training, Secretary, National Council for
Vocational Training.
Requisite/raw materials, etc., as per the quantities indicated in the bills of materials and the special tools,
instruments and gauges required for All India Trade Test will be kept ready by the Principals concerned at
least two weeks before the All India Trade Test.
4.15. Each trainee will be allotted a roll number. The required test pieces, where necessary, will be stamped
or punched with corresponding roll number by the Principals concerned before submitting the test piece to
the examiner. Before starting the work, each trainee will be given a test piece (except in a trade where this is
not possible) bearing the roll number allotted to him/her. No second test piece or components will be supplied
by the Board of Examiners, unless it has been proved to their satisfaction that the particular test piece could
not be worked on due to some inherent defect in it, or due to circumstances beyond the trainee’s control.
54 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

4.16. Each trainee will be provided with a badge indicating his/her trade and roll number. These badges
should bear the signature of the Principal and should be displayed by the trainees on the left-hand front
pocket of the shirt. The trainees who do not have the badges, will not be allowed to enter the examination
hall/workshop.
1.17. The concerned Principal will prepare a seating plan allotting seats to candidates and exhibit it in the
examination hall in respect of written tests. The seating arrangements should be so arranged that no two
trainees of the same trade sit side by side.
4.18. Arrangements to appoint two invigilators for the examination will be made by the Principal concerned.
It may, however, be ensured that an Instructor belonging to a particular trade should not be appointed as an
invigilator in his/her own trade at his/her own institute and out of two invigilators, one should be a govern-
ment employee.
4.19. The concerned Principal will arrange to keep ready in advance an adequate number of answer books
of sizes 215 mm x 325 mm (8 .1/2” x 13” approx.) with provision of sufficient quantity of spare papers,
drawing sheets, etc. To guard against misuse, each answer book should be stamped on the top cover page
and the first page inside the book, before they are issued to candidates. The supplementary books should
also be similarly stamped. The pages inside the answer books should be serially numbered. Care should be
taken to see that no blank answer book is taken out of the examination hall by the candidates.
4.20. The front cover page of the answer book should contain the following information:
(i) Roll Number (ii) Subject (iii) Date (iv) Name of institute
Particulars against each of the above items should be filled in by the candidates. No name should be writ-
ten anywhere in the answer book or drawing sheets. Besides the above, it should also carry the following
instructions to the trainees on the front page:

Instructions for Trainees

a. A 38 mm (1.5) margin should be left on the left-hand side of the answer book.
b. Answers should be written on one side of the page leaving the other for calculation and rough work.
c. Written matter not required to be examined should be scored out with a line across the page.
d. On no account papers from answers sheet should be torn.
e. Trainees found engaged in malpractices may be disqualified from the entire All India Trade Test by
the Chairperson.
f. Trainees will not write their names anywhere in the answer books or drawing sheets.
4.21. Requisite number of question papers will be collected by the respective Centre Superintendent from
Banks in sealed covers at least one hour before the final examinations are due to commence.
4.22. The sealed covers containing the question papers should be handed over by the Principals to the Chair-
person of the Local Board of Examiners who will open them in the presence of other examiners 15 minutes
before the commencement of the examination.
4.23. The trainees will take their seats in the examination hall 10 minutes before the commencement of the
examination.
4.24. The trainees should not be allowed to bring any book or piece of written or blank paper in the examina-
tion hall. The invigilators should warn the trainees in this respect before distributing the examination papers.
4.25. The answer books should be distributed to the trainees just 5 minutes before the commencement of
the examination.
All India Trade Test Procedure for the Craftsmen Training Scheme Under the Aegis of NCVT 55

4.26. Necessary directions should be given by the invigilators to the trainees for filling up the particulars on
the front cover page of the answer book correctly.
4.27. In case a trainee adopts unfair means, he/she will be punished as per the recommendation given in
Paragraph 4.54.
4.28. The question papers for practical tests as well as theory papers should not be modified by the Local
Board of Examiners. If the materials, as specified in the Bill of Materials, are not available for the practi-
cal tests, only dimensions may be slightly modified according to their availability. All the operations/skills
included in the practical test must be carried out by the trainees and no modification in this respect should
be made by the Local Board of Examiners. If any alteration in the practical test becomes inescapable due
to non-availability of certain machines or equipment, this may be done only in exceptional cases. A detailed
report regarding such modifications and the reasons thereof should be submitted immediately to the State
Director of Training (Secretary, State Council for Vocational Training) who will send a copy of it to the
Deputy Director General of Training and Secretary, National Council for Vocational Training.
4.29. At the end of each day of practical examination, the practical jobs and answer sheets, if any should
be collected by the examiners and kept as evidence at least for one year. Unfinished jobs, if any, may be
issued to the trainees concerned on the next day by the examiners.
4.30. At the end of each theoretical examination, the Principal will arrange to collect the answer books, check
them for their correct number and hand them over to the Chairperson of the Local Board of Examiners who,
in turn, will hand them over to the respective examiners for evaluations.
4.31. 1. The Board of Examiners will observe the performances of the trainees in the practical examination
and evaluate the practical work. Adequate proper attention will be paid to see that the test pieces
are the original work of each trainee and bear the corresponding roll number. In case where a
marking sheet has been prepared by the paper setters, it must be used for compiling the results, but
where a marking sheet has not been provided, the examiners will prepare one. The Chairperson
will help the examiners in this connection as well as give the necessary guidance in respect of
evaluation of practical jobs, as and when necessary. Detailed marks from these will be entered in the
consolidated mark sheets. The Local Board of Examiners will hand over the detailed mark sheets
and the consolidated mark sheets together with their comments to the Chairperson, Local Board of
Examiners.
2. The Chairperson, Local Board of Examiners, will check the entries in the mark sheets, including the
totals. In order to facilitate the placement of trainees, either in employment or in apprenticeship, the
Chairperson will declare the results on behalf of the Secretary, State Council for Vocational Training
(State Director in-charge of Training), and submit copies of the result sheets in the prescribed
Proforma B as appended, to the State Director in-charge of Training (Secretary, State Council).
4.32. The sessional marks should be given by a committee consisting of the Principal and Group Instructor
every quarter and such marks should be announced to the trainees concerned from time to time. The trainees
who do not obtain the requisite percentage should be warned and their cases kept under close review. Such
cases should be brought to the notice of the inspecting officers during their visits.
4.33. In the absence of any member of the Local Board of Examiners, arrangement for conducting the ex-
aminations and evaluation will have to be done by the Chairperson with the help of other examiners.
4.34. The respective State Director/Regional Director of Apprenticeship Training may award a maximum of
5 grace marks for engineering trades and 2 grace marks for non-engineering trades (except in the practical).
56 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

The grace marks could be awarded in one or more theoretical subjects within the maximum limit of such
marks. The State Director may delegate his/her powers for giving grace marks to the Chairperson of the
Local Board of Examiners where no centralized evaluation system exists.
For the common subject of Employability Skills, a maximum of 2 grace marks can be awarded to a
trainee to make him/her pass the subject.
(DGE&T-12(8)/83-TC, dated 20.8.93)
4.35. Trainees who fail in the test will be discharged along with the others immediately after the All India
Trade Test.
4.36. The evaluated answer books for the written papers should be kept under safe custody for one year
from the date of the declaration of the trade-test result.
4.37. The trainees in engineering as well as non-engineering trades are entitled to receive the National Trade
Certificate immediately after passing the All India Trade Test. Private candidates are also entitled to receive
the National Trade Certificate immediately after passing the All India Trade Test. However, provisional
certificates will be issued by the Principals to all trainees who qualify in All India Trade Test. Provisional
certificates should be issued only in the prescribed form. The Principal may issue mark sheets to the failed
trainees on request.
4.38. The National Trade Certificate should be issued only in the prescribed form. If a candidate loses his/
her original certificate, a duplicate certificate will be granted on payment of `100/-.
4.39. The State Governments and Union Territories will pay remuneration, travelling and daily allowances
of examiners, whenever necessary.

4.40 TRADE TESTING CENTRE

1. All India Trade tests may be conducted only in affiliated ITIs having a minimum capacity of 8 units
(affiliated to NCVT) and at least 5 years old. However, ITIs affiliated in trades introduced under
CTS during the last five-year period and trades which were unique in districts are exempted from the
above clause and could be made Trade Testing Centres as per alternatives available passed on State
Government permission.
Also, in exceptional circumstances, the State Director may locate a Trade Testing Centre in an
institute having less than 8 units, provided it has all other requisite infrastructural facilities. It would
also be ensured that supervision of one government employee, other than the staff members of the
institute, is provided at such a centre at the time of All India Trade Test.
(DGE&T-19(28)/2010-CD, dated 30.8.2010)
2. For ITIs having less than 8 units, practical All India Trade Tests may be conducted in an affiliated
ITI having a minimum capacity of 8 units and relevant trade(s) and which is located preferably
within a distance of 50 km.
3. For ITIs having less than 8 units of capacity, the theoretical test may be conducted after grouping
different small ITIs in a suitable building, if so required.
4. The State Directors, In-charge of Craftsmen Training should ensure that the Trade Testing Centres
located by them have all the requisite facilities in terms of tools, equipment and machinery for
conducting the practical tests. They should also depute a responsible officer to visit these centres
prior to commencement of All India Trade Test to ensure that the required numbers of machines/
equipment are in order at these centres. The institutes where the required number of machines/
All India Trade Test Procedure for the Craftsmen Training Scheme Under the Aegis of NCVT 57

equipment/tools are not available or are not in a working condition should not be selected as Trade
Testing Centres.

4.41 EXAMINERS (FOR PRACTICAL AND THEORY)

1. As far as possible, the evaluation of theoretical subjects should be done centrally by each State
Directorate.
2. Answer books of the trainees for each centre should be coded for identification.
3. The practical test should be evaluated at the respective Trade Testing Centre by the examiners and
the evaluated practical jobs may be preserved for a minimum period of one year after the declaration
of the result. Wherever feasible, the practical test may also be conducted on a centralized basis at the
regional level.
4. Examiners called for evaluation should have minimum technical qualification of a diploma in the
respective engineering field/discipline. Where diploma holders are not available, the qualifications
of the examiners may be suitably relaxed.
5. Examiners may be appointed preferably from polytechnics/engineering colleges/industry of repute,
government departments, corporations or from amongst retired qualified personnel possessing
requisite qualifications and sufficient experience in the trade/discipline.
6. Each State Directorate shall prepare a panel of examiners according to the above norms and submit
the same to Directorate General of Employment and Training for reference. The list submitted must
contain the technical qualifications and experience of the proposed examiners.
7. The State Directorate would appoint examiners only from the panel prepared and submitted by them.
8. The State Directorate may also appoint a Chief Examiner for the moderation of examinations.

4.42 SUPERVISORS AND INVIGILATORS

1. The principal of an ITI where tests can be conducted may be appointed as Chairperson/Secretary of
the Local Board of Examination in the centre.
2. The Chairperson of the Local Board of Examination may appoint a Superintendent and Supervisor
with the approval of the State Director.
3. The State Director/Principal would appoint invigilators for each centre. Invigilators appointed for
the test should, as far as possible, not be from the same institute.
4. The State Director would constitute a Flying Squad consisting of senior officers to visit the Trade
Testing Centres for surprise check and submit the report to the State Director with a copy endorsed
to the Directorate General of Employment & Training, highlighting the various observations made
during the visit. The report should be submitted within one week by email from the last date of the
trade test.
5. The Directorate General of Employment & Training would also appoint Central Observers, covering
at least one centre of each state during the test. The observer would submit a report to the Directorate
General of Employment & Training within one week from the last date of the trade test. In case
some major deviations from the prescribed norms in conducting All India Trade Test in a centre are
brought to the notice of authorities that centre can be debarred for conducting the test for a minimum
period of three years and the concerned All India Trade Test can be cancelled by the Secretary,
National Council for Vocational Training. Trainees would be asked to re-appear in the subsequent
test under the scheme.
58 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

4.43 ISSUE OF PRINTED CERTIFICATES

1. The State Director would submit to the Directorate General of Employment & Training the number
of trainees appeared and passed trade wise and, institute wise in the Prescribed performa. The
details may also be sent in Compact Disk to DGE&T for verification purpose. If data of state is
verified, DGE&T will print the certificate in the name of students and forward it to respective state
Directorates having Printed signature of secretary NCVT. The secretary, SCVT would counter The
certificate in ink before distribution to respective Principal/Regional office. The Principal of concern
ITI would also sign on the back before issue to the trainee. For each All India Trade Test conducted
in the State/UT within one month of declaration of the result.
(DGE&T-19(23)/2010-CD)
2. Blank certificates duly serial-numbered without facsimile signature of Secretary, National Council
for Vocational Training, would be supplied by DGE&T after scrutiny of the test result forwarded by
the State Directorate mentioned at S.No. (1) above. The State Directorate after filling the entries
and signing the certificates in ink would send these certificates back to the DGE&T Headquarters
for obtaining the facsimile signature of Deputy Director General of Training/Secretary, NCVT.
The State Director would ensure that these certificates are used for the successful trainees of the All
India Trade Test under reference.

4.44 REMUNERATION TO PAPER SETTERS AND MODERATORS FOR THE

VARIOUS ALL INDIA TRADE TESTS UNDER THE CRAFTSMEN TRAINING
SCHEME AND APPRENTICESHIP TRAINING SCHEME
The following rates or remuneration are payable to the paper setters and moderators in respect of All India
Trade Tests conducted under the Craftsmen Training Scheme & Apprenticeship Training Scheme w.e.f 1.4.2007.
1. Craftsmen Training Scheme `400/- per paper
2. All India Skill Competition for Craftsmen `500/- per paper
3. Crafts Instructors Training Scheme `400/- per paper
4. Vocational Training of Women Occupation `400/- per paper
5. Apprenticeship Training Scheme `400/- per paper
6. Regional Competition of Apprentices `500/- per paper
7. All India Skill Competition of Apprentices `500/- per paper
8. Moderation of all types of question papers `100/- per paper
(DGE&T-12(4)/2007-TC, dated 23.3.2007)

4.45 ALL INDIA TRADE TEST IN THE ENGINEERING TRADES

All India Trade Test is conducted by the National Council for Vocational Training in the following five subjects.
1. Practical including sessional work
2. Trade Theory including sessional work
3. Workshop Calculation and Science including sessional work
4. Engineering Drawing including sessional work
5. Employability Skills
All India Trade Test Procedure for the Craftsmen Training Scheme Under the Aegis of NCVT 59

S. No. Subject for All India Trade Test Maximum Marks for Minimum % Required Minimum Marks
Each Subject for Pass Required for Pass
1. Practical (including sessional work) 400 60 % 240
(Practical test:300)
(Sessional work:100)
2. Trade Theory (including sessional work) 120 40% 48
(Written test paper:100)
(Sessional work:20)
3. Workshop Calculation and Science 60 40% 24
(including sessional work) (Written test paper:50)
(Sessional work:10)
4. Engineering Drawing (including sessional 70 40% 28
work) (Drawing test paper:50)
(Sessional work:20)
5. Employability Skills* 50 40% 20
Total 700 360
(DGE&T-12(16)/82-TC, dated 24.11.82)
Notes
1. (a) To pass , a trainee has to secure 40% marks exclusively in a trade theory subject and also 40%
on the total marks, i.e. the aggregate of theory subject and sessional.
(b) A trainee, should secure 60% marks in aggregate in practical test and sessional.
(DGE&T-19(15)/92-CD, dated 2.7.92)
2. If a trainee fails in one or more subjects he/she may be permitted to re-appear in the subsequent test.
3. It need not be necessary for a trainee to appear in all the subjects in the first attempt for securing
exemption.
(DGE&T-19(15)/91-CD, dated 2.1.92)
The condition for securing 10% more marks on the total of the subject than minimum pass marks in
any subject in All India Trade Test under CTS/ATS/CITS is waived off.
(DGE&T-19(9)/95-CD, dated 26.6.96)
4. (a) Five additional chances may be given to a failed trainee within a period of three years to pass
the Final All India Trade Test for the award of National Trade Certificate.
(No.DGE&T-12(15)/82-TC, dated 8.1.82)
(b) For trainees who are not able to avail the additional five chances within the prescribed period
of three years because of either the results not being declared on time or due to other unavoid-
able circumstances such as curfew or natural calamity, etc., the period of three years may be
extended suitably to cover the period lost on the merit of the case.
(DGE&T-19(10)95-CD, dated 23.7.1996)
5. Each trainee will submit his/her sessional work to the Chairperson indicating his/her roll number.
The Chairperson will give the sessional work to the examiner concerned for evaluation. The
evaluation should be done on the basis of the progress cards of the trainee, exercises done by him/
her during his/her training period, class notebooks, and records, etc. kept by him/her. The periodical
assessment made as mentioned in S.No. 30 above should be kept in view. A few questions related to
the trade may be asked by the examiner concerned during the practical test. A few simple questions
on employability skills may also be asked.
60 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

4.46. In the case of private candidates, there being no sessional work, the total marks and the minimum
marks required for a pass for the different subjects will be as follows:

S. Subject for All India Maximum marks for Minimum % Required Minimum Marks Required for
No. Trade Test each subject for Pass Pass pass in each subject
1. Practical 300 60% 180
2. Trade Theory 100 40% 40
3. Workshop Calculation and 50 40% 20
Science
4. Engineering Drawing 50 40% 20
5. *Employability Skills 50 40% 20
Total 550 280
(DGE&T–12(16)/82-TC, dated 24.11.82)

4.47 ALL INDIA TRADE TESTS IN THE NON-ENGINEERING TRADES

The maximum and minimum marks required to pass different subjects will be as follows.

S. No. Subject for All India Trade Test Maximum Marks Minimum % Required Minimum Marks
for Pass Required for Pass
1. Practical (including sessional work) 120 60% 72
(Practical test:100)
(Sessional work:20)
2. Trade Theory 30 40% 12
3. *Employability Skills 50 40% 20
Total 200 104

Notes:
1. In case of private candidates, there being no sessional work, the maximum marks will be 180 and
other conditions will remain the same.
2. The State Government will issue the above instructions to all the officers concerned for conducting and
evaluating the All India Trade Test conducted under the aegis of NCVT & for issue of certificates etc.
*(DGE&T 19(17)/2010-CD date 12 April 2012)

4.48 ALL INDIA TRADE TEST PROCEDURE FOR MULTI SKILL TRADES
Guidelines for Trainees to pass the Theory papers.
1. In all, two theory papers would be conducted. Three modules as indicated in the marking scheme,
would be covered in each paper. The question paper would have three parts covering questions of
individual modules separately.
2. For theory papers, Institutes are advised to supply one separate answer sheet for each part duly
earmarked, i.e. three separate answer sheets per trainee would be required for each paper. This
would facilitate the evaluation of these answer sheets by the concerned trade experts.
All India Trade Test Procedure for the Craftsmen Training Scheme Under the Aegis of NCVT 61

3. Trainees should be intimated well in advance that they have to write answers for each module in the
prescribed answer sheets. No marks would be given in case the answers are given in wrong sheets.
4. Trainees are required to secure a minimum of 40% marks excluding Sessional Work in each theory
paper and a minimum of 20% marks in each module for a pass.

4.49 GUIDELINES FOR TRAINEES TO PASS THE PRACTICAL PAPERS

1. There will be two practicals, each of 200 marks, having six to eight hours duration each. The practical
will continue for two days. Practical I comprises of the skill as per syllabi Modules 01,02,03 and
Practical II comprises of Skill Modules 04,05,06
2. Both practical papers would be opened on the first day of practical on the scheduled date.
3. For practical test, trainees are required to secure a minimum of 60% marks in practical including
sessional.

4.50 GENERIC MODULE

1. Workshop calculation science & Engineering Drawing (WCS&ED)
The question paper will have two separate parts, one each for Module 7 and 8 as indicated in the
marking scheme. Institutes are advised to supply one separate answer sheet for each module.
Workshop Calculation and Science and Engineering Drawing Question Papers (Module 07 & 08)
(i) The question paper will have two parts A and B, each for Module 07 and Module 08, each of
50 marks and 2 hours duration each
(ii) Trainees are required to secure a minimum of 40% marks in aggregate to pass the WCS&ED
Module and minimum of 20% marks in a module.
2. Entrepreneurship and Communication Skill
There would be one question paper. Trainees are required to secure a minimum of 33% marks to
pass the paper. The question paper for this subject shall be of 2 hours duration having 50 marks.
3. Employability Skills
From the session starting from August 2013, the subject Entrepreneurship & Communal Skills will
be replace by Employability Skills.
(DGE&T 19 (17)/2010-CD date 19th Mar 2013)
The same marking scheme of Employments skills for CTS course will be applicable.

Evaluation Evaluation of the answer books and practical exercises shall be carried out as per the existing
system in vogue in other schemes under NCVT.
Marking Scheme for Broad Based Basic Training for Production and Manufacturing Electrical, Elec-
tronics, Automobile, IT Sector, Plastic Processing, Refrigeration and Air Conditionings, Instrumentation,
Chemical, Fabrication, Agriculture Machinery, Process Plant Maintenance and Hospitality implemented at
Centres of Excellence

S. No. No. of Test Skill Area, both for Practical Marks Duration Passing
and Theory as per Modules Allotted Marks
1. Practical I Modules 01, 02, 03 200 6–8 hours } 60%
2. Practical II Modules 04, 05, 06 200 6–8 hours } 500 60%
Sessional Work (Practical) 100 }
62 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

3. Theory I Modules 01, 02, 03 100 3 hours } 40%

4. Theory II Modules 04, 05, 06 100 3 hours } 220 40%
Sessional Work (Theory) 20 }
5. Workshop Calculation and * Modules 07, 08 100 4 hours } 40%
Science, and Engineering } 120
Drawing Sessional Work 20 }
6. Employability skills 50 2 hours } 40%
10 } 60
Sessional Work }
Total 900

* For “Hospitality Sector,” Module 07 and 08 are Hotel Accountancy and Hygiene in place of Workshop
Calculation and Science and Engineering Drawing

Marking Scheme for Broad Based Basic Training for Leather Goods & Footwear, Apparel
implemented at Centres of Excellence
S. No. No. of Test Skill Area, both for Practical Marks Duration Passing
and Theory as per Modules Allotted Marks
1. Practical I Modules 01, 02, 03 200 6–8 hours } 60%
2. Practical II Modules 04, 05, 06 200 6–8 hours } 500 60%
Sessional Work (Practical) 100 }
3. Theory I Modules 01, 02, 03 100 3 hours } 40%
4. Theory II Modules 04, 05, 06 100 3 hours } 220 40%
Sessional Work (Theory) 20 }
5. Employability skills Sessional Work 50 2 hours } 40%
10 } 60
}
Total 780

Marking Scheme for Broad Based Basic Training for Construction and Wood Working,
Food Processing implemented at Centres of Excellence
S. No. No. of Test Skill Area, both for Practical Marks Duration Passing
and Theory as per Modules Allotted Marks
1. Practical I Modules 01, 02, 03 200 6–8 hours } 60%
2. Practical II Modules 04, 05, 06 200 6–8 hours } 500 60%
Sessional Work (Practical) 100 }

3. Theory I Modules 01, 02, 03 100 3 hours } 40%

4. Theory II Modules 04, 05, 06 100 3 hours } 220 40%
Sessional Work (Theory) 20 }
All India Trade Test Procedure for the Craftsmen Training Scheme Under the Aegis of NCVT 63

5. Workshop Calculation * Modules 07, 08 100 4 hours } 40%

and Science, and Basic } 120
Computer Application Sessional Work 20 }
6.** Employability Skills 50 2 hours } 40%
10 } 60
Sessional Work }
Total 900

Note: * For the sector “Food Processing,” as Workshop Calculation and Science is not covered in course curricula
therefore, All India Trade Test will be only for Basic Computer Application for 120 marks including sessional.
**The subject Entrepreneurship and Communication Skill has been replaced by Employability Skills.
REMARKS:
d Marking scheme for different sectors would be applicable to all the trainees under the scheme.
d No grace marks in any subject would be allotted to the trainees under the scheme.

d The trainees after appearing in BBBT may be provisionally allowed to take admission in Advanced

Module without waiting for the result. The failed trainees would be allowed to appear for All India
Trade Test of BBBT (failed subject) and Advance Module in the subsequent All India Trade Test.
The result of advanced module would be declared only after qualifying the failed subject of BBBT.
d For all other issues, guidelines and instructions relating to Trade Testing Procedure for conducting

the All India All India Trade Test under the Craftsmen Training Scheme would be applicable to the
trainees undergoing training at Centres of Excellence.

Marking scheme for Advanced modules of Multi skill Courses offered at upgraded
Government and Private ITIs under CTS

S. No. Subject for Trade Test Maximum Marks Minimum % Required Minumum Marks
for Pass required for Passing
(each subject)
1 Practical test 300 + 100 = 400 60% in practical and 240
Practical sessional aggregate
2 Theory (written test) 100 + 20 = 120 40% in theory test and 48
Theory (sessional work) aggregate
(DGE&T-19(15)/2010-CD)

4.51 CERTIFICATION

National Trade Certificate

For Conventional Craftsmen Training Scheme The final All-India Trade Tests are conducted by the
National Council for Vocational Training after completion of the prescribed period of training and successful
trainees are awarded the National Trade Certificates in the trades concerned (Appendix IIIA). The National
Trade Certificates are recognised for recruitment to the subordinate posts and services under the Government
of India for which a Certificate in Craftsmanship/NTC is prescribed as the requisite qualification.
64 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Recognition of Dipolomas/Certificates Awarded under Craftsmen/Displaced Persons

Training Schemes The Government of India has decided to recognise for purpose of recruitment
to subordinate posts and services under the Central Government, the diploma in Craftsmanship awarded
to trainees admitted under the craftsmen/displaced persons training schemes before February, 1959
(Appendix VIIA) and the National Trade Certificates awarded thereafter in the trades mentioned in
(Appendix VII). The Diploma in Craftsmenship awarded by the Directorate General of Resettlement and
Employment (now Directorate General of Employment and Training) will be deemed to be equal to the
National Trade Certificate awarded under the aegis of National Council for Vocational Training.
It has been decided to recognise the certificates awarded by the All India Handicrafts Broad, New Delhi
in the trades of (i) toy making, (ii) mat making, (iii) doll making, (iv) Clay work and pottery wares, and (v)
wood carving, for purpose of recruitment to the subordinate posts and services under the Central Govern-
ment as these course are run at the craftsmen level.
The Government of India have decided to recognise for the purpose of recruitment to subordinate posts
and services under the Central Government, proficiency certificate awarded to successful trainees under the
vocational training scheme (now defunct) for disabled ex-serviceman of the DGR & E (Now DGE&T) for
the trade of Coir Weaving (18 months course.)
The central government have decided that the recognition previously given to Diplomas in Craftsmanship
in the trades of Draughtsman (Civil) and Draughtsman (Mechanical) awarded by the DGT&E be extended
to the National Trade Certificate in Draughtsman ship awarded by the National Council for Vocational
Training to those candidates who have studied or been trained at recognized institutes or centres affiliated
to the National Council.
The Government of India have decided to recognise for the purpose of recruitment to subordinate posts
and service under the Central Government the “Diploma in Craftsmanship” awarded to successful trainees
under the Craftsmen/Disabled Persons Training Schemes of the Directorate General of Resettlement and
Employment (now Directorate General of Employment and Training) before February, 1959, in the trade
of Mechanic (General).
Procedure for the recognition of trade certificates in the trades other than those included in the DGE&T
training schemes awarded by different Ministries/Departments of the Government of India is contained in
(Appendix XXIV).
The Government of India decided to recognise the certificates awarded by the Heavy Vehicles Mechanic-
cum-Drivers Training Centre at Mana in the trade of Heavy Vehicles Mechanics-cum-Drivers for the purpose
of recruitment to the subordinate posts and services under the Central Government.
All trainees admitted in the Training Centre for Adult Deaf (TCAD) Hyderabad (Andhra Pradesh) from
the Session starting from 1st August 1997 will be required to appear in all the subject of the trade in All
India Trade Test conducted under the aegis of NCVT for Craftsmen Training Scheme and will get National
Trade Certificate after passing the Trade Test as per existing Rules.
(No. DGET-19/26/96-CD, Dt.21.5.1997)

For Multiskill Training and Craftsmen Training

National Trade Certificates of one-year Broad Based Basic Training as well as for Advanced Modules are
awarded to the successful trainees as per the format of certificate given at (Appendix IIIC & IIID).
All India Trade Test Procedure for the Craftsmen Training Scheme Under the Aegis of NCVT 65

Specialized modular courses are organized during the last phase of training to bridge the skill gaps keeping
in view the needs of industry in the region. The testing and certification for the last phase is done jointly by
State Government and Industry (Appendix IIIE). These certificates are recognized by the NCVT. Detailed
guidelines and certificates are at (Appendix IV).
(DGE&T-19(1)/2006-CD, dated 22.10. 2007

4.52 RECOGNITION OF CERTIFICATES OF BBBT & ADVANCED MODULE

Recognition of NTC
The Government of India, on the recommendation of the National Council for Vocational Training, has
recognized National Trade Certificate (NTC) of one-year BBBT as well as the NTC for Advanced Modules
awarded to successful trainees for the purpose of recruitment to subordinate posts and services under the
Central Government
(DGE&T-19(1)/2006-CD, dated 22.10.2007)

4.53 RECOMMENDED PUNISHMENT FOR USING UNFAIR MEANS IN ALL INDIA

TRADE TEST CONDUCTED UNDER THE AEGIS OF NCVT

S. No. Nature of Offence/Unfair Means Recommended Punishment

The Chairperson of the examination
1. Writing his/her name or any distinctive remark on the answer book
may disqualify the trainee from pass-
2. Writing answers on the question paper ing the examination in that year. For
3. Leaving the examination hall without permission of the invigilation staff until the any further punishment, a committee
paper is finished consisting of the Head of the insti-
tute and two senior staff members,
4. Disorderly conduct/rude behaviour/impersonation/threatening the invigilation staff preferably of Grade-A or B, should
5. Found in possession of indiscriminate material on his/her person conduct an enquiry and recommend
the amount of punishment including
6. Exchanging answer book with other trainee
debarring from appearing in subse-
7. Found copying in the examination or giving/receiving assistance of any kind or quent examinations up to a period of
attempting to do so 3 years. However, the trainee may
8. Tearing off any page of the answer book/supplementary answer book/smuggling be given an opportunity to explain
out the answer book his/her conduct before the final deci-
sion of awarding the punishment is
9. Contacting or trying to contact any other person during examination time
taken by the concerned authorities.
10. While checking answer book, it is noticed that the trainee has copied from some The State Director or Director of In-
book or from the answer book of another trainee stitute under DGE&T will have full
11. Using or attempting to use any other undesirable method or means in connection authority to give a final decision in
with the examinations the matter.

4.54 STRICT MEASURES TO ENSURE CONDUCT OF ALL INDIA TRADE TEST

AS PER NCVT NORMS
The lapses on the part of the administration in the Trade Testing Centres call for strict measures as otherwise
the All India Trade Tests being conducted on behalf of NCVT would be reduced to a mockery. Therefore,
66 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

the centres in which such lapses are noticed should be debarred from holding the subsequent tests for a
minimum period of two years and in certain exceptional cases, the concerned institutes/trade could also be
de-affiliated and de-recognized by the NCVT.
Further, in order to have proper supervision of the All India Trade Test, the State Government/UT ad-
ministration should constitute Flying Squads by deputing senior officers to cover a few selected centres
under their respective jurisdiction. The concerned officers should check and ensure implementation of trade
testing norms prescribed by NCVT.
(DGE&T-2((6)/86-CD, dated 17.2.86)
The result of the All India Trade Tests under Craftsmen Training Scheme (CTS) and Apprenticeship
Training Scheme (ATS) should be declared within two months of the date of the last All India Trade Test.
(DGE&T-19(14)/96-CD, dated 14.5.97)

4.55 RE-EVALUATION OF ANSWER BOOKS OF ALL INDIA TRADE TEST

1. Re-evaluation of answer book is not permissible
2. In case of failed candidates, the answer book would only be checked to the extent of re-totaling the
marks and checking the portion left unmarked, if any.
3. For this purpose, a fee of `10/- would be charged per paper from the failed candidates only.
4. For other trainees, a fee of `25/- would be charged for carrying out (2) above.
5. The time limit for application for such re-valuation would be one month from the date of declaration
of results.

4.56 ISSUE OF DUPLICATE TRADE CERTIFICATES

1. The trainees should apply for the issue of duplicate certificates to the Principals of training institutes
where they had undergone training. The Principals should ensure that the trainees have deposited a
sum of `100 *, the prescribed fee for the issue of duplicate certificate, in a treasury and the receipt
of treasury to this effect is produced. The Principal thereupon should put up an indent for such
certificate mentioning the correct type of certificates for which he/she is entitled, i.e. the National
Trade Certificate (indented for regular trainees) or the National Trade Certificates (indented for
Private Candidates) or the DGE&T Craftsmen Diploma, to the State Director of Training. The State
Director of Training will then supply the blank forms to the Principals to get the entries filled up
neatly and correctly by a good hand preferably by a draughtsman and thereafter forward the same to
the State Director (Secretary, State Council) with the information as under:
(i) Name of the trainee
(ii) Institute where he/she had his training
(iii) The period of training from _____ to ______
(iv) The year in which he/she passed
(v) The trade in which he/she appeared and passed.
In addition, a certificate to the effect that the trainee has deposited the fee of `100 in a Treasury
and the treasury receipt has been produced should be forwarded. The State Director will then, after
signing the certificates, forward them to the Secretary, National Council for Vocational Training
(Director of Training, DGE&T), together with the above information and certificates.
All India Trade Test Procedure for the Craftsmen Training Scheme Under the Aegis of NCVT 67

These certificates, after the counter-signature, will be returned to the State Directors who will
pass them on to the Principals concerned for issuing them to the trainees. The word Duplicate should
be stamped at the top of the front side of the certificate.
* Revised through DGE&T communication
(DGE&T-(DGE&T-9(09)/2003-TC, dated 14.7. 2004)
2. The names of trades should be correctly mentioned in the certificates

4.57 ALL INDIA SKILLS COMPETITION UNDER CRAFTSMEN TRAINING

SCHEME
In order to foster a spirit of healthy competition among the trainees of the institutes and with a view to
raise the standard of their skills, the scheme of holding an All India Skills Competition was started in 1964.
Trades covered in this competition are Turner, Fitter, Machinist, Electrician, Welder (G&E), Mechanic
(Motor Vehicle), Electronic Mechanic, Draughtsman (Mechanical), Instrument Mechanic, Mechanic
Machine Tool Maintenance, Tool and Die Maker (Dies &Moulds), Tool and Die Maker (Press Tools,
Jigs and Fixtures), Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Mechanic, Mechanic (Diesel) and Wireman.
Only the trainees under the regular Craftsmen Training Scheme are eligible to compete in the All India
Skills Competition.
(DGE&T-19(6)/89-CD, dated 31.3.89)

1. Levels of Competition
The All India Skills Competition is conducted in two levels—State level and All India level.

(i) State-Level Competition The best trainees in each of the 15 trades from each ITI are eligible to
participate in this competition. Based on this competition, the best trainees amongst the qualified trainees
in each of the 15 trades are selected at the state level. MITI trainees from various places are allowed to
compete with the ITI trainees of respective states as per the prescribed procedure to make them eligible for
competing at the All India Skills Competition.
(DGE&T-19 (10)/90-CD, dated 21.5.90)

(ii) All India Level Competition The best trainees in each of the eligible 15 trades at the state-level
competition are eligible to compete in the All India competition. The best trainees amongst the qualified
trainees in each of the 15 trades are selected based on this competition at the All India level.

2. Subjects for the Competition and Allocation of Marks

The marking scheme, with the subjects for the competition, is given below:
Sl. No Subject Maximum Marks Minimum Qualifying Marks
1. Trade Practical 300 180
2. Trade Theory 100 50
3. Workshop Calculation and Science 50 25
4. Engineering Drawing 50 25
Total 500 280
68 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

The competitors who fail even in one subject are declared ‘Not Qualified’. From amongst the qualified
competitors, only the best are declared in each trade, that is those who score the highest total marks and
not less than 70% marks in practical.

3. Eligibility Norms for All India Skill Competition

(i) Candidates passing with grace marks are not considered eligible at any level under the All India Skill
Competition.
(ii) If more than one candidate scores the same highest aggregate marks in the All India Trade Test or
All India Skill Competitions, the candidate who scores more marks in the Trade Practical will be
declared eligible.
(iii) If aggregate and marks in Trade Practical are same for more than one candidate then all such
candidates will be declared eligible.
(iv) As the subject of Social Studies Emp Skill has no direct bearing on the skill competitiveness of
trainees, the marks obtained in this subject are not counted for selecting trainees to appear in skill
competitions held under CTS/ATS.
(DGE&T-19(9)/93-CD, dated 21 .9.93)
(v) Under CTS, when an MTI/MITI trainee stands first in a particular trade at the state-level competition,
the trainee who stands second in the trade and belongs to the state will be permitted to appear in the
All India Skill Competitions.
(DGE&T-19(13)/96-CD, dated 19.5.1997)
(vi) When a state does not conduct State Skills Competition, an MTI/MITI trainee who stands first in the
All India Trade Test for craftsmen will be permitted to participate in the All India Skill Competitions.
(DGE&T-19(13)96-CD, dated 19.5.1997)

4. Declaration of the Best Trainee at all India Level Competition

The competitor, who stands first, after qualifying in the competition, will be declared the best trainee (win-
ner) in his/her trade, provided he/she scores a minimum of 70% of the maximum marks in the practical test.

5. Awards Under the Scheme

The following awards shall be given under the scheme:
(i) Merit Certificate to the best trainee in each of the 15 trades in each Industrial Training Institute
(Appendix XXI)
(ii) Merit Certificate to the best trainee in each trade at the state-level competition.
(iii) Merit Certificate and cash prize of `50,000 to the best trainee of each trade
(DGE&T-19( 25)/2010-CD, dated 15.10.2010)
(iv) Merit Certificate to the best ITI in each trade whose trainee stands first in the All India Level
Competition in the respective trade as per proforma furnished given at (Appendix XXII).
(v) Running shield to the state whose trainees secure highest total marks in all the trades in the All India
Level Competition.
(vi) The Silver Trophy is allowed to be retained by the winning state who wins the Best State Award
during All India Skill Competitions for Craftsmen consecutively for three years. This provision
is being followed from 34th All India Skill Competitions for Craftsmen held in December 1997
onwards (Merit Certificate Proforma given at (Appendix XXIII)).
All India Trade Test Procedure for the Craftsmen Training Scheme Under the Aegis of NCVT 69

6. Travelling Allowance/Daily Allowance

The following allowances are given for the competitors under the scheme:

(i) Travelling Allowance Reimbursement of the travelling expenditure would be limited to second-class
train fare for the shortest distance between the hometown/place of duty/place of training to the place of
All India Skill Competitions/place of function for awards and back. Shortest distance is calculated between
railway stations nearest to both the places under consideration.

(ii) Daily Allowance DA as applicable to a ‘Group-C’ Central/State government employee at the mini-
mum of scale as per rules for the complete period of competition shall be paid. Journey period shall be taken
into account for the payment of DA.
(DGE&T-8(3)/85-TC, dated 3.10.85)

7. Incentives Offered to the Instructional Staff of ITIs Under The Scheme

(i) A cash award of `3000 and a Merit Certificate to the concerned ITI instructor of the trade, whose
trainee is adjudged the best trainee in the skill competition at the state level
(ii) A cash award of `1500 and a Merit Certificate to each ITI instructor (Allied Trade, Workshop
Calculation and Science and Engineering Drawing) whose trainee is adjudged the best trainee in the
skill competition at the state level
(iii) A cash award of `6000 to the concerned ITI instructor of the trade whose trainee is adjudged the best
trainee in the skill competition at the All India level
(iv) A cash award of `3000 to each ITI instructor (Allied Trade, Workshop Calculation and Science and
Engineering Drawing) whose trainee is adjudged the best trainee in the skill competition of all India
level.
(DGE&T-19(25)/2010-CD, dated 15-10-2010)

8. Other Awards in Trades Not Covered Under all India Skill Competitions
It is purely optional for State Governments to provide
(i) A cash award of `2000 and a Merit Certificate to every trainee who stands first in the trade at the
state level, excluding the 15 trainees already covered in the All India Skill Competition
(ii) A cash award of `1500 to each Trade Instructor, Allied Trade Instructor, Workshop Science and
Calculation and Engineering Drawing Instructors whose trainees stood first at the state level
The implementation of the proposal is, however, left to the discretion of the State Governments.
(DGE&T-19(9)/92-CD, dated June ’92)
Appendices

Appendix I
“Article of Memorandum of Association”

For registering the State Council of Vocation & Training (SCVT)

as Society under the Societies Registration Act,

1860

(Draft Model)

1. NAME OF THE SOCIETY

The name of the Society shall be “State Council of Vocational Training Society of ------------ State.”

2. REGISTERED OFFICE OF THE SOCIETY

The Registered Office of the Society shall be situated at _____________.(full Address)

3. AIMS AND OBJECTIVES

Aims of the Society
(i) To assist in improvement of standard of vocational training and skill development with a view to
develop competent manpower catering to the need of various industries and other organizations
within the state.
(ii) To develop and strengthen vocational training at all levels through formal and non-formal mode,
with need based courses of adequate quality level, curriculum, learning resources and teaching-
learning process, assessment and certification
Appendices 71

(iii) To initiate steps to increase awareness amongst the unskilled youth about learning skills through
proper campaigns and to motivate them to acquire various skills which can earn them employment
(iv) To ensure effective implementation of various schemes of skill development, both by the NCVT as
well as their own need based courses
(v) To encourage Private–Public Partnership in the establishment of new world class vocational training
in the emerging areas of technology and also to strengthen Industry–ITI interaction for enhancing
employability of unemployed youth
(vi) To develop a proper feedback mechanism to bridge the gap (if any) between the demand/supply of
training needs and requirements in their area

Main Objects to be Pursued by the Society

(i) To assess emerging skill requirements in the region and suggest changes in the training courses
being run in the state
(ii) To obtain short-term, medium-term and long-term requirement of skilled workforce and take steps
to produce graduates in the ITI accordingly
(iii) To review training needs of instructors and administrative/office staff of the ITI and arrange for their
training programmes
(iv) To assess the requirement of funds for the ITI and make recommendations to the State Government
on the funds provided by it to the ITI out of its Annual Budget
(v) To ensure implementation of instructions/guidelines contained in the Training Manual for Craftsmen
Training
(vi) To plan and execute Skill Development Programmes to prepare youth for self-employment and for
various jobs available in industrial and service sectors
(vii) To develop competency-based curricula, and to train and certify school drop-outs, labourers working
in unorganised sectors and service sectors, and unskilled workers engaged in various industries
(viii) To prepare need based training programmes of different levels as per the requirement of various
groups of industrial sectors, which are recognized at national and international levels and also to
recognize such programmes for further education
(ix) To develop suitable feedback mechanism to understand the training needs, requirement and shortfalls
in the area of operation of the Society, through their field offices and institutes, and to act upon them
(x) To plan suitable campaigns/advertisements to increase awareness amongst the youth about the
positive aspects of learning and acquiring various skills and related employment opportunities
(xi) To develop a flexible delivery mechanism to impart training in part time, weekends, full time, onsite/
offsite mode keeping view of the following:
(a) To plan and monitor National Skill Development Policy at State level.
(b) To frame policy and programmes to link non-formal vocational training with the formal
education system and to develop a system of recognizing prior acquired learning
(c) To converge and develop available training resources in the state through Public–Private
Partnership
(d) To provide access to vocational education and training with inclusive growth for all the groups
of the Society
(e) To provide training of trainers, to promote innovation in training and also to render consul-
tancy services
(f) To award certificates, diplomas and other distinctions to trained manpower and set norms for
quality and standards of the vocational training system
72 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

(g) To affiliate institutes as vocational training providers on payment of prescribed fee

(h) To forecast the needs of skilled manpower to cater to the needs of various stakeholders in the
state on a regular basis
(i) To institute and award scholarships, prizes and medals in accordance with the rules and bye
laws to the meritorious trainees
(j) To fix and demand such fees and other charges as may be laid down in the bye laws made
under the rules of the Society
(k) To establish, maintain and manage the land, building, other infrastructure and assets of the
Society for institutional purposes
(l) To create, with the prior approval of the State Government, administrative, technical, ministe-
rial and other posts under the Society and to make appointments thereto
(m) To interact and co-operate with any educational institute, training organization and industrial
organization having objects wholly or partly similar to those of the Society
(n) To develop continuing education programmes for the personnel in the organized and unorga-
nized sectors in the state
(o) To make rules and regulations and bye-laws for the conduct of the affairs of the Society and
to add, to amend, to vary or rescind them from time to time with the approval of the State
Government
(p) To establish a network with similar organization for exchange of expertise, information/docu-
ments and publications
(q) To acquire and hold property, provided that the prior approval of the State Government is
obtained for the acquisition of immovable property
(r) To deal with any such property belonging to or vested in the Society in such manner as the
Society may deem fit for advancing its objects, in the best interest of the Society, provided that
prior approval of the State Government is obtained for this purpose

4. INCOME AND PROPERTY OF THE SOCIETY

(i) The income and property of the Society, howsoever derived, shall be applied towards the promotion
of the aims and objects thereof as set forth in this Memorandum of Association.
(ii) No portion of the income and property of the Society shall be paid or transferred as dividends,
bonus or by way of profits or otherwise, to any persons who at any time are or have been members
of the Society or to any one claiming through them, provided that nothing herein contained shall
prevent the payment in good faith of honoraria, perquisites, facilities of any nature to the officers and
employees as the Governing Council thinks fit in return of any services rendered to the Society.

Funds of the Society

(i) The society shall maintain a fund to which shall be credited
(a) All money provided by the Central and State Government;
(b) All fees and other charges received by the Society;
(c) All money received by the Society by way of grants, gifts, donations, benefactions, bequests
or transfer; and
(d) All money received by the Society in any other manner or from any other sources.
(ii) The Fund shall deposit off moneys credited to the Society in such banks or to invest them in such
manner as the Society may decide with the approval of the State Government.
Appendices 73

(iii) The Fund shall meet expenses of the Society including expenses incurred in the exercise of its power
and discharge of the functions out of the fund.
(iv) The Society shall prepare and maintain accounts and other relevant records and prepare an annual
statement of accounts including the balance sheet of the Society in such forms as may be prescribed
by the State Government.
(v) The Society shall forward annually to the State Government the accounts of the Society as certified
by any authority as may be decided by the State Government.

5. RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE SOCIETY

(i) The Society shall be known as “State Council of Vocational Training Society of ------------ State.”
(ii) The address of the registered office of the Society shall be ………….
(iii) The Society was formed on ………….
(iv) The Society is within the jurisdiction of the Registrar of Societies,………….
(v) The business hours of the Society shall be between …………. a.m. to …………. p.m. on all working
days except Sundays and government holidays.
(vi) These rules may be called “Rules of the Society—State Council of Vocational Training Society of
…………. State.”
(vii) The aims and main objects of the Society shall be as set out in the Memorandum of Association.
(viii) In these Rules and Regulations, the language shall be interpreted according to its ordinary meaning
provided, however, unless the context necessarily indicates otherwise.

6. DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of these Rules and Memorandum of Association of the Society:
(i) “Rule” means any of the Rules, regulations and bye-laws of the Society, set out herein or in the
Memorandum of Association.
(ii) ‘Society’ means the “State Council of Vocational Training Society of …………. State.” as registered
under ………….
(iii) ‘Act’ means the …………. Societies Registration Act, (as relevant)
(iv) ‘Governing Council’ means Committee in terms of the …………. Societies Registration Act,
…………. to which the management of the affairs of the Society “State Council of Vocational
Training Society of …………. State.” shall be entrusted.
(v) ‘General Body’ of the Society shall mean the body consisting of the members of the Governing
Council together with other categories of members mentioned hereafter.
(vi) ‘Chairperson’ means the Chairperson of the Governing Council who shall also be the ex-officio
President of the Society.
(vii) ‘Annual General Meeting’ means the meeting of the members of the Society held once in a year
within six months after closing of the financial year of the Society for adopting the accounts of the
Society, appointing auditors and discussing such other issues as may be brought before the meeting.
(viii) ‘Registrar’ means the Inspector General of Registration (as applicable under the relevant Act)
(ix) ‘Special Resolution’ means resolution passed by a majority of not less than three fourth of Society
members present and entitled to vote as are present in person or by proxy at a General Body with
a notice of not less than …………. days specifying the intention to propose the resolution as been
duly given.
74 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

7. GENERAL BODY OF THE SOCIETY

(i) The General Body of the Society shall consist of a two-tier structure, one at the state level
(Annexure–I) termed Governing Body, and another at the Zonal level, each consisting of more
than seven members, selected/appointed by the State Government. The selected members may be
experts in the relevant field and/or have significant experience in public life.
(ii) The Zonal-level Body must play a key role in collection of data relating to the training needs
and requirements in their zone and must play an important role in the feedback mechanism.
The recommendations of the Zonal-level Body must be forwarded to the State-level Body for
consideration, before implementation.
(iii) The State-level Body may consider such recommendation from the Zonal-level Body, which again
must be supported by two-thirds of it members.
(iv) The Society shall keep a roll of members with their addresses and occupations and every member
shall sign the same.
(v) If a member of the Society changes his/her address, he/she shall notify his/her new address to the
Secretary and the entry in the roll shall be changed accordingly. If such member fails to notify his/
her address, the address in the rolls of the Society shall be deemed to be his/her address.

Membership of the Society

(i) When a person is appointed as a member of the Society by reason of the office of appointment
he/she holds, his/her membership of the Society shall terminate when he/she ceases to hold that
office or appointment. The respective parent organization shall, however, be entitled to remove their
nominee at any time from membership of the Society and appoint others in his/her place.
(ii) A member of the Society shall hold the office for full tenure of the project.
(iii) A member of the Society shall lose his/her membership on the following grounds and reasons, and
the Governing Council is empowered to take such decisions:
(a) If he/she does not attend three consecutive meetings of the Society without sufficient cause or
leave of absence granted to him/her by the Chairperson
(b) If he/she dies, resigns, becomes of unsound mind or insolvent and is convicted of a criminal
offence involving moral turpitude
(c) If the tenure of his/her respective office as prescribed in these Rules and Regulations termi-
nates
(d) If he/she is a hindrance in the achievements of the aims and objects of the Society
(iv) The resignation of a member shall be tendered to the Society through the Member Secretary and
shall not be effective till it has been accepted in writing by the Chairperson of the Governing Council
on behalf of the Society
(v) A vacancy in the membership caused by any of the reasons mentioned above may be filled up by the
Society

8. COMPOSITION OF THE GOVERNING COUNCIL AND TENURE OF OFFICE

Composition of the Governing Council
The Governing Council of the Society shall have the following members:
(i) Principal Secretary—Chairperson
Appendices 75

(ii) Seniormost Technical Officer dealing with the Craftsmen Training/Skill Development in the State—
Member Secretary
(iii) The members of the Governing Council shall consist of the following:
(a) Three members nominated from Public Sector Units (Central/State)
(b) One member nominated from DGE&T
(c) One representative each from Government and Private ITIs
(d) One representative from SCERT
(e) Two nominees from the Trade Union
(f) One nominee from the Skill Development Mission

Tenure of Office
(i) The tenure of the Governing Council shall be for a period of not more than three years, and the
outgoing members shall be eligible for reappointment.
(ii) The ex-officio and nominated members of the Governing Council shall hold their office by virtue
of being the nominees on behalf of their respective parent organizations. Their membership of the
Governing Council shall automatically terminate in case they cease to be in that office or appointment
by reason of which they hold membership in the Society or if they are removed by their respective
nominating organization from membership of the Society. The respective nominating organization
shall have power to nominate others as their representatives instead of the previous ones.

Termination of Membership
(i) The members of the Governing Council, except the ex-officio members, shall lose their membership
on the following grounds, and the Governing Council is empowered to take such decision:
(a) if they do not attend three consecutive meetings of the Governing Council without sufficient
cause or leave of absence granted to them by the Chairperson;
(b) If they resign, become of unsound mind or insolvent and are convicted of a criminal offence
involving moral turpitude
(c) If in the opinion of the Governing Council, continued association of any member is not con-
ducive to the interest of the Society and an order in writing is made to that effect
(ii) Upon such termination of membership, the vacancies shall be filled in accordance with the relevant
Rules and Regulations of the Society.
(iii) The resignation of a member of the Governing Council shall be tendered to the Secretary and shall
not be effective till it has been accepted in writing by the Chairperson of the Governing Council on
behalf of the Society.
(iv) The composition and tenure of the Zonal-level Council shall be defined by the Governing Council
of the Society.

9. MEETINGS OF THE GOVERNING COUNCIL

(i) The meetings of the Governing Council shall be held as frequently as is considered necessary by
the Chairperson but in any case not less than one meeting every three months for considering the
progress of the Society, solving problems, if any, that may arise in the way of achieving the desired
aims and objects as mentioned in the Memorandum of Association of the Society and planning
future courses of action. However, during the first one year of the formation of the Society, when
76 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

the process of upgradation of the ITI is underway, the Governing Council is expected to meet once
every month.
(ii) The agenda for all meetings shall include confirmation of the minutes of the preceding meeting,
which shall be prepared by the Secretary in consultation with Chairperson of the Society.
(a) Members of the Governing Council shall be served Notice in writing .... days before the date
of all the meetings. The Chairperson shall have powers to reduce the notice period if the cir-
cumstances so warrant.
(b) The Notice of the meeting shall set out the date, time and venue of the proposed meeting of
the Governing Council and shall be accompanied by the agenda of the meeting.
(c) Any accidental omission and/or non-receipt of the Notice for any meeting shall not itself in-
validate the proceedings of any meeting of the Governing Council.
(iv) The Governing Council may frame such bye laws as it may deem necessary for holding and
conducting its meetings.
(v) (a) The Chairperson shall preside over all the meetings of the Governing Council.
(b) If the Chairperson is unable to attend a meeting of the Governing Council, the Vice-Chairperson
will preside over the meeting.
(c) If there is no Chairperson/Vice-Chairperson or the Chairperson/Vice-Chairperson is not pres-
ent within half an hour of the time appointed for the meeting, the members present shall
choose one of themselves to function as acting chairperson of that meeting.
(vi) (a) All questions in the meeting of the Governing Council where unanimity cannot be reached,
shall be decided by a majority of votes.
(b) In case of equality of votes for and against a particular issue, the Chairperson shall have a
casting vote in addition to his/her ordinary vote.
(vii) (a) The quorum for all the meetings of the Governing Council shall be one third of the total
number of its members.
(b) Where the quorum is not present within half an hour after the time fixed for the meeting of the
Governing Council, the meeting shall stand adjourned and may be held at the same place after
half an hour following the adjournment. No quorum shall be necessary for such adjourned
meeting.
(viii) The Chairperson of the Governing Council may himself/herself call or by resolution in writing
signed by him/her require the Member Secretary to call a meeting of the Governing Council at any
time.

10. POWERS, FUNCTIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE

GOVERNING COUNCIL
(i) With a view to attaining the aims and objects of the Society, the Governing Council shall discharge
such duties and responsibilities, exercise such powers and undertake to carry out such activities as
are considered essential in general and with particular reference to the following:
(a) To receive grants and contributions and to have custody of the funds of the Society
(b) To prepare the Budget estimates of the Society each year and sanction expenditure within the
limits of the Budget approved by the Society at the Annual General Meeting
(c) To prepare and maintain accounts and other relevant records and annual statements of
accounts including the Balance Sheet of the Society
(d) To fix, levy and receive such fees and other charges for service rendered by the Society
Appendices 77

(e) To make, inform, adopt, amend, vary or rescind from time to time rules and bye-laws with
the approval of General Body of the Society for regulation of any purpose connected with the
management and administration of affairs of the Society and for the furtherance of its aims
and objectives
(f) To perform such additional functions and carry out such duties as may from time to time be
assigned to it by the Society
(g) To establish procedure in respect of services and technical advice to be rendered by the Soci-
ety and the levy and collection of charges for the same
(h) To co-operate with any other organization in the matters of education, training, management
and allied subjects
(i) To enter into arrangements for and on behalf of the Society
(j) To sue and defend all legal proceedings on behalf of the Society
(k) To appoint a committee or committees for disposal of any business of the Society or for advice
in any matter pertaining to the Society
(l) To consider and pass such resolution on the annual report, the annual accounts and the finan-
cial estimates of the Society as it thinks fit
(m) To delegate to such extent it may deem necessary any of its powers to any officer or committee
of the Governing Council
(n) To delegate powers as it may consider appropriate but not the powers for
d altering, extending or abridging the aims and objects of the Society;

d amalgamating either wholly or partially with any other Society having same or similar

aims and objects;

d altering, extending or abridging the Rules and Regulations;

d making capital investment exceeding the approved Budget;

d borrowing money except for working capital exceeding the approved Budget;

d transferring by way of mortgage, pledge, hypothecation or otherwise any assets, movable

or immovable, except as security for working capital;

d appointing bankers and auditors; and

d generally anything extraordinary and of major importance.

(ii) The Governing Council shall abide by any instructions issued by the Central Government in respect
of any matter relating to implementation of NCVT guidelines.
(iii) (a) In the event of any matter not being provided for herein, the Governing Council has the power
to make bye-laws, as it deems necessary, with the approval of the General Body of the Society.
(b) The Governing Council shall be the sole authority for resolving any doubts as to the interpre-
tation of these provisions and its ruling shall be final and binding.
(iv) Subject to the provisions of the Act, no member of the Governing Council shall be held personally
liable for any loss, damage or harm that may be caused by reason of any act or omission done by
him/her in good faith, in course of discharging his/her functions and powers.
(v) No member of the Governing Council shall in that capacity be entitled to receive remuneration
except travel allowance for attending the meeting, the quantum for which shall be fixed from time
to time by the Governing Council with the approval of the Society.

11. AUTHORITIES OF THE SOCIETY

(i) The following shall be the authorities of the Society:
(a) The Chairperson of the Governing Council, who shall also be ex-officio President of the Society
78 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

(b) The Vice-Chairperson of the Governing Council, who shall also be the ex-officio Vice-Presi-
dent of the Society
(c) The Governing Council
(d) The Secretary of the Society who shall also be the ex-officio secretary of the Society and the
Governing Council
(e) Such other authorities as may be constituted as such by the Governing Council
(ii) The Governing Council shall have powers to appoint financial and other committees/sub committees
for carrying out the objects of the Society, and by resolution delegate to the committees or sub-
committee(s) so constituted such of its powers for conduct of business as it may deem necessary.

12. THE CHAIRPERSON

(i) The Chairperson of the Governing Council shall be nominated by the Labour Minister/Principal
Secretary of the State.
(ii) The Chairperson shall have the following powers, functions and responsibilities:
(a) The Chairperson may direct the Secretary to call a special meeting at a short notice in case of
emergency.
(b) The Chairperson shall see that the affairs of the Society are run efficiently in accordance with
the provisions of the Memorandum of Association, Rules and Regulations and bye-laws of the
Society as may be framed.
(c) On such matters, which the Chairperson thinks are of sufficient importance and urgency and
cannot wait for being placed in the next meeting of the Governing Council, and which he/she
anticipates would get the approval of the Council, the Chairperson shall take decisions and
place the same before the Governing Council at its next meeting.
(d) The Chairperson shall be the sole and absolute authority to judge the validity of the votes cast
by the members of the Governing Council and General Body.
(e) The Chairperson may in writing delegate such of his/her powers as he/she may consider nec-
essary to the Secretary.
(f) The Chairperson shall be entitled to invite any other person to attend the meeting of the Gov-
erning Council but such a person shall not have the power to vote.
(g) The Chairperson shall have the authority to review periodically the work and progress of the
Society and to order inquiries into the affairs of the Society and to pass necessary orders on
the recommendations of the inquiry committee.
(h) The Chairperson shall plan, direct and coordinate the overall working of the Society.

13. THE MEMBER SECRETARY

(i) (a) The Secretary shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Society.
(b) The Secretary will be Member Secretary to the Society as well as the Governing Council and
shall, in consultation with the Chairperson, prepare the agenda for the meetings of the General
Body and Governing Council, convene such meetings, keep a true and accurate record of the
proceedings of the same and forward all such documents, papers and related information as
may be required in the discharge of his/her duties.
(ii) (a) The Secretary shall be charged with the responsibility of day-to-day management and
administration of the Society.
Appendices 79

(b) The Secretary shall perform his/her duties and functions and exercise his/her powers under the
overall direction, superintendence and control of the Chairperson of the Governing Council
under the Rules and Regulations of the Society.
(iii) In discharge of his/her functions, duties and powers, the Secretary, shall in particular do the following:
(a) Plan, direct, co-ordinate, organize and supervise day to day work of the Society
(b) Prepare concrete operational plan of action for the year, together with the revolving action
plan for subsequent period of time to be determined by the Governing Council and budget
estimates for the concerned period
(c) Report to the Governing Council on policy matters and achievements and delegate responsi-
bilities to other officers, if required
(d) Present the report of the Governing Council in the annual general meeting of the Society
(e) Determine operational targets, measures and methods to achieve such targets and implement
them after the approval of the Governing Council
(f) Submit the annual Budget of the succeeding year at least six months prior to the closing of the
Financial Year and furnish the same to the State Government for getting funds from them, if
any, after approval of the Governing Council
(g) Submit audited statements of accounts of the preceding year not later than three months after
the close of the Financial Year
(h) Submit all such other reports as may be required by the Governing Council or otherwise
(i) Report to the Governing Council on all capital and recurring expenditure
(j) Sanction and incur expenditure in accordance with the procedure laid down in the bye-laws
framed for the purpose and within the authority as may be delegated by the Governing Council
(k) Sign all deeds and documents for and on behalf of the Society
(l) Sign all documents and proceedings requiring authentication by the Society
(m) With the approval of the Governing Council, delegate any of his/her powers and functions and
duties to any member staff of the Society/ITI which are not inconsistent with the provisions of
these rules
(n) Do all such things as may be required for day-to-day management and administration of the
Society

14. FUNDS OF THE SOCIETY

(i) The funds of the Society shall consist of the following:
(a) Fund received from the Central Government under the various Schemes
(b) Grants, contributions, and donations received by the Society from the Government of India,
State Governments, Public Undertaking, private parties or any other sources
(c) Extra charges allowed to be collected by the State Government to the Society for any paid
seats in the ITI for any training course
(ii) (a) The bankers of the Society shall be any nationalized bank having CBS facility
(b) All funds shall be paid into the Bank Account of the Society.

15. PROPERTY OF THE SOCIETY

(i) All the properties of the Society shall be acquired and registered in the name of the Society.
(ii) All funds and properties of the Society shall be used only for the aims and objects of the Society.
80 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

(iii) No property of the Society shall be disposed of except on the recommendations of the Governing
Council. Disposal of any immovable property shall be approved by the Society as well.

16. ANNUAL REPORT

(i) A draft of Annual Report and the yearly accounts of the Society shall be prepared by the Secretary
for consideration and approval of the Governing Council and shall thereafter be placed before the
General Body at its Annual General Meeting for consideration and adoption;
(ii) Copies thereof, as finally approved by the Society, shall be supplied to the members of the Society.
(iii) The Books and Registers of the Society shall be kept ready for inspection by the Registrar at all
reasonable hours.

17. SEAL OF THE SOCIETY

The Governing Council of the Society shall provide a seal and also its safe custody and the seal shall never
be used except with the authority of Governing Council previously given and one member of the Council
shall sign every instrument to which the seal is affixed and every such instrument shall be countersigned by
the Secretary or by some other person appointed by the Council.

18. DISSOLUTION OF THE SOCIETY

The Society shall not be dissolved without the consent of the State Government and upon such dissolution,
the assets of the Society shall be dealt within accordance with the provisions contained in the Societies
Registration Act as applicable to the State of ________________________.

19. SUBMISSION OF ANNUAL LIST

Once in every year, a list of members shall be filed with the Registrar of Societies as per provisions of
(Section-----------) of the Societies Registration Act.

20. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Society may sue or may be sued in the name of the Chairman or the Secretary of the Society as per
provisions laid down under (Section----) of the Societies Registration Act.

21. APPLICABLITY CLAUSE

All the provisions of the Societies Registration Act, ------- shall apply to this Society.

22. POWERS OF THE GOVERNMENT

(i) The Central Government shall have the following powers in the conduct of the affairs of the Society:
(a) To issue instructions for bringing about any changes in the Memorandum of Association and
Rules and Regulation of the Society
Appendices 81

(b) To call for such reports, documents and papers with respect to the activities of the Society as
may be required from time to time
(c) To issue instructions regarding the utilization of the funds of the Society
(ii) The State Government shall have the following powers in the conduct of the affairs of the Society:
(a) To give directions as to the exercise of powers and performance of functions of the Society in
matters involving substantial public interest, education and training policies.
(b) To evaluate from time to time the relevance, effectiveness, impact and efficiency of the Soci-
ety in fulfilling its aims and objectives.
The above-mentioned powers will be exercised only on the recommendations of the NSC/SSC.
(iii) The State Government would not issue instruction which would contradict the instruction of Central
Government.

23. RESTRICTIONS OF THE POWERS OF THE SOCIETY

The Society shall be precluded from making amends, varying, or rescinding such Rules and Regulations
and bye-laws which provide for the prior approval of the Central Government or the State Government for
doing or performing any act by the Society.

24. GENERAL
The Society shall function notwithstanding that any person who is entitled to be a member by reason of
his office is not a member of the Society and notwithstanding any other vacancy in its body whether by
non-appointment or otherwise and no act or proceedings of the Society or its Governing Council shall be
deemed to be invalid merely for the reasons of any vacancy or defect in the constitution of the General Body,
Governing Council or Committee as the case may be.

CERTIFIED THAT THIS IS THE CORRECT COPY OF THE RULES AND

REGULATIONS OF THE SOCIETY.

Chairperson

Members of The Governing Council

Sl. No. Name in Capital Address Occupation Designation in the Society
01. Chairman
02. Vice Chairman
03. Member Secretary
04. Member
05. Member
06. Member
07. Member
08. Member
(Contd.)
82 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Sl. No. Name in Capital Address Occupation Designation in the Society

09. Member
10. Member
11. Member
12. Member
13. Member
14. Member

Members of The Zonal Level Body

Sl. No. Name in Capital Address Occupation Designation in the Society
01. Chairman
02. Vice Chairman
03. Member Secretary
04. Member
05. Member
06. Member
07. Member
08. Member
09. Member
10. Member
11. Member
Appendices 83

Appendix II(A)
Sl. ...............
DGE&T-19(22)/2010-CD date 5-10-10

Provisional National Trade Certificate

(For Regular Candidates)

(Particulars of the State Directorate/DGE&T Offices)

PROVISIONAL NATIONAL TRADE CERTIFICATE

Shri/Shrimati/Kumar………………………………………………………………Son/Wife/Daughter of Shri
……………...……..…………………………………………………Roll No…………….has completed
the training programme at…………………………………………(Name of Institute and Place) in
………………………trade. She/he was admitted during August/February………………session at SI. No.
out of total…………………admitted against……………unit(s) affiliated to National Council for Vocational
Training vide order No. DGE&T-……………………dated. She/He has passed the All India Trade Test for
Craftsmen Training Scheme held in the month of…………………20.
Character during the period of training was found to be…………………

Trade Test Marks

Subject Max. Marks Marks obtained

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Total

Date of birth as recorded in the School Certificate…………………

Prepared by Checked by
Signature of Principal of ITI/ (Facsimile Signature)
(In-charge, CTS of DGE&T Institute/with seal) Secretary S.C.V.T./
Head of DGE&T Institute

(Signature of certificate holder)

Date …………………..
84 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Appendix II(B)
Sl. ...............

Provisional National Trade Certificate

(for Private Candidates)

(Particulars of the State Directorate/DGE&T Offices)

PROVISIONAL NATIONAL TRADE CERTIFICATE

Shri/Shrimati/Kumari………………………………………..........………….Son/Wife/Daughter of
Shri………………………………Roll No………….having passed the prescribed trade test as PRIVATE
candidate in the trade of …………………held in the year of……………………20 is awarded this certificate
provisionally.

The National Trade Certificate will be issued by the National Council for Vocational Training.

Trade Test Marks

S. No Subject Max. Marks* Marks

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

*No sessional marks for private candidates

Date of Birth as recorded in the School Certificate……………….

Prepared by:
Checked by

(Facsimile Signature)
Secretary, SCVT

(Signature of certificate holder)

Date………………
Appendices 85

Appendix II(C)
Provisional National Trade Certificate
(For BBBT)
Sl. ...............
(Particulars of the State Directorate/DGE&T Offices)
PROVISIONAL NATIONAL TRADE CERTIFICATE

Shri/Shrimati/Kumari……………………………Son/Wife/Daughterof Shri…………………………………
Roll No………….…………having completed one year Broad Based Basic Training Course in the sector of
____________at ………………………………..(Name of the institute and place) and passed the prescribed
trade test held in ____________________________20 is awarded this certificate provisionally.

The National Trade Certificate will be issued by the National Council for Vocational Training.

Period of training from …………… to ……………….(Name of Institute and Place)

Character:

Trade Test Marks

Sl. Subject Written Sessional Total

No.
Max. Marks Marks Obtained Marks Obtained Max. Marks
1. Trade Theory-1
2. Trade Theory-2
3. Practical-1
4. Practical-2
5. Workshop Cal. Science &Engg. Drg.
OR Basic Computer Application
6. Entrepreneurship and Communication
Skill
Grand Total

Date of Birth as recorded in the School Certificate…………..

Prepared By Checked by
Signature of Principal of ITI/ Facsimile Sign of Secretary
In-charge (with seal) State Council for Vocational Training
(Signature of certificate holder)
Date…………………………
86 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Appendix II(D)
Provisional National Trade Certificate
(For Advanced Module)
Sl. ...............
(Particulars of the State Directorate/DGE&T Offices)
PROVISIONAL NATIONAL TRADE CERTIFICATE

Shri/Shrimati/Kumari………………………Son/Wife/Daughter of Shri………………………………………
Roll No………….…………having completed the six months Advanced Module (Name of the module)
…………………………., in the sector of ____________at (Name of the institute) and passed the prescribed
trade test held in the month of ____________________, 20……. is awarded this certificate provisionally.

The National Trade Certificate will be issued by the National Council for Vocational Training.

Period of training from …………… ………..to ………………………..

Character:

Trade Test Marks

Sl. Subject for the Trade Maximum Minimum Percentage Minimum Marks Required for Marks
No. Test Marks of Marks Passing (each subject) Obtained
1 Practical test 300 60% in practical & 240
+ aggregate
Practical sessional 100 = total 400
2 Theory (written test) 100 40% in theory test & 48
+ aggregate
Theory (sessional work) 20 = total 120

Date of Birth as recorded in the School Certificate……………………………..

Prepared By Checked by
Signature of Principal of ITI/ Facsimile Signature of Secretary
In-charge (with seal) State Council for Vocational Training

(Signature of certificate holder)

Date…………………………
Appendices 87

Appendix III(A)
National Trade Certificate (For Regular Candidates)
Ø-la- ¼,u-Vh-lh-½2008(S-8)
SI.No.(N.T.C.)2008(S-8) 680001

Hkkjr ljdkj
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Je ,oa jkstxkj ea=ky;
MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND EMPLOYMENT
jk"Vªh; O;;olkf;d izf’k{k.k ifj"kn~
NATIONAL COUNCIL FOR VOCATIONAL TRAINING

jk"Vªh; O;olk; izek.k&i=

NATIONAL TRADE CERTIFICATE
Jh@Jhefr@dqekjh
lqiq=@iRuh@lqiq=h Jh dks
eSa
izf’k{k.k iwjk djus vkSj ekg lu~ nks gtkj
esa vk;kftr dh fu/kkZfjr O;olk;
ijh{kk esa mrh.kZ gksus ij ;g O;olkj izek.k&i= iznku fd;k tkrk gSA
Shri/Shrimati/Kumari
Son/Wife/Daughter of Shri
having completed the course of training at
and passed the
prescribed trade test in the trade of
held in the month of two thousand
is awarded this trade Certificate.

lfpo lfpo
Secretary Secretary
jk"Vªh; O;kolkf;d izf’k{k.k ifj"kn~ jkT; O;kolkf;d izf’k{k.k ifj"kn~
National Council for Vocational Training State Council for Vocational Training
88 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

izf’k{k.k vof/k
ls rd

Period of Training
From To
Ldwy ds izek.k&i= esaq ntZ tUe&frfFk
Date of birth as recorded in School Certificate
irk
Address
iz/kkukpk;Z
Principal
rkjh[k
Date
Appendices 89

Appendix III(B)
National Trade Certificate (For Private Candidates)
Ø- la- ¼,u- Vh- lh-½ ¼ih½ 2008
SI. No. –N.T.C. (P) 2008 06115

Hkkjr ljdkj
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Je ,oa jkstxkj ea=ky;
MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND EMPLOYMENT
jk"Vªh; O;;olkf;d izf’k{k.k ifj"kn~
NATIONAL COUNCIL FOR VOCATIONAL TRAINING

jk"Vªh; O;olk; izek.k&i=

NATIONAL TRADE CERTIFICATE
¼izkbZosV mEehnokj½
(PRIVATE CANDIDATE)

Jh@Jhefr@dqekjh lqiq=@iRuh@lqiq=h
Jh dks
lu~ nks gtkj esa vk;ksftr
dh fu/kkZfjr O;olk; ijh{kk esa mrh.kZ gksus ij ;g O;olk; izek.k&i= iznku fd;k tkrk gSA

Shri/Shrimati/Kumari Son/Wife/
Daughter of Shri having passed the
prescribed trade test in the trade of
held in Two Thousand
is awarded this Trade Certificate.

lfpo lfpo
Secretary Secretary
jk"Vªh; O;kolkf;d izf’k{k.k ifj"kn~ jkT; O;kolkf;d izf’k{k.k ifj"kn~
National Council for Vocational Training State Council for Vocational Training
90 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Appendix III(C)
National Trade Certificate (For BBBT)
Ø- la- lh- vks- bZ- ¼ch- ch- ch- Vh-½ 2008
Sl. No. C.O.E. (B.B.B.T.) 2008 No. 024331

Hkkjr ljdkj
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Je ,oa jkstxkj ea=ky;
MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND EMPLOYMENT
jk"Vªh; O;;olkf;d izf’k{k.k ifj"kn~
NATIONAL COUNCIL FOR VOCATIONAL TRAINING

jk"Vªh; O;olk; izek.k&i=

NATIONAL TRADE CERTIFICATE
Jh@dqekjh@Jherh
lqiq=@lqiq=h@iRuh@Jh
dks {ks= esa
,d o"khZ; O;kid vk/kkfjr cqfu;knh Áf'k{k.k ikB~;Øe iwjk djus ds i’pkr~ vkSj
lu~ nks gtkj esa vk;ksftr fu/kkZfjr O;olk; ijh{kk mrh.kZ
djus ij ;g O;olk; izek.k&i= iznku fd;k tkrk gSA
Shri/Km/Smt Son/Daughter/
Wife of Shri
having completed one year Broad Based Basic Training Course in the Sector of

at and passed the prescribed Trade Test

held in two thousand
is awarded this Trade Certificate.

lfpo lfpo
Secretary Secretary
jkT; O;kolkf;d izf’k{k.k ifj"kn~ jk"Vªh; O;kolkf;d izf’k{k.k ifj"kn~
State Council for Vocational Training National Council for Vocational Training
Appendices 91

izf’k{k.k dh vof/k ls rd
Period of Training From To

{ks=%
Sector:

vkB lIrkg dh vof/k okys izR;sd cqfu;knh ekWMw;qy:

Basic Modules each of eight week duration:

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

tsusfjd ekWaMw;qy:
Generic Module:

Ldwy izek.k&i= esa ntZ tUe frfFk:

Date of Birth as recorded in School Certificate:

irk:
Address:

iz/kkukpk;Z:
Principal:

fnukad:
Date:
92 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Appendix III(D)
National Trade Certificate (For Advanced Modules) +36
Ø- la- lh- vks- bZ- ¼,- Vh- ,e-½@2008
SI. No. C.O.E. (A.T.M.)/2008 No. 015956

Hkkjr ljdkj
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Je ,oa jkstxkj ea=ky;
MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND EMPLOYMENT
jk"Vªh; O;;olkf;d izf’k{k.k ifj"kn~
NATIONAL COUNCIL FOR VOCATIONAL TRAINING

jk"Vªh; O;olk; izek.k&i=

NATIONAL TRADE CERTIFICATE
Jh@dqekjh@Jhefr
lqiq=@lqiq=h@iRuh Jh
dks ¼laLFkku dk uke½
ls {ks= esa esa
Ng ekg dk mPp ekWM~;wy iwjk djus ds i’pkr~ rFkk 20
esa vk;ksftr fu/kkZfjr O;olk; ijh{kk mrh.kZ djus ij ;g jk"Vªh; O;olk; izek.k&i= iznku fd;k tkrk gSA
Shri/Km./Smt.
Son/Daughter/Wife of Shri having completed
the six months Advanced Module of
in the Sector at
(Name of the Institute)
and passed the prescribed Trade Test held in 20
is awarded this National Trade Certificate.

lfpo lfpo
Secretary Secretary
jkT; O;kolkf;d izf’k{k.k ifj"kn jk"Vªh; O;kolkf;d izf’k{k.k ifj"kn~
State Council for Vocational Training National Council for Vocational Training
Appendices 93

izf’k{k.k dh vof/k ls rd
Period of Training From To

Ldwy izek.k&i= es ntZ tUe frfFk %

Date of Birth as recorded in the School Certificate%

irk %
Address%

iz/kkukpk;Z % eksgj
Principal Stamp

fnukad %
Date%
94 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Appendix III(E)
National Trade Certificate
(For Specialised Modules)
Sl. ...............
Code No. ...............

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF LABOUR & EMPLOYMENT
NATIONAL COUNCIL FOR VOCATIONAL TRAINING
NATIONAL TRADE CERTIFICATE

This is to certify that Shri/Shrimati/Kumari ……………………………………………………………………

Son/Wife/Daughter of Shri …………………………………………has successfully completed the six
months Training Course in Specialized Module * Name of the Module* in the…………………………
Sector at……………………………(Name of the institute)…………………………………….
from ……………………..to………………….and passed the prescribed Trade Test held in
____________________________two thousand __________

Secretary Authorised Signature & Seal of Industry Partner

State Council for Vocational Training

PS:
1. This certificate has the recognition of National Council for Vocational Training vide letter No
DGE&T 19(2)/2007-CD, 27.6.2008.
2. Pre requisite qualifications for this certificate are National Trade Certificate/National Trade
Certificate of Broad Based Basic Training in ………………Sector and National Trade Certificate
of Advanced Module in …………..of………..Sector .

On Reverse side

Father’s Name:

Date of Birth as recorded in School Certificate

Appendices 95

APPENDIX IV
Recognition of Trade Certificates Awarded by Various
Authorities at the Level of Craftsmen

No. TC/NCT-14(5)/66
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING
MINISTRY OF LABOUR
Shram Shakti Bhawan, Rafi Marg, New Delhi 110001

Dated 26th Dec. 1966

MEMORANDUM

Subject: Recognition of the trade certificates awarded by the various authorities to the trainees of the train-
ing institutes run by them for the training of persons at the level of Craftsmen.
1. The Ministry of Home Affairs, etc. are aware that the Ministry of Labour, Employment and
Rehabilitation is concerned with the recognition of certificates awarded at the level of craftsmen
for the purpose of recruitment to the posts and services under the Central Government for which a
diploma/certificate in craftsmanship or a National Trade Certificates is prescribed as the requisite
qualification. Under the Craftsmen Training Scheme and the Apprenticeship Training Scheme, under
the Apprentices Act 1961 of this Ministry’s National Trade Certificates and National Apprenticeship
Certificates, which are issued by the National Council for Training in Vocational Trades, now National
Council for Vocational Training (NCVT), after all-India tests to the trainees of the industrial training
institutes and the apprentices are both recognized for the purposes of employment as stated above. A
list of trades under the Craftsmen Training Scheme and the Apprenticeship Training Scheme under
the Apprentices Act 1961 is enclosed for ready reference.
2. The trades/courses run by the different ministries/departments, etc. which are in line with the trades/
courses conducted by the Directorate General of Employment and Training may be affiliated to the
National Council for Training in Vocational Trades for the purpose of recognition.
3. The Ministry has been receiving references from different ministries and departments regarding the
recognition of certificates awarded by them to the trainees of the training institutes run by them in
trades or courses other than those included in the Directorate General of Employment and Training
Programme. It has been decided that trade certificates in trades other than those included in the
Directorate General of Employment and Training programme awarded by different ministries,
departments, etc. may also be recognized by this Ministry. The enclosed note outlines the procedure
to be followed for the purpose of recognition of the trade certificates by this Ministry.

Sd/- G Jagannathan
Under Secretary to the Government of India
96 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

To,
All Ministries of the Government of India and their various Departments, Department of Parliamentary Af-
fairs, Lok Sabha Secretariat, Rajya Sabha Secretariat, President’s Secretariat, Prime Minister’s Secretariat,
Supreme Court, Comptroller and Auditor General of India, Department of Atomic Energy, DGE&T, New
Delhi, CPWD, (New Delhi), Central Water and Power Commission, UPSC, UGC, (New Delhi), Planning
Commission, Election Commission, Programme Evaluation Organisation and Committee on Plan Projects,
Planning Commission.
Copy, with enclosures forwarded to:
1. Principal Information Officer, Press Information Bureau with the request that a press note explaining
the above decision in suitable terms may kindly be issued as soon as possible.
2. All State Governments and administrations of Union Territories for favour of issue of similar
instructions at an early date
3. Principals of all (i) Central Training Institute for Instructors, (ii) Industrial Training Institutes under
the CTI and those affiliated to the NCVT.
4. All State Directors concerned with Training of Craftsmen/Directors of National Employment
Service.
5. Shri M L Salhotra, T C Section for issuing an amendment to the Craftsmen Training Manual.
6. EEI Section for providing this to all Employment Exchanges, etc.

DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING, MINISTRY OF

LABOUR NEW DELHI
Procedure to be followed by the different Ministries, Government Departments, etc. in connection with the
recognition of certificates awarded by them at the level of Craftsmen (other than Degree and Diploma level)
to the trainees of the training institutes run by them.

Background Information
The Ministry of Labour is concerned with the recognition of technical and professional qualifications at
the level of craftsmen for recruitment to the posts and services under the services under the Government
of India for which a Diploma/Certificate in craftsmanship or a National Trade Certificate is prescribed as
the requisite qualification. Accordingly, diplomas and certificates issued by different authorities at the level
of craftsmen should be recognized by that ministry. The Directorate General of Employment and Training
in the Ministry of Labour, Employment and Rehabilitation has a number of training schemes which cover
a number of engineering and non-engineering trades for the purpose of imparting training at the level of
craftsmen. The Industrial Training Institutes which are functioning under the Craftsmen Training Scheme of
the Directorate General of Employment and Training conduct courses in 43 engineering trades and 24 non-
engineering trades, and training is imparted according to the standards recommended by the National Council
for Vocational Training. National Trade Certificates which are issued to the trainees by the National Council
for Vocational Training after an All India Trade Test are recognized by this ministry for employment to the
posts and services under the Government of India as stated above. Similarly, the National Apprenticeship
Certificates which are issued by the NCVT to the apprentices after completion of the Apprentices Act 1961
are recognized for the purpose of recruitment to the posts and service under the Government of India. The
number of trades which have been designated under the Apprentices Act is 137 at present.
Appendices 97

Different Ministries/Government Departments are running their own training schemes in the same trades
which are included in the DGE&T training schemes and following standards laid down by the National
Council for Vocational Training. Such training schemes may be affiliated to the National Council for the
purpose of recognition of the certificates awarded by them. Where, however, the trades/courses are not
included in the DGE&T training programme, the certificates awarded by them in respect of such trades/
courses have not been recognized by this ministry so far.

Procedure to be followed
It has now been decided that the certificates awarded in trades/courses which are conducted at the level of
craftsmen by the different Ministries/Departments in trades/courses other than those included in the DGE&T,
the training programme should be recognized for the purposes of employment as stated above. For this
purpose, the procedure as indicated below should be followed by the Ministry/Government Department
concerned:
1. The syllabus for the practical training and theoretical instructions should be drafted by experts in
the trade and finalized in consultation with a committee of experts in the trade. The list of tools and
equipment required for the purpose of training to cover the syllabus should also be drafted.
2. The educational qualification for admission, the age limit, etc. should be suggested in the draft.
3. A committee consisting of a few experts, say five or six, who have knowledge and experience in the
trade should be constituted, to examine the syllabus, list of tools and equipment, etc.
4. A scheme for training according to the syllabus should be drafted indicating the time of admission,
number of trainees to be admitted, the ratio of instructor/teacher to the trainees, location to the
institute, the method of keeping progress records, the method of conducting the final trade test, the
certificate to be awarded in the trade, etc.
5. The scheme mentioned above, together with the syllabus and other training standards recommended
by the committee of experts (which may be called Trade Committee), should be sent to the DGE&T
for the purpose of recognition of the certificate at the level of craftsmen.
6. The DGE&T would examine the training programme with a view to find out whether the course
concerned is at the level of craftsmen and training standards have been approved by a committee of
experts appointed by the Ministry/Department concerned for the purpose.
7. The Ministry/Department concerned, thereafter will be intimated regarding the recognition of
the certificate which may be awarded after a necessary test conducted by them for the purpose
of recruitment to the posts under the Central Government subject to the fulfillment of the above-
mentioned conditions.
98 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

List (as on 20-5-68) of Trades under CTS of the DGE&T in

Respect of Which Diplomas/Certificate Awarded from Time to
Time have been Recognized by the Government of India

NON-ENGINEERING TRADES
1. Bleaching, Dyeing and Calico Printing
2. Book Binding
3. Cane, Willow and Bamboo Work
4. Cutting and Tailoring
5. Cutting and Tailoring (Men)
6. Cutting and Tailoring (Women)
7. Confectionery and Bakery (including Preservation of Fruits)
8. Coir Weaving
9. Embroidery and Needlework
10. Embroidery and Needlework (including Salma,Tila and Lamp and Lampshade Work)
11. Fret Work and Manufacture of Wooden Toys
12. Carbo Spinning
13. Hand Composing and Proof Reading
14. Hand Weaving of Fancy and Furnishing Fabrics
15. Hand Weaving of Niwar, Tapes, Durries and Carpets
16. Hand Weaving of Woolen Fabrics
17. Knitting with Hand Machine
18. Manufacture of Footwear
19. Manufacture of Household Utensils
20. Manufacture of Sports Goods (Leather)
21. Manufacture of Sports Goods (Misc.)
22. Manufacture of Sports Goods (Wood)
23. Manufacture of Suitcases and other Leather Goods
24. Preservation of Fruits and Vegetables and Manufacture of Confectionery
25. Preservation of Fruits and Vegetables
26. Printing Machine Operator
27. Stenography (English)
28. Stenography (Hindi)
29. Signaller (Railways)
30. Weaving of Silk and Woolen Fabrics
31. Wood Turning and Lacquer Work
*
32. Wood Carving and Inlaying

*
only Diplomas in Craftsmanship awarded.
Appendices 99

ENGINEERING TRADES
1. Blacksmith
2. Building Constructor
3. Carpenter
4. Clock and Watch Repairer
5. Die Fitter
6. Draughtsman (Civil)
7. Draughtsman (Mechanical)
8. Electrician
9. Electroplater
10. Fitter
11. Grinder
12. Lineman and Wireman
13. Mechanic (Dom. Ref)
14. Mechanic (Instrument)
15. Mechanic (I.C. Engines)
16. Mechanic (Motor)
17. Mechanic (Radio)
18. Mechanic (Tractor)
19. Mechanic (Motor Vehicle)
20. Mechanic (Radio and Television)
21. Mechanic (Diesel)
22. Mechanic (General)
23. Machinist
24. Machinist (Grinder)
25. Machinist (Miller)
26. Machinist (Shaper, Slotter and Planer)
27. Moulder
28. Painter and Decorator
29. Pattern Maker
30. Plumber
31. Painter
32. Mechanic (Refrigeration and Air Conditioning)
33. Sheet Metal Worker
34. Surveyor
35. Tool Maker
36. Turner
37. Upholstery
38. Welder (Gas and Electric)
39. Wireless Operator
40. Wireman
41. Watch and Clock Maker
100 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Appendix V
Survey of Occupations around ITIs for
Determining the Scope for Training in the ITIs
(Industry-wise Survey)
The following points may have to be taken into consideration while deciding to introduce the trades or sug-
gesting the closure of the unpopular trades and substituting them with more popular trades:
1. Whether the skills of the trades require institutional training
2. Whether the trades can be taught in their entirety in the ITIs
3. Whether the persons trained in these trades can secure employment
4. Whether the joint effort of the ITIs and the industry would constitute the training programme
5. Whether the occupations can be learnt in shorter periods of time and do we actually call such
occupation as trades or operations and are they worth introducing in the ITIs
With the above criteria in view, it would thereafter be necessary to conduct area-wise and industry-wise
surveys of the occupations in order to assess the demand and supply position.
These surveys may secure information in regard to the following:
1. Total number of skilled and semi-skilled workers employed
2. The number employed each year
3. Probable number required in coming 5 to 10 years
4. The trades in which training is required
5. General education requirements of the trades
6. Wage rate of skilled and semi-skilled workers
7. Opportunities of joint training facilities in the industry and the ITIs
8. Physical requirements for employment and such other information that would be helpful in
organizing the training courses
After having decided the trades for which the training in the ITIs would be beneficial, the next step to
be decided would be

1. Whether the trade is one of the existing trades under CTS, and if so,
(i) Do we need to provide additional seats in the trade?
(ii) Can we run these seats in shifts by utilizing the equipment provided for the trainees in the first shift?
(iii) Do we need to discontinue the trade and substitute it with popular trades?

2. If the trade does not exists under CTS Is the trade meant for the local employment market or
does its utility exist elsewere in the district/state/country?
(i)Is the equipment easily available?
(ii)What would be the duration of such courses?
(iii)What would be the education requirement of the candidates seeking admission in the new trade?
(iv) Are the industries willing to offer their experts for designing the syllabi and list of tools which
ultimately would be examined and accepted by NCVT for adoption for the purpose of examination/
certification and recognition?
(v) What is the wage rate of skilled and semi-skilled workers?
Appendices 101

(vi) Would it be possible to introduce the trade in the ITIs?

(vii) Can the trade be taught by the joint effort of the ITIs and industries?
(viii) Is there any foreign-exchange component in the equipment required to teach the skills of the trades?
If so, what would be the quantum of such components?

Proforma for Conducting Industry Survey in Trades in which there is

Absolute Employment Potential in the Area

Name Total no. of No. of semi- General Wage Probable no. Is it advisable Is it necessary
of the semi-skilled and skilled and education rate required in to introduce to have an
proposed skilled workers skilled employed standard of the coming the trades in apprenticeship
trades employed each year workers 5 to 10 years ITIs? programme?
1. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Proforma Suggested for Submitting Proposals for Discontinuance of Unpopular Trades and
Substituting them with Popular Tardes Out of Existing NCVT Trades

Summary of Trades to be Abolished/ Introduced

Sl. No. Name of the Seat Trainees on Seats to be Seats to be Ultimate total
trade sanctioned roll abolished introduced seating capacity
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(Engineering Trades— 2 years’ Course)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
(Contd.)
102 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Sl. No. Name of the Seat Trainees on Seats to be Seats to be Ultimate total
trade sanctioned roll abolished introduced seating capacity
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(Engineering Trades—1-year Course)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
(Non-Engineering Trades—1-year Course)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Name of the trade/s Seats to be abolished Name of the trade/s Seats to be introduced
Appendices 103

Certificates To Be Furnished
– Value of equipment/hand tools/furniture rendered surplus and action suggested for disposal/
utilization/transfer to other ITIs.
– Value of equipment/hand tools/furniture required for the suggested trades and amount required for
procurement.
– Whether funds are available or not
– Whether accommodation is adequate
– Whether the non-recurring grant exceeds the sanctioned amount
– Action suggested for the disposal of surplus instructional staff. The proposed change should not
enhance the number of seats sanctioned at the ITIs.

Information may be sent by email at [email protected]

104 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Appendix VI
Organisation Chart of an Industrial Training Institute
Principal/Superintendent
Training and Placement Officer

*Vice-Principal

Group Office Hostel Supdt. cum Store Superintendent

Instructor Superintendent Physical Training Storekeeper
Instructor

Vocational Accountant Hostel Clerk Astt. Storekeeper

Instructor Clerical staff Class IV staff Store Attendant
Class IV staff for for Hostel
the Institute Medical
Officer
Compounder
Dresser

Instructor for Allied trades

Drawing Instructor
Millwright Instructor
Mathematics Instructor
AV Instructor
Workshop Attendant
Supporting Staff
*

*
Wherever sanctioned
Appendices 105

Appendix VII
List of Engineering and Non-Engineering Trades under the
Craftsmen Training Scheme as on 26.12.2013

1. Engineering Trades
S. Name of the Trade Duration Entry Qualification Syllabus Trade
No. Revised Introduced
During the During the
Year Year
1. Architectural Assistant 1 year Passed 10th class examination with 40% marks in 2003
Mathematics or Secondary Standard under 10+2
system of education or its equivalent.
2. Attendant Operator (a) 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system 2010
(Chemical Plant) of education with Physics, Chemistry and Math-
ematics as one of the subjects or its equivalent.
(b) 6 months Passed BSc with Physics and Chemistry.
3. Building Maintenance 6 months Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 2003
system of education or its equivalent.
4. Carpenter 1 year Passed 8th class examination under 10+2 system
of education with Science as one of the subjects
or its equivalent.
5. Draughtsman (Civil) 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2007
tem of education with Science and Mathematics
or its equivalent.
6. Draughtsman (Mechanical) 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2007
tem of education with Science and Mathematics
or its equivalent.
7. Electrician 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 2007
system of education with Science as one of the
subjects or its equivalent.
8. Electronic Mechanic 2 years Passed Matriculation examination under 2005
10+2 system of education with Science and
Mathematics or its equivalent.
9. Electroplater 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 1999
system of education or its equivalent.
10. Fitter 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 2007
system of education or its equivalent.
11. Foundryman 1 year Passed class 8th examination under 10+2 system 1998
of education or its equivalent.
12 Goldsmith 1 year Passed 8th class examination under 10+2 system 2010
of education or its equivalent
(Contd.)
106 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

S. Name of the Trade Duration Entry Qualification Syllabus Trade

No. Revised Introduced
During the During the
Year Year
13. Information Technology 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2007
and Electronics System tem of education with Science.
Maintenance Desirable—12th class pass with Mathematics and
Physics.
Instrument Mechanic 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2000
tem of education with Science as one of the sub-
jects or its equivalent.
15. Instrument Mechanic (a) 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system 2002 2002
(Chemical Plant) of education with Physics, Chemistry and Math- 2010
ematics as one of the subjects or its equivalent.
(b) 6 months Passed BSc with Physics and Chemistry.
16. Interior Decoration and 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 2003
Designing system of education.
17. Laboratory Assistant (a) 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2010 2003
(Chemical Plant) tem of education with Physics, Chemistry and
Mathematics as one of the subjects or its equiva-
lent.
(b) 6 months Passed BSc with Physics and Chemistry.
18. Lift Mechanic 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2003
tem of education with Science or its equivalent.
19. Machinist 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 2007
system of education or its equivalent.
20. Machinist (Grinder) 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 1997
system of education or its equivalent.
21. Maintenance Mechanic 2 years Passed 10th class examination with Physics, 2010 2003
(Chemical Plant) Chemistry and Mathematics under 10+2 system
of education or its equivalent.
22. Marine Fitter 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2010 2005
tem of education with 50% marks in Mathematics
and Science or its equivalent.
23. Mason (Building 1 year Passed 8th class examination under 10+2 system 2004
Constructor) of education or its equivalent.
24. Mech. Communication 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 2006
Equipment Maintenance system of education or its equivalent
25. Mech. Repair and Mainte- 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 2006
nance of Heavy Vehicles system of education or its equivalent
26. Mech. Repair and Mainte- 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 2006
nance of Light Vehicles system of education or its equivalent
27. Mech. Repair and Mainte- 6 months Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 2006
nance of Two Wheelers system of education or its equivalent.
(Contd.)
Appendices 107

S. Name of the Trade Duration Entry Qualification Syllabus Trade

No. Revised Introduced
During the During the
Year Year
28. Mechanic (Diesel) 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 1998
system or its equivalent.
29. Mechanic (Motor Vehicle) 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 2002
system of education with Science as one of the
subjects or its equivalent.
30. Mechanic (Radio and TV) 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 1996
system of education with Science as one of the
subject or its equivalent.
31. Mechanic (Refrigeration 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2002
and Air Conditioner) tem of education with Science and Mathematics
or its equivalent.
32. Mechanic (Tractor) 1 year Essential—Passed 8th class examination under 1996
10+2 system of education or its equivalent.
Desirable—Passed 10th class examination under
10+2 system of education with science (Phys-
ics and Chemistry) as one of the subjects or its
equivalent.
33. Mechanic (Agricultural 2 years Essential—Passed 8th class examination under
Machinery) 10+2 system of education or its equivalent.
Desirable—Passed 10th class examination under
10+2 system of education with Science (Physics
and Chemistry) as one of the subjects.
34. Mechanic (Auto, Electrical 6 months Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2003
and Electronics) tem of education with Science and Mathematics
or its equivalent.
35. Mechanic Computer 2 years Passed 10+2 or Intermediate or Pre-university 2003
Hardware with Physics as one of the subject.
36. Mechanic Consumer 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2003
Electronics tem of education with Mathematics and Science
or its equivalent.
37 Mechanic Industrial 2 years Passed 12th class examination with Physics, 2003
Electronics Chemistry and Mathematics.
38. Mechanic Lens/Prism 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2006
Grinding tem of education or its equivalent.
39. Mechanic Machine Tools 3 years Matriculation with Science and Mathematics or its 1999
Maintenance equivalent.
40. Mechanic Mechatronics 2 years Passed 10+2 examination with Physics, Chemis- 2003
try and Mathematics.
41. Mechanic Medical 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2003
Electronics tem of education with Mathematics and Science
or its equivalent.
(Contd.)
108 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

S. Name of the Trade Duration Entry Qualification Syllabus Trade

No. Revised Introduced
During the During the
Year Year
42. Mechanic-cum-Operator 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2002
Electronics Communication tem of education with Science as one of the sub-
System jects or its equivalent.
43. Operator Advanced 2 years Passed 12th class examination with Physics, 2003
Machine Tools Chemistry and Mathematics.
44. Painter General 2 years Passed 8th class examination or its equivalent.
45. Physiotherapy Technician 1 year Passed 12th class examination under 10+2 system 2006
of education with Physics, Chemistry and Biology.
46. Plastic Processing 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys-
Operator tem of education or its equivalent.
47. Plumber 1 year Passed 8th class examination under 10+2 system 2004
of education or its equivalent.
48. Pump Operator-cum- 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2007
Mechanic tem of education with Science or its equivalent.
49. Radiology Technician 2 years Passed 12th class examination Under 10+2 sys- 2006
(Radio Diagnosis and tem of education with Physics, Chemistry and
Radiotherapy) Biology.
50. Sanitary Hardware fitter 6 months Passed 8th class examination under 10+2 system 2003
of education or its equivalent.
51. Sheet Metal Worker 1 year Passed 8th class examination under 10+2 system 1996
of education or its equivalent.
52. Spinning Technician 2 years Passed 10th class examination 2007
53. Surveyor 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2007
tem of education with Science and Mathematics
or its equivalent.
54. Textile Mechatronics 2 years Passed 10th class examination 2007
th
55. Textile Wet Processing 1 year Passed 10 class examination under 10+2 sys- 2007
Technician tem of education with Science and Mathematics
or its equivalent.
56. Tool and Die Maker (Dies 3 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2007
and Moulds) tem of education with Science or its equivalent.
57. Tool and Die Maker (Press 3 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2007
Tools, Jigs and Fixtures) tem of education with Science or its equivalent.
58. Turner 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2007
tem of education or its equivalent.
59. Vessel Navigator 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2010 2005
tem of education with 50% marks in Mathematics
and Science or its equivalent
60. Welder (Gas and Electric) 1 year Passed 8th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2005
tem of education or its equivalent.
(Contd.)
Appendices 109

S. Name of the Trade Duration Entry Qualification Syllabus Trade

No. Revised Introduced
During the During the
Year Year
61. Weaving Technician 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2007
tem of education with Mathematics and Science
or its equivalent
62. Wireman 2 years Passed 8th class examination or its equivalent. 1996
th
63. Marine Engine Fitter 1 year Passed 10 class examination or its equivalent. 2010
th
64. Domestic Painter 1 years Passed 10 class examination under 10+2 2012
system of education.
65. Industrial Painter 1 year Passed 10th class under 10+2 system of education 2012
th
66. Rubber Technician 1 year Passed 10 class examination 2012
67. Mechanic Mining 2 years Passed 12th class with Science 2012
Machinery
68. Stone Mining Machine 1 years Passed 10th class under 10+2 system
Operator
69. Stone Processing 1 year Passed 10th class under 10+2 system 2013
Machines Operator
70. Excavator Operator (Mining) 6 months 8th class Passed 2013

2. Non-Engineering Trades
S. Name of the Trade Duration Entry Qualification Syllabus Trade
No. Revised Introduced
During the During the
Year Year
1. Baker and Confectioner 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10 + 2 sys-
tem of education or its equivalent.
2. Cabin/Room Attendant 6 months i) Passed 10th Class Examination under 10+2 2003
System of Education.
ii) Working knowledge of English and Hindi.
3. Cane Willow and Bamboo 1 Year Passed 8th class or its equivalent.
Work
4. Computer Aided Embroi- 6 months Passed Class 10th examination under 10+2 sys- 2006
dery and Needle work tem of education or its equivalent
5. Computer Operator and 1 year Passed 10th class 2012 2003
Programming Assistant
6. Corporate Housekeeping 6 months Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2003
tem of education.
7. Craftsman Food Production 1 year Passed 10th class exam under 10+2 system of 1998
(General) education or its equivalent.
(Contd.)
110 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

S. Name of the Trade Duration Entry Qualification Syllabus Trade

No. Revised Introduced
During the During the
Year Year
8. Craftsman Food Production 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 1998
(Vegetarian) tem of education or its equivalent.
9. Crèche Management 6 months Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2003
tem of education
10. Cutting and Sewing 1 Year Passed 8th class or its equivalent. 2002
th
11. Dairying 1 year Passed 10 class examination under 10+2 sys- 2003
tem of education
12. Data Entry Operator 6 months 10th Class Passed 2012 2003
Typing speed of 30 w.p.m in English/Hindi/Any
Local Language.
13. Dental Laboratory Techni- 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2003
cian tem of education.
14. Desktop Publishing 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2012 2003
Operator tem of education
15. Digital Photographer 1 year Passed 12th class under 10+2 system of educa- 2003
tion or equivalent.
16. Domestic Housekeeping 6 months Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 Sys- 2003
tem of Education
17. Dress Making 1 year Passed Matriculation examination or its equiva-
lent or 10th class under 10 + 2 system.
18. Driver Cum Mechanic 6 months Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2003
(Light Motor Vehicle) tem of education.
19. Embroidery and Needle 1 year Passed 8th class or its equivalent. 2000
work
20. Event Management 6 months Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2003
Assistant tem of education or its equivalent (with English
as a subject).
21. Fashion Technology 1 year Passed 12th class under 10+2 system of educa- 2003
tion or equivalent.
22. Floriculture and 1 year Passed 10th class examination 2012 2003
Landscaping
23. Front Office Assistant 6 months Passed 10+2 class examination under 10+2 sys- 2003
tem of education or its equivalent (with English
as a subject).
24. Hair and Skin care 1 year Passed Matriculation examination or equivalent. 1997
th
25. Health Sanitary Inspector 1 year Passed 12 class examination under 10+2 sys- 2003
tem of education with science in Class 10. Prefer-
ence given to trainees with Physics, Chemistry
and Biology in 12th Class.
(Contd.)
Appendices 111

S. Name of the Trade Duration Entry Qualification Syllabus Trade

No. Revised Introduced
During the During the
Year Year
26. Horticulture 1 year Passed 10th class examination 2012 2003
th
27. Hospital Housekeeping 1 year Passed 12 class examination under 10+2 sys- 2003
tem of Education with Physics, Chemistry and
Biology.
28. Hospital Waste 6 months Passed 12th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2003
Management tem of education with Physics, Chemistry and
Biology.
29. Institution Housekeeping 6 months Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2003
tem of education.
30. Insurance Agent 6 months Passed 12th class under 10+2 system of educa- 2003
tion or equivalent.
31. Leather Goods Maker 1 Year Passed 8th class examination under 10+2 system 2008
of education or two classes below matriculation
examination or its equivalent.
32. Library and Information 6 months Passed 12th class under 10+2 system of educa- 2003
Science tion or equivalent.
33. Litho–Offset Machine 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 1998
Minder tem of education with Science as one of the sub-
jects or its equivalent.
34. Manufacture of Footwear 1 year Passed 8th class examination under 10+2 system 2008
of education or its equivalent.
35. Medical Transcription 6 months Passed 12th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2003
tem of education with Biology/Physiology as
major subject. Knowledge of English Language
is essential.
36. Network Technician 6 months 10th Class passed 2012 2003
37. Old Age Care 6 months Passed 8th class under 10+2 system of educa- 2003
tion.
38. Photographer 1 year Passed 10th class examination with Physics
and Chemistry under 10+2 system or its equiva-
lent.
39. Plate Maker-cum-Impositer 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 1998
tem of education with science as one of the sub-
jects or its equivalent.
40. Pre/Preparatory School 6 months Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2003
Management (Assistant) tem of education
41 Fruits and Vegetable 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10 + 2 sys- 2000
Processor tem of education with Science or its equivalent.
(Contd.)
112 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

S. Name of the Trade Duration Entry Qualification Syllabus Trade

No. Revised Introduced
During the During the
Year Year
42. Process Cameraman 1 year Passed 10th class exam under 10+2 system of 1998
education with science as one of the subjects or
its equivalent.
43. Secretarial Practice 1 year 12th class pass 1997
th
44. Stenography (English) 1 year 12 class pass 2002
th
45. Stenography (Hindi) 1 year 12 class pass 2008
46. Steward 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2005
tem of education or its equivalent.
47. Tourist Guide 6 months Passed 12th class under 10+2 system of educa- 2003
tion or equivalent.
48. Weaving of Silk and 1 year Passed 8th class or its equivalent.
Woolen Fabrics
49. Weaving of Woolen Fabrics 1 year Passed 8th class or its equivalent.
50. Catering and Hospitality 2009
Assistant
51. Travel and Tour Assistant 2009
th
52. Multimedia Animation and 1 year 10 class pass 2010
Special Effects
53. Office Assistant cum 1 year 12th class pass 2010
Computer Operator
54. Spa Therapy 6 months Passed 12th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2011
tem of education or its equivalent
55. Health, Safety and 1 year Passed 12th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2011
Environment tem of education or its equivalent
56. Firemen 6 months Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2011
tem of education or its equivalent.
57. Fire Technology and Indus- 1 year Passed 12th class examination under 10+2 sys- 2011
trial Safety Management tem of education or its equivalent
58. Human Resource 1 year Passed 10th class examination 2012
Executive
59. Marketing Executive 1 year Passed 10th class examination 2012
60. Finance Executive 1 year Passed 10th class examination 2012
th
61. Para Legal Assistant/ 6 Months 10 Class Passed 2013
Munshi
62. Counselling Skills 6 Months Class X Passed exam (under 10+2 system of 2013
education or its equivalent.)
Appendices 113

Appendix VIIA
List (as on 20-5-68) of Trades under CTS of the DGE&T in
Respect of Which Diploma/Certificate Awarded from Time to
Time have been Recognised by Government of India

Non-Engineering Trades
1. Bleaching, Dyeing and Calico Printing
2. Book Binding
3. Cane, Willow and Bamboo Work
4. Cutting and Tailoring
5. Cutting and Tailoring (Men)
6. Cutting and Tailoring (Women)
7. Confectionery and Bakery (Including Preservation of Fruits)
8. Coir Weaving
9. Embroidery and Needle Work
10. Embroidery and Needle Work (Including Salma, Tila and Lamp and Lamp Shade Work)
11. Fret Work and Manufacture of Wooden Toys
12. Carbo Spinning
13. Hand Composing and Proofreading
14. Hand Weaving of Fancy and Furnishing Fabrics
15. Hand Weaving of Niwar, Tapes, Duries and Carpets
16. Hand Weaving of Wollen Fabrics
17. Knitting with Hand Machine
18. Manufacture of Footwear
19. Manufacture of Household Utensils
20. Manufacture of Sports Goods (Leather)
21. Manufacture of Sports Goods (Miscellaneous)
22. Manufacture of Sports Goods (Woods)
23. Manufacture of Suitcases and other Leather Goods
24. Preservation of Fruits and Vegetables and Manufacture of Confectionery
25. Preservation of Fruits and Vegetables
26. Printing Machine Operator
27. Stenography (English)
28. Stenography (Hindi)
29. Signaller (Railways)
30. Weaving of Silk and Woollen Fabrics
31. Wood Turning and Lacquer Work
*32. Wood Carving and Inlaying

* Only Diploma in Craftmanship awarded.

114 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Engineering Trades
1. Blacksmith
2. Building Constructor
3. Carpenter
4. Clock and Watch repairer
5. Die Fitter
6. Draughtsman (Civil)
7. Draughtsman (mechanical)
8. Electrician
9. Electroplater
10. Fitter
11. Grinder
12. Lineman and Wireman
13. Mechanic (Dom. Ref)
14. Mechanic (Instrument)
15. Mechanic (I.C. Engines)
16. Mechanic (Motor)
17. Mechanic (Radio)
18. Mechanic (Tractor)
19. Mechanic (Motor Vehicle)
20. Mechanic (Radio and Television)
21. Mechanic (Diesel)
22. Mechanic (General)
23. Machinist
24. Machinist (Grinder)
25. Machinist (Miller)
26. Machinist (Shaper, Slotter and Planer)
27. Moulder
28. Painter and Decorator
29. Pattern Maker
30. Plumber
31. Painter
32. Mechanic (Refrigeration & Air conditioning)
33. Sheet Metal Worker
34. Surveyor
35. Tool Maker
36. Turner
37. Upholstery
38. Welder (Gas & Electric)
39. Wireless Operator
40. Wireman
41. Watch & Clock Maker
Appendices 115

Appendix VIII
Progress Card for Craftsmen Training Scheme
(For Engineering Trades only)
PROGRESS CARD

(First Year)

Name of Trainee :
ITI
Roll No. :
Trade :
Date of Admission :
Educational Qualification :
Date of Leaving :

Monthly Tests
Workshop Calculation

Instructor’s Initials
Trade Instructor’s
No. of Monthly

Mathematics
and Science

Engineering

Instructor’s

GI’s Initials

Remarks
Practical

Drawing

Drawing
Theory

Initials

Initials
Tests

Total

Monthly Test I (Aug.)

Monthly Test II (Sep.)
Monthly Test III (Oct.)
Monthly Test IV (Nov.)
Monthly Test V (Dec.)
Monthly Test VI (Jan.)
Monthly Test VII (Feb.)
Monthly Test VIII (Mar.)
Monthly Test IX (Apr.)
Monthly Test X (May)
Monthly Test XI (June)
Monthly Test XII (July)
II
III
IV
No. of Quarters

Monthly
No. of Monthly

Actual

Test XII (July)

Tests Attendance
During the

Monthly Test I (Aug.)

Monthly Test X (May)

Monthly Test II (Sep.)
Monthly Test III (Oct.)

Monthly Test IX (Apr.)

Monthly Test V (Dec.)
Monthly Test VI (Jan.)
Monthly Test IV (Nov.)

Monthly Test VII (Feb.)

Quarter

*General remarks, if any

Monthly Test VIII (Mar.)

Possible

Monthly Test XI (June)

%
Practical
Loss of
Training if any
Quarterly Assessment

Theory
Extra Hours Suggested
to Make up the Training
Workshop Calculation
and Science Progress on Loss of
Training
II
III
Engineering IV
No. of Quarters
Drawing
116 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Practical 100
Total

(Second Year)

Monthly Tests
PROGRESS CARD
Theory 20
Trade Instructor’s
Initials Workshop Calculation
and Science 10
Drawing
Instructor’s Initials Engineering Drawing
20
Sessional Marks

Mathematics
Total 150
Instructor’s Initials

Conduct
GI’s Initials
GI’s initial

Remarks
Principal’s Initial
Appendices 117

Quarterly Assessment Sessional Marks

to Make up the Training

Extra Hours Suggested

Workshop Calculation

Engineering Drawing
Progress on Loss of

Principal’s Initial
No. of Quarters

No. of Quarters

and Science 10
Training if any

Practical 100
Attendance
During the

GI’s initial
Theory 20

Total 150

Conduct
Training
Quarter

Loss of

20
Actual Possible %
I. I.
II II
III III
IV IV
General remarks, if any
Notes:
1. This progress card should be used for engineering trades only.
2. The maximum and minimum marks should be inserted in the related columns by the concerned instructor.
3. The instructor concerned should make the card up-to-date for each trainee.

PROGRESS CARD FOR CRAFTSMEN TRAINING SCHEME

(For Non-Engineering Trades only)
PROGRESS CARD
Name of Trainee : ITI :
Roll No. : Trade :
Date of Admission : Educational Qualification :
Date of Leaving :

Monthly Tests

No. of Monthly Tests Practical Theory Total Trade Instructor’s Remarks

Initials
Monthly Test I (Aug.)
Monthly Test II (Sep.)
Monthly Test III (Oct.)
Monthly Test IV (Nov.)
Monthly Test V (Dec.)
Monthly Test VI (Jan.)
Monthly Test VII (Feb.)
Monthly Test VIII (Mar.)
Monthly Test IX (Apr.)
Monthly Test X (May)
Monthly Test XI (June) Monthly Test XII (July)
118 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Quarterly Sessional Marks

to Make Up the Training

Extra hours Suggested

Progress on Loss of

W/S Cal. & Science

Attendance During

Principal’s Initial
Loss of Training
No. of Quarters

No. of Quarters

Practical 100
the Quarter

Engg. Drg.

GI’s initial
Theory 20

Total 150

Conduct
Training
If any

Actual Possible %
I. I.
II. II.
III. III.
IV. IV.
*General remarks, if any
Notes:
1. This progress card should be used for non-engineering trades only.
2. The maximum and minimum marks should be inserted in the related columns by the concerned instructor.
3. The instructor concerned should make the card up-to-date for each trainee.
Appendices 119

Appendix IX
List of Engineering Trades under the Craftsmen
Training Scheme, Indicating Suitability to
PWDs as on 01.01.2010

1. Engineering Trades
S. Name of Trade Duration Entry Qualification Trade Suitable
No. for PWDs
1. Architectural Assistant 1 year Passed 10th class examination with 40% marks in Mathematics OH( LL), HH(P)
or Secondary Standard under 10+2 system of education or its
equivalent.
2. Attendant Operator (a) 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education Not suitable
(Chemical Plant) with Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics as one of the subjects
or its equivalent;
(b) 6 months Passed BSc with Physics and Chemistry.
3. Building Maintenance 6 months Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education HH
or its equivalent.
4. Carpenter 1 year Passed 8th class examination under 10+2 system of education HH, OH (LL)
with Science as one of the subjects or its equivalent.
5. Draughtsman (Civil) 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH( LL), HH(P)
with Science and Mathematics or its equivalent.
6. Draughtsman 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH( LL), HH(P)
(Mechanical) with Science and Mathematics or its equivalent.
7. Electrician 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, LV, HH
with Science as one of the subjects or its equivalent.
8. Electronic Mechanic 2 years Passed Matriculation examination under 10+2 system of educa- OH, HH
tion with Science and Mathematics or its equivalent.
9. Electroplater 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, LV
or its equivalent.
10. Fitter 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, LV/Blind,
or its equivalent. HH
11. Foundryman 1 year Passed class 8th examination under 10+2 system of education HH(P)
or its equivalent.
12. Information Technol- 2 years Essential—Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of OH, LV
ogy and Electronics education with Science.
System Maintenance Desirable—Passed 12th class with Mathematics and Physics.
13. Instrument Mechanic 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH
with Science as one of the subjects or its equivalent.
(Contd.)
120 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

S. Name of Trade Duration Entry Qualification Trade Suitable

No. for PWDs
14. Instrument Mechanic (a) 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH
(Chemical Plant) with Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics as one of the subjects
or its equivalent;
(b) 6 months Passed BSc with Physics and Chemistry.
15. Interior Decoration 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH
and Designing or its equivalent
16. Laboratory Assistant (a) 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH
(Chemical Plant) (b) 6 months with Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics as one of the subjects
or its equivalent; Passed BSc with Physics and Chemistry.
17. Lift Mechanic 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education HH(P)
with Science or its equivalent.
18. Machinist 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, LV, HH
or its equivalent.
19. Machinist (Grinder) 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, LV, HH
or its equivalent.
20. Maintenance Mechanic 2 years Passed 10th class examination with Physics, Chemistry and OH
(Chemical Plant) Mathematics under 10+2 system of education or its equivalent.
21. Marine Fitter 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education Not suitable
with 50% marks in Mathematics and Science or its equivalent.
22. Mason (Building 1 year Passed 8th class examination under 10+2 system of education HH
Constructor) or its equivalent.
23. Mechanic (Commu- 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH(LL)
nication Equipment or its equivalent.
Maintenance)
24. Mechanic (Repair and 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education HH(P), OH(OA)
Maintenance of Heavy or its equivalent.
Vehicles)
25. Mechanic (Repair and 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education HH,OH, LP
Maintenance of Light or its equivalent.
Vehicles)
26. Mechanic (Repair and 6 months Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH(P)
Maintenance of Two- or its equivalent.
Wheelers)
27. Mechanic (Diesel) 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, LV, HH
or its equivalent.
28. Mechanic (Motor 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH
Vehicle) with Science as one of the subjects or its equivalent.
29. Mechanic (Radio and 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH
TV) with Science as one of the subjects or its equivalent.
30. Mechanic 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, LV
(Refrigeration and Air with Science and Mathematics or its equivalent.
Conditioner)
(Contd.)
Appendices 121

S. Name of Trade Duration Entry Qualification Trade Suitable

No. for PWDs
31. Mechanic (Tractor) 1 year Essential—Passed 8th class examination under 10+2 system of OH, LV, HH
education or its equivalent.
Desirable—Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of
education with Science (Physics and Chemistry) as one of the
subjects or its equivalent.
32. Mechanic (Agricultural 2 years Essential—Passed 8th class examination under 10+2 system of OH, LV
Machinery) education or its equivalent.
Desirable—Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of
education with Science (Physics and Chemistry) as one of the
subjects.
33. Mechanic (Auto Elec- 6 months Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH(LL), HH(P)
trical and Electronics) with Science and Mathematics or its equivalent.
34. Mechanic (Computer 2 years Passed 10+2 or Intermediate or Pre-university with Physics as OH, HH
Hardware) one of the subjects.
35. Mechanic (Consumer 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH
Electronics) with Mathematics and Science or its equivalent.
36. Mechanic (Industrial 2 years Passed 12th class examination with Physics, Chemistry and OH, HH
Electronics) Mathematics.
37. Mechanic (Lens/Prism 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH
Grinding) or its equivalent.
38. Mechanic (Machine 3 years Matriculation with Science and Mathematics or its equivalent. OH
Tools Maintenance)
39. Mechanic (Mechatron- 2 years Passed 10+2 class examination with Physics, Chemistry and OH(LL)
ics) Mathematics.
40. Mechanic (Medical 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH(LL), HH(P)
Electronics) with Mathematics and Science or its equivalent.
41. Mechanic-cum-Oper- 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH(LL)
ator (Electronics Com- with Science as one of the subjects or its equivalent.
munication System)
42. Operator (Advanced 2 years Passed 12th class examination with Physics, Chemistry and OH(LL), HH(P)
Machine Tools) Mathematics.
43. Painter (General) 2 years Passed 8th class examination or its equivalent. OH, HH
44. Physiotherapy Techni- 1 year Passed 12th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH, LV
cian or its equivalent with Physics, Chemistry and Biology.
45. Plastic Processing 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH, LV
Operator or its equivalent.
46. Plumber 1 year Passed 8th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH, LV
or its equivalent.
47. Pump Operator-cum- 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH, LV
Mechanic with Science or its equivalent.
(Contd.)
122 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

S. Name of Trade Duration Entry Qualification Trade Suitable

No. for PWDs
48. Radiology Technician 2 years Passed 12th class examination under 10+2 system of education Not suitable
(Radio Diagnosis and or its equivalent with Physics, Chemistry and Biology.
Radiotherapy)
49. Sanitary Hardware 6 months Passed 8th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH, LV
Fitter or its equivalent.
50. Sheet Metal Worker 1 year Passed 8th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH, LV
or its equivalent.
51. Spinning Technician 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH
or its equivalent.
52. Surveyor 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH(OA), HH
with Science and Mathematics or its equivalent.
53. Textile Mechatronics 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH(LL), HH(P)
or its equivalent.
54. Tool and Die Maker 3 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH
(Dies and Moulds) with Science or its equivalent.
55. Tool and Die Maker 3 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH
(Press Tools, Jigs and with Science or its equivalent.
Fixtures)
56. Turner 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH, LV
or its equivalent.
57. Vessel Navigator 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education Not suitable
with 50% marks in Mathematics and Science or its equivalent.
58. Welder (Gas and 1 year Passed 8th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH
Electric) or its equivalent.
59. Weaving Technician 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH
with Mathematics and Science or its equivalent.
60. Wireman 2 years Passed 8th class examination or its equivalent. OH, HH, LV
61. Marine Engine Fitter 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education
or its equivalent with Mathematics and Science.

2. Non-Engineering Trades
S. Name of Trade Duration Entry Qualification Trade Suitable
No. for PWDs
1. Baker and Confec- 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10 + 2 system of education OH, HH, LV
tioner or its equivalent.
2. Textile (Wet Process- 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH(LL), HH,
ing Technician) with Science and Mathematics or its equivalent. LV
3. Cabin/Room Attendant 6 months i) Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education. Not suitable
ii) Working knowledge of English and Hindi.
(Contd.)
Appendices 123

S. Name of Trade Duration Entry Qualification Trade Suitable

No. for PWDs
4. Cane Willow and 1 year Passed 8th class or its equivalent. OH, HH, LV
Bamboo Work
5. Computer Aided 6 months Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH
Embroidery and or its equivalent.
Needlework
6. Computer Operator 1 year 12th class pass under 10+2 system or duly recognized Diploma OH, HH, LV
and Programming in Engineering from any polytechnic of 3-year duration after 10th
Assistant class.
7. Corporate Housekeep- 6 months Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH, LV
ing or its equivalent.
8. Craftsman Food Pro- 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH
duction (General) or its equivalent.
9. Craftsman Food Pro- 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH
duction (Vegetarian) or its equivalent.
10. Crèche Management 6 months Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH
or its equivalent.
11. Cutting and Sewing 1 year Passed 8th class or its equivalent. OH, HH, LV
th
12. Dairying 1 year Passed 10 class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH
or its equivalent.
13. Data Entry Operator 6 months Essential—10th class pass (2) Typing speed of 30 wpm in English. OH, HH, LV
Desirable—Typing speed of 30 wpm in Hindi/ any local language.
14. Dental Laboratory 2 years Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education Not suitable
Technician or its equivalent.
15. Desktop Publishing 1 year Essential—Passed 12th under 10+2 system or its equivalent; Typ- OH, HH
Operator ing speed of 30 wpm in English.
Desirable—Typing speed of 30 wpm in any regional language.
16. Digital Photographer 1 year Passed 12th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH
or its equivalent.
17. Domestic Housekeep- 6 months Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH, VH
ing or its equivalent.
18. Dressmaking 1 year Passed Matriculation examination or its equivalent or 10th class OH, HH
under 10+2 system or its equivalent.
19. Driver Cum Mechanic 6 months Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education Not suitable
(Light Motor Vehicle) or its equivalent.
20. Embroidery and 1 year Passed 8th class or its equivalent. OH, HH, LV
Needlework
21. Event Management 6 months Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education Not suitable
Assistant or its equivalent (with English as a subject).
22. Fashion Technology 1 year Passed 12th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH
or its equivalent.
(Contd.)
124 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

S. Name of Trade Duration Entry Qualification Trade Suitable

No. for PWDs
23. Floriculture and Land- 6 months Passed 12th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH
scaping or its equivalent Biology as major subject or Vocational Training
in Agro-Horticulture.
24. Front Office Assistant 6 months Passed 10+2 class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, LV
or its equivalent (with English as a subject).
25. Hair and Skin Care 1 year Passed Matriculation examination or equivalent. OH(LL), HH(P)
th
26. Health Sanitary 1 year Passed 12 class examination under 10+2 system of education OH(OA)
Inspector or its equivalent with Science in Class 10; Preference given to
trainees with Physics, Chemistry and Biology in 12th Class.
27. Horticulture 1 year Passed 12th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH(OA), HH
or its equivalent with Biology as major subject or Vocational Train-
ing in Agro-Horticulture.
28. Hospital Housekeep- 1 year Passed 12th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH, LV
ing or its equivalent with Physics, Chemistry and Biology.
29. Hospital Waste Man- 6 months Passed 12th class examination under 10+2 system of education HH
agement or its equivalent with Physics, Chemistry and Biology.
30. Institution Housekeep- 6 months Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH(OA)
ing or its equivalent.
31. Insurance Agent 6 months Passed 12th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH(OA)
or its equivalent.
32. Leather Goods Maker 1 year Passed 8th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH
or two classes below matriculation examination or its equivalent.
33. Library and Informa- 6 months Passed 12th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH(P), LV
tion Science or its equivalent.
34. Litho-Offset Machine 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, LV
Minder or its equivalent with Science as one of the subjects or its equiva-
lent.
35. Manufacture of 1 year Passed 8th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH
Footwear or its equivalent.
36. Medical Transcription 6 months Passed 12th class examination under 10+2 system of educa- OH(LL)
tion or its equivalent with Biology/Physiology as major subjects;
Knowledge of English is essential.
37. Network Technician 6 months Passed 12th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH(LL), HH(P)
or its equivalent.
38. Old-Age Care 6 months Passed 8th class examination under 10+2 system of education Not suitable
or its equivalent.
39. Photographer 1 year Passed 10th class examination with Physics and Chemistry under HH
10+2 system or its equivalent.
40. Plate Maker-cum- 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH
Impositer with Science as one of the subjects or its equivalent.
(Contd.)
Appendices 125

S. Name of Trade Duration Entry Qualification Trade Suitable

No. for PWDs
41. Pre/Preparatory 6 months Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH(OA)
School Management or its equivalent.
(Assistant)
42. Preservation of Fruits 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10 + 2 system of education LV, HH
and Vegetables with Science or its equivalent.
43. Process Cameraman 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH
with Science as one of the subjects or its equivalent.
44. Secretarial Practice 1 year Passed 12th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, LV/Blind
or its equivalent.
45. Stenography (English) 1 year Passed 12th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, LV/Blind
or its equivalent.
46. Stenography (Hindi) 1 year Passed 12th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, LV/Blind
or its equivalent.
47. Steward 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education LV
or its equivalent.
48. Tourist Guide 6 months Passed 12th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH(OA)
or its equivalent.
49. Weaving of Silk and 1 year Passed 8th class or its equivalent. LV/Blind, HH
Woolen Fabrics
50. Weaving of Woolen 1 year Passed 8th class or its equivalent. OH, LV/Blind,
Fabrics HH
51. Travel and Tour As- 1 year Passed 12th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH(OA), LV
sistant or its equivalent.
52. Catering and Hospital- 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education HH(P)
ity Assistant or its equivalent.
53. Multimedia, Animation 1 year Passed 10th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH(LL)
and Special Effects or its equivalent.
54. Office Assistant and 1 year Passed 12th class examination under 10+2 system of education OH, HH, LV
Computer Operator or its equivalent.
126 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Appendix X
Proforma of Record Card of Ex-Trainees Follow-up
1. Name in Full (Block Letters):
2. Father’s Name:
3. Full Postal Address:
4. Temporary Address(if different from above):
5. Date and Year of Birth:
6. Physical Fitness:
7. Trade and Year of Passing:
8. Assessment in the Institute:
9. Date of Completion of Training:
10. National Trade Certificate Issued on:
11. Pay Drawn and Scale of Pay, if Employed:
12. If Unemployed and Registered at an Employment Exchange
(a) Name of the Exchange:
(b) Registration Number:
(c) Date of Registration:
13. Particulars of Further Career
Appendices 127

Appendix XI
Licenses for Mechanic (Motor Vehicle) Trainees
[To be published in Extraordinary Issue of the Gazette of India, Part II, Section 3, Subsection (i)]
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF SURFACE TRANSPORT
(TRANSPORT WING)
New Delhi, 30th September, 1992
GSR 791 (E) Whereas the Draft of the Driving License (Conditions for Exemption) Rules, 1992, in exer-
cise of the powers conferred by Subsection (2) of Section 3 of the Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 (59 of 1988),
was published vide notification No. 676 (E) dated 13th July, 1992 is required by Subsection (1), of Section
212 of the Motor Vehicles Act,1988 (59 of 1988) in the Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part II, Section 3,
Subsection (I) inviting objections and suggestions from all persons likely to be affected thereby within 30
days from the date on which the copies of the said notification is published in the Gazette of India were
made available to the public.
And whereas, copies of the said notification were made available to the public on 17th August, 1992. And
whereas, no objection and suggestions have been received on the said draft.
Now, therefore, in exercise of the powers conferred by Section 3 (2) of the Motor Vehicles Act, 1988,
Central Government hereby makes the following rules, namely:

Rules
1. Short Title and Commencement These rules may be called the Driving License (Conditions for
Exemption) Rules, 1992

2. Conditions for Grant of Exemption A person receiving instructions in driving a motor vehicle
shall be exempted during training, from the provisions of Subsection (1) of Section 3 of the Motor Vehicles
Act, 1988 (59 of 1988 ) subject to the following conditions, that
(a) Such a person is a trainee undergoing training in an Industrial Training Institute approved by the
Central or State Government and driving a light motor vehicle with a written permission of the head
of an Industrial Training Institute
(b) Such a person is driving a motor vehicle under the supervision of a duly appointed instructor holding
a valid driving licence
(c) Such a person shall not give any vehicle other than a light motor vehicle of the Industrial Training
Institute, specially acquired for such training purposes
(d) Such a person is medically fit to drive
(e) The speed of the vehicle shall not exceed 15 km per hour during the training
(f) The training shall be imparted only between 10 a.m. to 5 p.m.
(g) The training shall be imparted only on a light motor vehicle
Sd/-
(G K Pillai)
Joint Secretary to the Government of India
File No. RT – 11036/16/91 – MVL
128 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

To,
The Manager
Government of India Press
Mayapuri, New Delhi

Copy to the Transport Secretaries of all the State Governments/Union Territory Administrations

Sd/-
(J R Kapoor)
Desk Officer (MVL)
Appendices 129

Appendix XII
Guidelines for Implementation of Specialized Modules
for Reorganization of Certificate by National Council for
Vocational Training
d The curricula of specialized modules be developed by the respective State Government Association
as per the need of the industry and forwarded to DGE&T for record. This curricula would be made
available on DGE&T website for use of all State Governments
d The State Government would identify the Industry/industry association and the list may be provided
to DG&T. The above list would be approved by Secretary (L&E) and would be posted on the website
of DGE&T.
d The State Government along with Industry/Industry association would organize training of six months
in industry. Testing and Certification would be done jointly by State Government and Industry .The
list of passedout trainees would be maintained by respective State Governments.
d A uniform marking scheme and certificates approved by NCVT would be given to all trainees of
Specialized modules. The approved certificate would be made available at the DGE&T website and
State Governments can make necessary copies at their end.
d From time to time during training of specialized module, DGE&T would monitor/inspect the quality
of training and issue of certificate by deputing senior officers.
d List of successful trainees of specialized modules will be made available at website of respective State
Governments under intimation to DGE&T.

Sl. No.
CERTIFICATE
This is to certify that Sh./Km./Smt. …....……………………………………Son/Daughter/Wife of
Shri…………………………………………………has successfully completed six months Train-
ing Course in Specialized module “ name of the module ” in the …………….sector at (name of the
industry ) from ………………..to…………………….and passed the prescribed Trade Test held in
____________________________two thousand __________.

Secretary Authorized Signature & Seal of Industry Partner

State Council for Vocational Training

PS:
1. This certificate has the recognition of National Council for Vocational Training vide letter No.
DGE&T 19(2)/2007-CD, dated 27.6.2008.
2. Prerequisite qualifications for this certificate are National Trade Certificate/National Trade
Certificate of Broad Based Basic Training in ………………Sector and National Trade Certificate
of Advanced Module in …………..of………..Sector.
On reverse side
Father’s Name:
Date of Birth as recorded in School Certificate:
130 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Appendix XIII
Status of Multi-skill Courses under CTS being implemented
through 100 ITIs upgraded to CoE as on 01.01.2007
Sl. Name of the Name of BBBT Modules (one-year Name of Advanced Modules approved Name of
No. sector duration) by NCVT (6-month duration) Advanced
modules
under ATS
1. Production and 1. Basic Fitting and Measurement 1. CNC Machining
Manufacturing 2. Basic Sheet Metal Worker and Welding 2. CAD/CAM
3. Basic Electrical and Electronics and 3. PLC and Automation,
Computer Skill 4. Quality Engineering,
4. Basic Turning and Grinding 5. Manufacturing of Jigs and Fixtures
5. Basic Milling and Gear Cutting 6. Advanced Welding
6. Basic NC Programming and Operation 7. Tool and Die Maker (Dies and Moulds

2. Electrical 1. Basic Engineering Skill 1. Repair and Maintenance of Domestic

2. Basic Electrical Engineering Appliances.
3. Basic Electronics 2. Repair and Maintenance of Instru-
4. Basic Electrical Wiring and Winding ments used in Electrical Engineering
5. Basic Power Generation, Transmis- 3. Operation and Maintenance of Equip-
sion and Distribution ments used in HT, LT, Substation and
6. Basic Computer Operating Skill and its Cable Jointing
Application 4. Repair and Maintenance of Electrical
Machine and Power Supply
5. Non-Conventional Power Generation,
Battery and Inverter
3. Electronics 1. Basic Fitting and Soldering 1. Radio, Audio, Video System and
2. Basic Electrical and Electronics Appliances
3. Basic Analog Electronics 2. Inverters, UPS, Voltage Stabilizers
4. Basic Digital Electronics and Industrial Drives
5. Basic Measuring Instruments and 3. Repair and Maintenance of Electronic
6. Basic Computers Test Equipment
4. Communication System, Embedded
System and PLC
4. Automobile 1. Basic Fitting and Measurement 1. Servicing and Overhauling of Automo-
2. Basic Sheet Metal and Welding biles (Petrol)
3. Basic Electrical Electronics 2. Servicing and Overhauling of Automo-
4. Basic Microprocessor and Computer biles (Diesel)
Operation 3. Auto Electrical Electronics and Air
5. Basics of Petrol and Diesel Engine Conditioning in Automobiles
6. Basics of Transmission, Suspension, 4. Overhauling of Fuel Injection System
Steering System and Brakes and Steering Mechanism
5. Denting/Painting and Welding
6. Repair and Maintenance of Wheel; Re-
trading of Tyres and Wheel Balancing
(Contd.)
Appendices 131

Sl. Name of the Name of BBBT Modules (one-year Name of Advanced Modules approved Name of
No. sector duration) by NCVT (6-month duration) Advanced
modules
under ATS
5. IT Sector 1. Basic Electrical and Electronics 1. Multimedia and Animation
2. Basic Assembling and Maintenance 2. Repair and Maintenance of Hardware
of PCs of Computer and Peripheral
3. Basic Computer Networking 3. Computer Networking
4. Basic Office Automation 4. Digital Videography
5. Basic Internet and Multimedia 5. E-Accountancy and Office Manage-
6. Basic Database Processing ment
6. MultiMedia and Creative Designing
7. Information System Management
6. Hospitality 1. Basic Food Production 1. Food Production
Sector 2. Basic Food and Beverages Service 2. Front Office
(Steward) 3. Food and Beverage Service
3. Basic Front Office Service Operation 4. Housekeeping
4. Basic accommodation operation/
Housekeeping
5. Basic Computer Application
6. Basic Hotel Maintenance
7. Plastic Process- 1. Basic Fitting and Measurement 1. Injection Moulding Process
ing 2. Basic Electrical and Electronics and 2. Blow Moulding Process,
Computer Skills 3. Extrusion Process, and Compression
3. Injection Moulding Moulding
4. Compression Moulding 4. Ancillary Process
5. Extrusion Moulding
6. Blow Moulding
8. Refrigeration 1. Basic Workshop practices 1. Domestic , Commercial Refrigeration
and Air Condi- 2. Electrical, Electronic and Electro- and Air Conditioning
tioning Mechanical 2. Central Air Conditioning Plant, Indus-
3. Basic Refrigeration I trial Cooling and Package
4. Basic Refrigeration II 3. Cold Storage, Ice Plant and Ice-Candy
5. Basic Refrigeration III Plant
6. Basic Refrigeration IV
9. Instrumentation 1. Basic Engineering Skill-1 1. Industrial Electronics and Instrumenta-
2. Basic Engineering Skill-II tion
3. Basic Electricity and Electrical Instru- 2. Analytical Instrumentation
mentaion 3. Process Control Instrumentation
4. Basic Electronics and Electronics 4. Medical Instrumentation
instrumentation 5. Optical Instrumentation
5. Basic Measurement and Measuring 6. Electronic Test and Measuring Instru-
Instruments ments
6. Basic Computer Skill
(Contd.)
132 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Sl. Name of the Name of BBBT Modules (one-year Name of Advanced Modules approved Name of
No. sector duration) by NCVT (6-month duration) Advanced
modules
under ATS
10. Leather Goods 1. Introduction to Leather and Production 1. General ShoeMaking
and Footwear Knowledge 2. Sports-ShoeMaking and Sports Goods
2. Footwear Technology Making
3. Footwear Designing 3. Leather Garments Making
4. Leather Goods Designing and Manu- 4. Travel Goods/ Upholstery/Domestic
facturing Item Making
5. Leather Garments Manufacturing
6. Basic Computer Skills and CAD
11. Chemical 1. Fundamentals of Electronics and Com- 1. Attendant Operator
puter 2. Maintenance Mechanic
2. Basic Fitting and Measurements 3. Instrument Mechanic
3. Basic Mechanical Processes 4. Lab Assistant
4. Fundamental of General Chemistry
and Physics
5. Basic Instrumentation
6. Basic Unit Operations and Processes
12. Apparel 1. Garment Technology 1. Computer Aided Pattern Making
2. Garment Sewing (Basic Sewing) 2. Fashion Designing
3. Garment Sewing (Advanced Sewing) 3. Shirts and Trousers
4. Pattern Making
5. Computerized Pattern Making
6. Quality Control, Finishing and Packing
13. Fabrication 1. Basic Fitting and Measurement 1. Tig/Mig Welding
2. Basic Sheet Metal Work and Fastening 2. Structural/Pressure Parts Fitting
3. Basic Machine Shop Practice 3. Structural Welding,
(turning,milling and grinding). 4. Pressure Vessel and Pipe Welding
4. Basic Welding 5. Welding Inspection and Testing
5. Metals and Surface Finishing Techniques
6. Basic Electrical Electronics and
Computer Skills
14. Construction 1. Basic Architecture 1. Concrete Technology
and Wood 2. Basic Building Construction 2. Modern Construction Techniques and
Working 3. Basic Carpentry Management
4. Basic Plumbing 3. Wood Work in Construction
5. Basic Electrical 4. Form Work and Bar Bending
6. Basic Quality Surveying
15. Food Process- 1. Food Preservation 1. Food and VegetablesProcessing
ing 2. Bakery and Confectionary 2. Cereal, Pulses and Oilseed Processing
3. Milk and Dairy Product 3. Food Beverage
4. Agro Processing 4. Milk and Milk Products
5. Food Beverages 5. Meat, Fish and Poultry Processing
6. Processed Food
(Contd.)
Appendices 133

Sl. Name of the Name of BBBT Modules (one-year Name of Advanced Modules approved Name of
No. sector duration) by NCVT (6-month duration) Advanced
modules
under ATS
16. Agriculture 1. Basic Workshop Skill 1. Repair and Maintenance of Harvesting
Machinery 2. Electrical Wiring and Electronics Machines
3. Tractor and Power Tillers 2. Repair, Maintenance and Overhauling
4. Irrigation Machinery of Tractors
5. Crop production Machinery 3. Repair, Maintenance of Post-Harvest-
6. Post-Harvest Technology ing Machines/Processing Machines
4. Operation Repair and Maintenance of
Crop production Machinery.
17. Process Plant 1. Basic Fitting 1. Operator Chemical Plant
Maintenance 2. Basic Turning and Machining 2. Operation and Maintenance of Boiler
3. Basic Refrigeration and Air Condition- and Steam Turbine
ing 3. Mechanical Maintenance of Process
4. Basic Instrumentation Plant
5. Basic Electrician, Electronic and 4. Process Plant Mechanical Mainte-
Computer nance
6. Basic Laboratory Technique 5. Repairing of Equipment
6. Process Plant Refrigeration and Air-
Conditioning Maintenance
7. Electrical Maintenance of Process
Plant
8. Electronic and Instrument Mainte-
nance of Process Plant
9. Fabrication and Designing of Steel
Structure
18. Bamboo Tech- 1. Basic Electrical and Basic Computer, Under preparation
nology AutoCAD
2. Basic Course on Bamboo processing
3. Basic Course on Bamboo Processing
Machine
4. Basic Course on Secondary Process-
ing of Bamboo
5. Basic Course on Construction and
Furniture Making
6. Basic Course on Design Interpretation
and Bamboo Handicrafts products
19. Tourism 1. Tourism: Concept and Impact 1. Eco-Tourism
2. Tourism Product of India 2. Tour and Travel Management
3. Geography for Tourism 3. Hospitality Management
4. Indian Society, Culture and History
5. Computer Application and Tourism
Industry
6. English
(Contd.)
134 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Sl. Name of the Name of BBBT Modules (one-year Name of Advanced Modules approved Name of
No. sector duration) by NCVT (6-month duration) Advanced
modules
under ATS
20. Industrial 1. Workshop Practice 1. Industrial Mechanical Maintenance
Automation 2. Computer Application in Industrial 2. Industrial Electrical Maintenance
Automation 3. Industrial Electronics and Control
3. Electronics for Automation
4. Electrical for Automation
5. Process Instrumentation
6. Pneumatics and Hydraulics
21. Textile 1. Basic Workshop Practices Fitting and 1. Advanced Spinning and Weaving
Processing and Measurements Technology
Technology 2. Basic Electrical, Electronics and 2. Advanced Bleaching Finishing and
Sector Computer Operations Dying Technology
3. Basics of Spinning 3. Repair and Maintenance of Textile
4. Basics of Weaving Machinery and Equipment
5. Basics of Bleaching and Finishing 4. Advanced Textile Technology
6. Chemistry of Dyeing 5. Technology of Sizing, Bleaching and
Finishing
6. Technology of Dyeing
7. Technology of Printing
8. Computer Aided Textile, Design and
Colour
9. Testing of Chemicals and Textiles
22. Rubber 1. Synthetic Rubber & Reclaimed 1. Manufacture of Industrial Rubber
Technology Rubber products
Sector 2. Rubber Compounding and 2. Manufacture of HealthCare products
Vulcanization 3. Laboratory Work Testing
3. Manufacture of Latex Products
4. Manufacture of Dry Rubber products
5. Design, Development and Testing of
Rubber products
6. Basic Electrical & Basic Computer,
Auto Cad
Appendices 135

Appendix XIV
Specialised Module Under Apprenticeship Training
(as on December 2013)
Group No. 35 – Centre of Excellence Trades Group:
1. Mechanic 7233.22 1:2 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Automo- One Passed 10th class
Automobile years bile Sector under Centre of Excellence year examination under
(Advance Petrol Scheme and Advanced module of Centre and six 10+2 system of
Engine) of Excellence Scheme in Servicing and months education or its
Overhauling of Automobiles (Petrol). equivalent.
2. Mechanic 7233.24 1:2 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Automo- One Passed 10th class
Automobile years bile Sector under Centre of Excellence year examination under
(Advance Scheme and Advanced module of Centre and six 10+2 system of
Diesel Engine) of Excellence Scheme in Servicing and months education or its
Overhauling of Automobiles (Diesel). equivalent.
3. Mechanic Auto 7242.10 1:2 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Automo- One Passed 10th class
Electronics years bile Sector under Centre of Excellence year examination under
Scheme and Advanced module of Centre and six 10+2 system of
of Excellence Scheme in Auto Electrical, months education or its
Auto Electronics and Air-conditioning in equivalent.
Automobiles.
4. Mechanic 7142.20 1:2 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Auto- One Passed 10th class
(Denting, 7213.30 years mobile Sector under Centre of Excel- year examination under
Painting and lence Scheme and Advanced module and six 10+2 system of
Welding) of Centre of Excellence Scheme in months education or its
Denting(Painting and Welding). equivalent.
5. TIG/MIG 7212.10 1:3 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Fabrica- One Passed 10th class
Welder 7212.20 years tion (Fitting & Welding) Sector under Cen- year examination under
7212.30 tre of Excellence Scheme and Advanced and six 10+2 system of
7212.65 module of Centre of Excellence Scheme months education or its
8231.35 in TIG/MIG Welding. equivalent.
6. Structural 7212.10 1:3 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Fabrica- One Passed 10th class
Welder 7212.20 years tion (Fitting & Welding) Sector under Cen- year examination under
7212.30 tre of Excellence Scheme and Advanced and six 10+2 system of
7212.65 module of Centre of Excellence Scheme months education or its
8231.35 in Structural Welding. equivalent.
7. Welder (Pipe 7212.10 1:2 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Fabrica- One Passed 10th class
and Pressure 7212.20 years tion (Fitting and Welding) Sector under year examination under
Vessels) 7212.30 Centre of Excellence Scheme and and six 10+2 system of
7212.65 Advanced module of Centre of Excel- months education or its
8231.35 lence Scheme in Pressure Vessels and equivalent.
Pipe Welding.
(Contd.)
136 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

8. Chemical 3111.30 1:2 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Chemical One Passed 10th class
Laboratory years Sector under Centre of Excellence year exam. under
Assistant Scheme and Advanced module of Centre and six 10+2 system of
of Excellence Scheme in Laboratory months education or its
Assistant. equivalent.
9. Advance 7311.10 1:2 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Chemical One Passed 10th class
Mechanic 7311.30 years Sector under Centre of Excellence year examination under
(Instruments) 7241.10 Scheme and Advanced module of Centre and six 10+2 system of
of Excellence Scheme in Instruments months education or its
Mechanic. equivalent.
10. CAD-CAM 3121.20 1:2 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Production One Passed 10th class
Operator cum years and Manufacturing Sector under Centre year examination under
Programmer of Excellence Scheme and Advanced and six 10+2 system of
module of Centre of Excellence Scheme months education or its
in CAD/ CAM. equivalent.
11. Advance 7212.10 1:2 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Production One Passed 10th class
Welder 7212.20 years and Manufacturing Sector under Centre year examination under
7212.30 of Excellence Scheme and Advanced and six 10+2 system of
7212.65 module of Centre of Excellence Scheme months education or its
8231.35 in Advanced Welding. equivalent.
12. Jigs and 7222.30 1:2 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Production One Passed 10th class
Fixtures Maker years and Manufacturing Sector under Centre year examination under
of Excellence Scheme and Advanced and six 10+2 system of
module of Centre of Excellence Scheme in months education or its
Manufacturing of Jigs and Fixtures. equivalent.
13. Quality 3152.90 1:2 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Production One Passed 10th class
Assurance years and Manufacturing Sector under Centre year examination under
Assistant of Excellence Scheme and Advanced and six 10+2 system of
module of Centre of Excellence Scheme months education or its
in Quality Engineering. equivalent.
14. CNC 3121.20 1: 3 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Production One Passed 10th class
Programmer years and Manufacturing Sector under Centre year examination under
cum Operator of Excellence Scheme and Advanced and six 10+2 system of
module of Centre of Excellence Scheme months education or its
in CNC Machining. equivalent.
15. Operator PLC 8211.90 1:2 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Production One Passed 10th class
System years and Manufacturing Sector under Centre year examination under
of Excellence Scheme and Advanced and six 10+2 system of
module of Centre of Excellence Scheme months education or its
in PLC and Automation. equivalent.
16. Mechanic 7233.58 1:2 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Electrical One Passed 10th class
(Electrical years Sector under Centre of Excellence year examination under
Domestic Scheme and Advanced module of Centre and six 10+2 system of
Appliances) of Excellence Scheme in Repair and months education or its
Maintenance of Domestic Appliances. equivalent.
(Contd.)
Appendices 137

17. Mechanic (HT, 7245.20 1:2 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Electri- One Passed 10th class
LT Equipments years cal Sector under Centre of Excellence year examination under
and Cable Scheme and Advanced module of Centre and six 10+2 system of
Jointing) of Excellence Scheme in Operation and months education or its
Maintenance of equipments used in HT, equivalent.
LT Substation and Cable Jointing.
18. Mechanic 7241.20 1:2 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Electri- One Passed 10th class
(Electrical 7242.10 years cal Sector under Centre of Excellence year examination under
Power Drives) Scheme and Advanced module of Centre and six 10+2 system of
of Excellence Scheme in Repair and months education or its
Maintenance of Electrical machines and equivalent.
Power Supply.
19. Mechanic 8211.90 1:2 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Electron- One Passed 10th class
(Embedded years ics Sector under Centre of Excellence year examination under
Systems and Scheme and Advanced module of Centre and six 10+2 system of
PLC) of Excellence Scheme in Embedded months education or its
Systems and PLC. equivalent.
20. Mechanic 7241.10 1:2 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Electron- One Passed 10th class
Power Electron- 7242.10 years ics Sector under Centre of Excellence year examination under
ics (Inverters, Scheme and Advanced module of Centre and six 10+2 system of
UPS and of Excellence Scheme in Inverters, UPS, months education or its
Maintenance of Voltage Stabilizer and Industrial Drives. equivalent.
Drives)
21. Mechanic 7243.10 1:2 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Electron- One Passed 10th class
(DTH and other 7244.20 years ics Sector under Centre of Excellence year examination under
Communication Scheme and Advanced module of Centre and six 10+2 system of
System) of Excellence Scheme in Communication months education or its
System. equivalent.
22. Mechanic 7233.50 1:2 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Refrigera- One Passed 10th class
(Domestic, years tion and Air-conditioning Sector under year examination under
Commercial Re- Centre of Excellence Scheme and and six 10+2 system of
frigeration and Advanced module of Centre of Excel- months education or its
Air Conditioning lence Scheme in Domestic, Commercial equivalent.
Machines) Refrigeration and Air Conditioning.
23. Mechanic 8281.25 1:2 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Refrigera- One Passed 10th class
(Central Air 8169.30 years tion and Air-conditioning Sector under year examination under
conditioning Centre of Excellence Scheme and and six 10+2 system of
Plant, Indus- Advanced module of Centre of Excel- months education or its
trial cooling and lence Scheme in Central Air conditioning equivalent.
Package Air Plant, Industrial cooling and Package
conditioning) Air-conditioning.
24. Mechanic (Cold 7413.50 1:2 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Refrigera- One Passed 10th class
storage, Ice 8169.30 years tion and Air-conditioning Sector under Cen- year examination under
plant and Ice tre of Excellence Scheme and Advanced and six 10+2 system of
candy plant) module of Centre of Excellence Scheme in months education or its
Cold storage, Ice plant and Ice candy plant. equivalent.
(Contd.)
138 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

25. Computer Aided 7222.80 1:2 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Ap- One Passed 10th class
Pattern Maker 7422.38 years parel Sector under Centre of Excellence year examination under
7434.20 Scheme and Advanced module of Centre and six 10+2 system of
7435.10 of Excellence Scheme in Computer Aided months education or its
7442.16 and Pattern Making. equivalent.
26. Fashion 3471.40 1:2 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Ap- One Passed 10th class
Designing years parel Sector under Centre of Excellence year examination under
Assistant Scheme and Advanced module of Centre and six 10+2 system of
of Excellence Scheme in Fashion Design- months education or its
ing. equivalent.
27. Shirts and 7433.25 1:4 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Ap- One Passed 10th class
Trousers Maker 7433.30 years parel Sector under Centre of Excellence year examination under
Scheme and Advanced module of Centre and six 10+2 system of
of Excellence Scheme in Shirts and months education or its
Trousers. equivalent.
28. Mechanic (Non- 8282.10 1:5 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Electri- One Passed 10th class
conventional years cal Sector under Centre of Excellence year examination under
Power Scheme and Advanced module of Centre and six 10+2 system of
Generation, of Excellence Scheme in Non-conven- months education or its
Battery and tional Power Generation, Battery and equivalent.
Inverter) Inverter.
29. Mechanic 7241.10 1:5 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Electri- One Passed 10th class
(Repair and years cal Sector under Centre of Excellence year examination under
Maintenance Scheme and Advanced module of Centre and six 10+2 system of
of instruments of Excellence Scheme in Repair and months education or its
used in Electrical Maintenance of instruments used in equivalent.
Engineering) Electrical Engineering.
30. Extrusion 8232.20 1:3 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Plastic One Passed 10th class
Machine years Processing Sector under Centre of Excel- year examination under
Operator lence Scheme and Advanced module of and six 10+2 system of
(Plastic) Centre of Excellence Scheme in Extru- months education or its
sion Process. equivalent.
31. Injection 8232.25 1:3 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Plastic One Passed 10th class
Moulding years Processing Sector under Centre of Excel- year examination under
Machine lence Scheme and Advanced module of and six 10+2 system of
Operator Centre of Excellence Scheme in Injection months education or its
Moulding Process. equivalent.
32. Blow Moulding 8232.35 1:3 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Plastic One Passed 10th class
Machine years Processing Sector under Centre of Excel- year examination under
Operator lence Scheme and Advanced module of and six 10+2 system of
Centre of Excellence Scheme in Blow months education or its
Moulding Process. equivalent.
33. House Keeper 5121.10 1:5 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Hospital- One Passed 10th class
(Hotel) years ity Sector under Centre of Excellence year examination under
Scheme and Advanced module of Centre and six 10+2 system of
of Excellence Scheme in Accommodation months education or its
Operation/ House Keeping. equivalent.
(Contd.)
Appendices 139

34. Assistant Front 5121.25 1:5 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Hospital- One Passed 10th class
Office Manager years ity Sector under Centre of Excellence year examination under
Scheme and Advanced module of Centre and six 10+2 system of
of Excellence Scheme in Front Office months education or its
Management. equivalent.
35. Apprentice 5122.20 1:5 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Hospital- One Passed 10th class
Food years ity Sector under Centre of Excellence year examination under
Production Scheme and Advanced module of Centre and six 10+2 system of
(Cookery) of Excellence Scheme in Food Production months education or its
(Cookery). equivalent.
36. Apprentice 5123.20 1:5 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Hospital- One Passed 10th class
Food and years ity Sector under Centre of Excellence year examination under
Beverage Scheme and Advanced module of Centre and six 10+2 system of
Service of Excellence Scheme in Food and months education or its
(Stewardship) Beverage Service (Stewardship). equivalent.
37. Computer and 3114.10 1:4 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Informa- One Passed 10th class
Peripherals 5220.25 years tion Technology Sector under Centre year examination under
Hardware of Excellence Scheme and Advanced and six 10+2 system of
Repair and module of Centre of Excellence Scheme months education or its
Maintenance in Repair and Maintenance of Hardware equivalent.
Mechanic of Computer and Peripherals.
38. Computer 4122.10 1:4 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Informa- One Passed 10th class
Networking 4112.20 years tion Technology Sector under Centre year examination under
Technician 4113.35 of Excellence Scheme and Advanced and six 10+2 system of
module of Centre of Excellence Scheme months education or its
in Computer Networking. equivalent.
39. Multimedia 4113.30 1:4 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Informa- One Passed 10th class
and Web Page years tion Technology Sector under Centre year examination under
Designer of Excellence Scheme and Advanced and six 10+2 system of
module of Centre of Excellence Scheme months education or its
in Multimedia and Web Page Designing. equivalent.
40. Process Plant 8152.10 1:3 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Process One Passed 10th class
Operator years Plant Maintenance Sector under Centre year examination under
of Excellence Scheme and Advanced and six 10+2 system of
module of Centre of Excellence Scheme months education or its
in Operator Chemical Plant. equivalent.
41. Utility Operator 8161.30 1:3 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Process One Passed 10th class
years Plant Maintenance Sector under Centre year examination under
of Excellence Scheme and Advanced and six 10+2 system of
module of Centre of Excellence Scheme months education or its
in Operation and Maintenance of Boiler equivalent.
and Steam Turbine.
42. Maintenance 8159.79 1:3 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Process One Passed 10th class
Mechanic years Plant Maintenance Sector under Centre year examination under
of Excellence Scheme and Advanced and six 10+2 system of
module of Centre of Excellence Scheme in months education or its
Mechanical Maintenance of Process Plant. equivalent.
(Contd.)
140 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

43. Electrical 7241.20 1:3 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Process One Passed 10th class
Mechanic years Plant Maintenance Sector under Centre of year examination under
Excellence Scheme and Advanced module and six 10+2 system of
of Centre of Excellence Scheme in Electri- months education or its
cal Maintenance of Process Plant. equivalent.
44. Instrument 7241.10 1:3 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Process One Passed 10th class
Controller years Plant Maintenance Sector under Centre year examination under
of Excellence Scheme and Advanced and six 10+2 system of
module of Centre of Excellence Scheme months education or its
in Electronic and Instrument Maintenance equivalent.
of Process Plant.
45. Technician 7212.30 1:3 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Process One Passed 10th class
Fabricator years Plant Maintenance Sector under Centre year examination under
of Excellence Scheme and Advanced and six 10+2 system of
module of Centre of Excellence Scheme months education or its
in Fabrication and Designing of Steel equivalent.
Structure.
46 Mechanic 7243.70 1:3 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Electron- One Passed 10th class
Radio, Audio, 7243.90 years ics Sector under Centre of Excellence year examination under
Video System Scheme and Advanced module of Centre and six 10+2 system of
and Appliances of Excellence Scheme in Radio, Audio, months education or its
Video System and Appliances equivalent.
47. Mechanic 7243.10 1:3 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Electron- One Passed 10th class
Repair and years ics Sector under Centre of Excellence year examination under
Maintenance of Scheme and Advanced module of Centre and six 10+2 system of
Electronics Test of Excellence Scheme in Repair and Main- months education or its
Equipment tenance of Electronics Test Equipment equivalent.
48. Mechanic 7231.10 1:3 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Electron- One Passed 10th class
Automobile years ics Sector under Centre of Excellence year examination under
Electronics Scheme and Advanced module of Centre and six 10+2 system of
of Excellence Scheme in Automobile months education or its
Electronics equivalent.
49. Mechanic 7233.38 1:3 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Industrial One Passed 10th class
Mechanical years Automation Sector under Centre of Excel- year examination under
Maintenance lence Scheme and Advanced module and six 10+2 system of
(Industrial of Centre of Excellence Scheme in months education or its
Automation) Mechanical Maintenance for Automation equivalent.
50. Mechanic 7241.70 1:3 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Industrial One Passed 10th class
Electrical years Automation Sector under Centre of Excel- year examination under
Maintenance lence Scheme and Advanced module of and six 10+2 system of
(Industrial Centre of Excellence Scheme in Electrical months education or its
Automation) Maintenance for Automation equivalent.
51. PLC Operator 7233.38 1:3 Two Broad Based Basic Training in Industrial One Passed 10th class
years Automation Sector under Centre of Excel- year examination under
lence Scheme and Advanced module of and six 10+2 system of
Centre of Excellence Scheme in Automa- months education or its
tion and PLC equival
Appendices 141

Appendix XIV – A

Proforma for Register of Caution Money Deposits

Name of the Trainee

Date of Completion
Date of Admission
Name of the Trade

Amount Refunded
of Caution Money

Dated Signature
Receipt No. and

Date of Refund
Father’s Name
Roll No. of the

of the Trainee
of Training

of Trainee

Remarks
Amount
Trainee
Sl. No.

Date

Monthly Abstract of Caution Money Deposits at the End of Month

Opening Balance Total Receipt during the Total Payments to Balance Signature of
Month Trainees Principal

Cash in Balance in
Hand Treasury

Cash Book of Caution Money for the …………………. Of ………………. 19 ……….

Receipt Payments
Date No. of Particulars Folio Cash Treasury Total Date No. of Particulars Folio Cash Treasury Total
Receipt ` P ` P ` P Voucher ` P ` P ` P
where
necessary
142 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Appendix XV
Inspection Questionnaire
(For Technical Inspection of Industrial Training Institutes)

GUIDELINES FOR INSPECTION OF INDUSTRIAL TRAINING INSTITUTES

The Directorate General of Employment & Training(DG&T) is responsible for laying down standards, syllabi
and general policy for training in the Industrial Training Institutes under the Craftsmen Training Scheme.
Final National Trade Certificates are also issued under the signature of Deputy Director General of Training
who is ex-officio Secretary, National Council for Vocational Training.
To ensure that the norms and standards laid down by NCVT are followed with letter and spirit in the ITIs,
inspections at regular interval are carried out by the officers of DGE&T from time to time.
To facilitate inspection of these institutes, guidelines have been prepared. Inspecting Officers may check
the points given in the guidelines while undertaking the inspection. Although they cover all the essential
points, yet it cannot be said to be exhaustive. So the Inspecting Officer may use his/her discretion and look
into other aspects in the working of the institutes in order to assess the general standard of training.

I. General
(i) Name of the Institute
(ii) Name and designation of the Inspecting officer
(iii) Date of Inspection
(iv) Date on which the last inspection was carried out by the DGE&T
(v) Indicate the name and designation of the officer
(vi) Normal working hours of the institute

2. Procedure Followed For Admission

3. Medical Examination of the Trainees Whether done at the time of admission/during the session.

4. Procedure Followed for Grant of Stipend to the Deserving Trainees, Rate of Stipend
5. Supply of Uniform, Stationery, Etc. to the Trainees

6. Strength of the Institute

S. No. Trade Number of Trainees During the Last Three Years

Year* Year* Year*

Admitted Drop-out Passed Admitted Drop-out Passed Admitted Drop-out Passed

*
Furnish information for the last three years.
Appendices 143

7. Position of Staff
Designation Sanctioned Strength Present Strength Shortfall Remarks

8. Training Standard (Fill up the information as per the proforma at Annexure I of this Appendix for
each trade)

9. Machinery and Equipment (Fill up the information as per the proforma at Annexure I of this
Appendix for each trade)

10. Building (Space available for classrooms, workshops, office, stores, etc. Whether adequate or not.
Information relating to land)

11. Attendance and Discipline

(a) General discipline in the institute
(b) Attendance records, etc. maintained
(c) Steps taken to ensure punctuality

12. Issue of Certificates in Time

(i) Provisional
(ii) Final
(iii) Availability of copies of blank National Trade Certificate

13. General Standard of the Staff

14. Steps Taken for Upgradation of Knowledge and Standard of the Staff How many
staff members have been trained in Methods of Instruction(from CTIs, ATIs and CSTARI) and in advanced
skills(from ATIs and CTI). Programmes for training those still untrained.

15. Power and Water (Whether available in adequate quantity or not)

16. Stores
(i) Adequacy of space
(ii) Layout
(iii) Arrangement for receipts and issues
(iv) Results of test checks

17. Library
(i) General condition of the Library
(ii) Availability of sufficient number of books, technical magazines, etc.
(iii) Availability of syllabi of the various trades and question papers
(iv) Availability of instructional material as prepared by the DGET (CSTARI, Kolkata; RDAT, Kanpur;
and CIMI, Chennai, etc.)
(v) Availability of funds
(vi) Utilization by staff and trainees
144 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

18. Amenities for Trainees

(i) Medical facilities, first aid, etc.
(ii) Facilities of toilet, drinking water, etc.
(iii) Facilities of sports, recreation, etc.(whether funds, etc. available)

19. Hostels
(i) Adequacy of rooms available
(ii) General sanitary conditions
(iii) Facilities for extra-curricular activities
(iv) Arrangement for mess

20. Safety
(i) Steps taken for safety of trainees and equipment in the workshops
(ii) Steps taken for prevention of fire

21. Special Facilities, if any given to SC/ST Trainees

22. Number of Women Trainees, Physically Handicapped Trainees—Details Tradewise

23. Follow up action Taken and Employment Position of Passed-out Trainees

24. Advisory Committees; how often they meet

25. Last Inspection carried out by State Directorate

26. Expenditure Incurred on Raw Material Per Month Per Trainee

27. Effective use of instructional materials—whether use is being made of the Publica-
tion of CSTARI/RDAT/CIMI

PROFORMA
Name of the Trade :
Number of Units :

1. Strength of Trainees
S. No. Trade Number of Trainees During the Last Three Years

Year * Year * Year *

Admitted Drop-out Passed Admitted Drop-out Passed Admitted Drop-out Passed

*Furnish information for the last three years.

Appendices 145

2. Staffing Position
Designation Sanctioned Strength Actual Strength Shortfall Remarks

3. General Standard of the Staff

4. Machinery and Equipment

(i) Whether available as per norms of NCVT?
(ii) List the machines which fall short against the prescribed norms.
(iii) Whether machines utilized to their full capacity?
(iv) List the machines which are old and need replacement.
(v) Whether proper maintenance of machines done. System of maintenance followed?

5. Training Standard
(i) Availability of latest copies of the syllabi
(ii) Logical break-up of syllabi by the Instructors, in respect of
(a) Time Schedule
(b) Lesson Plan
(c) Demonstration Plan
(iii) Use of Audio-visual Aids in training; Results of test checks
(iv) Preparation and updating of instructional material prepared by the instructors
(v) Design of practical exercises for covering the entire syllabi
(vi) Availability of adequate quantity of raw material for carrying out practical exercises
(vii) Periodic assignment of progress of trainees and system followed for evaluation
(viii) Arrangements for industrial visits for the trainees
(ix) Item of commercial utility manufactured by the trainees
(x) Does the training imparted over various machines in your view enough to meet industrial demand?
(xi) Application of special tools
(xii) Measures taken by the Instructors to uplift the trainees lacking in skills as identified from the
evaluation of exercises
(xiii) Any specific problem in skill training

6. Conclusions and Recommendations Note: While carrying out inspection in a section/trade,

frank discussion may be held with the instructors and trainees of the trade regarding the various problems
encountered during the process of training and their suggestions for improvement. Result on test checks on
instructors and trainees should also be recorded.

Signature
Name of the Inspecting Officer
Designation
Date
146 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Appendix XVI
The Proforma of the Requisite Information
regarding Inspection Carried out
STATE …………………………
Bi-annual Statement of Inspection of Industrial Training Institutes for the half year ended on
…………………………………….…………….

Category of Inspection
Sl. No. Name of ITI
A B C Total

1 2 3 4 5 6

Total:
Inspections carried out for each category:
Note:
A - Inspection carried out by officers of this Directorate.
B - Inspection carried out by the tripartite team.
C - Inspection carried out by the DGE&T.

Signature of Director
Appendices 147

Appendix XVII
TS – 1
Annual Statistical Return on Craftsmen
Training Scheme
Name and Address of the Training Institute (Govt./Private) …………………………………….
Report of the Session commencing from August (as on 30th September) ………………………………

S. Number of seats No. of ap- Number of trainees on Number of Re-

No sanctioned plications roll marks
for fresh
Up to Dur- admission Up to Dur- Total SC in- ST in- Physi- Ex-ser-
the end ing the the end ing the cluded cluded cally vicemen
of the current of the current in Col. 7 in Col. 7 Handi- included
last ses- session last ses- session capped in Col. 7
sion sion in Col. 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1. No. of Engg. Trades ( Two Years) = …………………… Nos.
2. No. of Engg. Trades (One year) = ……………………….. Nos.
3. No. of Non-Engg. Trades = ……………………………….. Nos.

Notes:
(i) Figures in respect of women trainees may be given separately for each of the three groups within
brackets below overall figures reported under each of Col (2 to 11)
(ii) Category of Institute
For General—G For Women—W
For SC—SC For ST—ST
For Physically Handicapped - Ph For Minority—M
(iii) This Return is to be submitted by ITIs to DGE&T, New Delhi, through the State Director.

Signature : Head of the Institute

148 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Appendix XVIII
TS – 2
Annual Statistical Return Showing Number of Trainees
Declared Successful under Craftsmen Training Scheme in
Final/Supplementary Trade Tests
1. Name and Address of the Institute (Govt./Private) …………………………
2. Report for the session ending Month/Year and supplementary exam. held ………….
3. Category of the Institute ……………………… During ……………… Month/Year

Sl. No. Group No. of trainees appeared in No. of trainees passed Remarks
if any
Final trade test Supplementary trade at Final trade test Supplementary
at the end of the end of training during trade test
training (……… Month/ Year
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1. No. of Engg. Trades ( Two Years) = …………………… Nos.
2. No. of Engg. Trades (One year) = ………………………... Nos.
3. No. of Non-Engg. Trades = ………………………………... Nos.

Notes :
1. Figures in respect of women trainees may be given separately for each of the three groups within
brackets below overall figures reported under each of Columns (3 to 6)
2. Category of Trainees
For General—G For Women—W
For SC—SC For ST—ST
For Physically Handicapped—Ph For Minority—M
3. This Return is to be submitted by ITIs to DGE&T, New Delhi, through the State Director.

Signature: Head of the Institute

Appendices 149

Appendix XIX
TS – 3
Annual Statistical Return of ITIs under
Craftsmen Training Scheme Trades and Units existing and
affiliated to NCVT
1. Name and Address of the Institute (Govt./Private) ………………………….
2. Report for session ending on 31st July
3. Category of the Institute

Sl No. Name of Trades Number of Units Units affiliated to Remarks, if any

existing at the NCVT
Institute

1 2 3 4 5
A. Engineering Trades
1.
2.
3.
B. Non-Engineering Trades
1.
2.
3.

Notes :
1. Figures under columns 3 and 4, number of women units may be shown separately in brackets.
2. Category of trainees
For General—G For Women—W
For SC—SC For ST—ST
For Physically Handicapped—Ph For Minority—M
3. This Return is to be submitted by ITIs to DGE&T, New Delhi, through the State Director.

Signature: Head of the Institute

150 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Appendix XX
TS – 4
Annual Statistical Return relating to training of
Industrial Workers under Scheme of Part-time Classes for
Industrial Workers.
1. Name and Address of the Institute (Govt./Private) ………………………….
2. Report for the year ending December
3. Category of the Institute

Trade No. of No. of No. of SC No. of ST No. of Phy. No. of Ex- No. of workers
Seats Trainees on included in included in Handicapped Serviceman of Previous
Introduced roll at the Col. 3 Col. 3 in Col. 3 included in Batch Passed
end of year Col.3 out

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Total

Notes:
1. Figures in respect of women trainees may be given separately for each of the three groups within
brackets below overall figures reported under each of Columns (3 to 8)
2. Category of trainees
For General—G For Women—W
For SC—SC For ST—ST
For Physically Handicapped—Ph For Minority—M
3. This Return is to be submitted by ITIs to DGE&T, New Delhi, through the State Director.

Signature : Head of the Institute

Appendices 151

Appendix XXI
Sl. ...............

Certificate of Merit for the Best Trainee

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF EMPLOYMENT & TRAINING
MINISTRY OF LABOUR & EMPLOYMENT

This is to certify that Sh./Km./Smt. ……….........................…………………son/daughter/

wife of Shri……………………………has undergone a course of training in the trade of
……….………………………………..at the Industrial Training Institute………………..during the ses-
sion…………..and was adjudged as the BEST CRAFTSMAN in that trade in India at the All India Com-
petition held in …………………………………..
In appreciation of the splendid effort put in by Sh./Km./Smt. ………………………, he/she is hereby
awarded this Certificate of Merit.

New Delhi, the ……………..20

Director General of Employment & Training/

Joint Secretary to the Govt. of India
152 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Appendix XXII
Ø- la- ch- vkbZ- Vh-@05
S. No. B.I.T.J./05 No. 000076

Hkkjr ljdkj
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Je ,oa jkstxkj ea=ky;
MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND EMPLOYMENT
jkst+xkj vkSj izf’k{k.k egkfuns’kky;
Directorate General of Employment and Training

vf[ky Hkkjrh; dkS’ky izfr;ksfxrk

ALL INDIA SKILL COMPETITION
f’kYidkj izf’k{k.k ;kstuk ds vUrxZr
UNDER CRAFTSMAN TRAINING SCHEME
loksZÙke vks|ksfxd izf’k{k.k laLFkku@dsUæ
BEST INDUSTRIAL TRAINING INSTITUTE/CENTRE
Js"Brk izek.k&i=
CERTIFICATE OF MERIT
izekf.kr fd;k tkrk gS fd
ftlds izf’k{k.kkfFkZ;ksa us ] nks gtkj esa gqbZ vf[ky Hkkjrh;
dkS’ky izfr;ksfxrk esa O;olk; esa vf/kdre vad izkIr fd,] dks
mi;qZDr O;olk; esa ;kstuk ds vUrxrZ loksZÙke vkS|ksfxd izf’k{k.k laLFkku@dsUæ fu.kkZr fd;k x;kA
O;olk; esa f’kYidkj izf’k{k.k nsus dk ljkguh; dk;Z
djus ds lEeku esa ;g n{krk dk izek.k&i= iznku fd;k tkrk gSA
This is to certify that
whose trainee secured the highest total marks in the trade of in
the All India Skill Competition held in two thousand
has been adjudged as the Best Industrial Training Institute/Centre under the scheme, in the above trade.
In appreciation of the meritorious effort for imparting Craftsmen Training in the trade of
, this merit certificate is awarded.
egkfuns’kd
Director General
ubZ fnYyh] 20 jkst+xkj vkSj izf’k{k.k@la;qDr lfpo] Hkkjr ljdkj
New Delhi, the 20 Employment & Training Secretary to the Govt. of India
Appendices 153

Appendix XXIII
Certificate of Merit for the Best State
Ø- la- ch- ,l-@05
S. No. B.S./05 000009
la[;k
No.

Hkkjr ljdkj
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Je ,oa jkstxkj ea=ky;
MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND EMPLOYMENT
jkst+xkj vkSj izf’k{k.k egkfuns’kky;
Directorate General of Employment And Training
vf[ky Hkkjrh; dks’ky izfr;ksfxrk
ALL INDIA SKILL COMPETITION
f’kYidkj izf’k{k.k ;kstuk ds vUrxZr
UNDER CRAFTSMEN TRAINING SCHEME
loksZÙke jkT;
BEST STATE
jfuax 'khYM+ fotsrk
WINNER OF RUNNING SHIELD

Js"Brk izek.k&i=
CERTIFICATE OF MERIT
izekf.kr fd;k tkrk gS fd jkT; ftlds izf’k{k.kkfFkZ;ksa
esa 20 esa gqbZ vf[ky Hkkjrh; d©’ky izfr;ksfxrk esa
lHkh O;olk;ksa esa vf/kdre dqy vad izkIr fd,] dks ;kstuk ds vUrxZr loksZÙke jkT; fu.kÊr fd;k tkrk gS vkSj ;g n{krk izek.k&i= jkT; jfuax
'khYM+ iznku dh tkrh gSA
This is to certify that state
whose trainees secured the highest total marks in all the trades in the All India Skill Competition
held in 20 is adjudged as the Best State
under the scheme and is awarded this Certificate of Merit and the Running Shield.
egkfuns’kd
Director General
ubZ fnYyh] 20 jkstxkj vkSj izf’k{k.k@la;qDr lfpo] Hkkjr ljdkj
New Delhi, the 20 Employment & Training Secretary to the Govt. of India
PART II
Affiliation Procedure & Accreditation
Criteria for Government and Private
Industrial Training Institutes Seeking NCVT
Affiliation

National Council for Vocational Training (NCVT),

Ministry of Labour & Employment
Abbreviations/
Nomenclature

AITT All India Trade Test

ASSOCHAM Associated Chambers of Commerce and Industry of India
ATS Apprenticeship Training Scheme
BBBT Broad Based Basic Training
CD Curriculum Development
CII Confederation of Indian Industry
CITS Craftsman Instructor Training Scheme
COE Center of Excellence
DGE&T Directorate General of Employment and Training
CTS Craftsman Training Scheme
FICCI Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry
IMCs Institute Management Committees
ITI’s Industrial Training Institutes
MoLE Ministry of Labour and Employment
NABET National Accreditation Board for Education and Training
NC/CNC Numeric Control/Computer Numeric Control
NCVT National Council for Vocational Training
PPP Public Private Partnership
QCI Quality Council of India
SCVT State Council for Vocational Training
UT Union Territory
I. Background

The Craftsmen Training Scheme was introduced by the Government of India in 1950 to ensure a steady flow
of the skilled workers in different trades for the domestic industry, to raise quantitatively and qualitatively
the industrial training, to reduce unemployment among the educated youth by providing them employable
training, and to cultivate and nurture a technical and industrial attitude in the minds of the younger generation.
The National Council for Vocational Training was set up by the Government of India in the year 1956.
The Council has been entrusted with the responsibilities of prescribing standards and curricula for Craftsmen
Training, advising the Government of India on the overall policy and programmes, conducting All India
Trades and awarding National Trade Certificates.
The main objective of the National Council for Vocational Training is to function as a central agency
to advise the Government of India in framing the Training policy and coordinating vocational training
throughout India.
The Directorate General of Employment & Training (DGE&T) in the Ministry of Labour and Employment
is the apex organization for development and coordination at the national level for the programmes relat-
ing to vocational training including Women’s Vocational Training and Employment Services. Employment
service is operated through a countrywide network of Employment Exchanges. Industrial Training Institutes
are under the administrative and financial control of State Governments or Union Territory Administrations.
DGE&T also operates Vocational Training Schemes in some of the specialized areas through field insti-
tutes under its direct control. Development of these programmes at national level, particularly in the area
concerning common policies, common standards and procedures, training of instructors and trade testing is
the responsibility of the DGE&T. But, day-to-day administration of employment Exchanges and Industrial
Training Institutes rests with the State Governments/Union Territories Administrations.
The Quality Council of India (QCI) was set up jointly by the Government of India and the Indian In-
dustry represented by the three premier industry associations, i.e. Associated Chambers of Commerce and
Industry of India (ASSOCHAM), Confederation of Indian Industry (CII) and Federation of Indian Chambers
of Commerce and Industry (FICCI), to establish and operate national accreditation structure and promote
quality through National Quality Campaign. The QCI is registered as a non-profit society with its own
Memorandum of Association. The QCI is governed by a Council of 38 members with equal representations
of government, industry and consumers. It functions through the executive boards in the specific areas, i.e.
Accreditation for (a) Conformity Assessment Bodies, (b) Healthcare Establishments, and (c) Education and
Vocational Training Providers. In addition, it has an exclusive board for promotion of quality.
The National Council for Vocational Training (NCVT), Ministry of Labour and Employment (MoLE),
and Quality Council of India have developed an Accreditation Document for NCVT Affiliation of Govern-
ment and Private Industrial Training Institutes (ITIs). All Industrial Training Institutes intending for National
I. Background 159

Council of Vocational Training of Institute affiliation are first required to obtain accreditation from the Quality
Council of India for seeking NCVT affiliation. The QCI will forward the accreditation report to DGE&T.
The DGE&T will further submit the application alongwith the accreditation report for NCVT affiliation.
The National Accreditation Board for Education and Training (NABET), one of the constituent
boards of Quality Council of India (QCI) is responsible for handling the scheme of Accreditation of
Government and Private Industrial Training Institutes.
QCI (NABET) Accreditation is applicable to following Industrial Training Institutes:
(i) New Government and Private Industrial Training Institutes
(ii) Existing ITIs wanting to add new trades
(iii) Existing ITIs wanting to add units in existing trade/s
The accreditation criteria provides a framework for the effective management and delivery of the compe-
tency-based training aimed at overall development of the students. This criteria is applicable to Government
as well as Private Industrial Training Institutes (ITIs).
II. Broad Guidelines

Accreditation is a process of establishing competence of ITIs in delivering the requisite elements of voca-
tional training and its ability to carry out evaluation of competence acquired by the students. Accreditation
focuses on learning, self-development and encourages ITIs to pursue continual excellence. Accreditation
helps in recognizing ITI and professional programs affiliated with these institutions for a level of perfor-
mance, integrity and quality which entitles them to the confidence of the stakeholders and communities they
serve.
The purpose of introducing accreditation programme for ITIs is to uphold high standards of quality and
expectation of the various stakeholders of the ITI system. Some of the salient objectives include the following:
— To assess institutions and their programs that meet defined quality standards
— To foster excellence in ITIs, building effectiveness in delivering competency-based education and
training
— To establish a framework for continuous improvement and provide opportunity to benchmark with
other institutions
— To facilitate developing professional competency of the students
— To provide basis for determining eligibility for assistance and investment of public funds by
regulatory/affiliating agencies
For accreditation, an online application form as per Annexure-3 will be available on the NABET web-
site. The institutes will be in a position to enter their data online and upload all necessary documents. The
software will be intelligent enough to guide the institutes. If data is not correctly entered, the application
will not be accepted and appropriate advice will be given to the applicant. The website will also provide for
feedback and suggestions and a proper grievance-redressal mechanism. It will also provide for a payment
gateway for online fee payment.

I. Categorization of Industrial Training Institutes

A. In the light of various recommendations made by NCVT from time to time, the training Institutes func-
tioning under the Craftsman Training Scheme in various states can be categorized as under:
Category I Institute where trades/units have already been accorded affiliation to NCVT
Category II Institutes where trades/units have not been affiliated to NCVT
(DGE&T–29(11)/86-CD, dated 13/20 Nov. 1986)
II. Broad Guidelines 161

B. Nomenclature of Training Institutes Government Industrial Training Institutes (ITIs) may be

uniformly known as Industrial Training Institutes (ITIs) while prefixing either words “Government” or
“Private” as the case may be as under:
“XXXX (Name of Institute) XXXX Government Industrial Training Institute”
“XXXX (Name of Institute) XXXX Private Industrial Training Institute”
(DGE&T-19(5)/2011-CD, dated 21.03.2011)

II. Opening or Expansion of Industrial Training Institutes/Trades/Units/

under the Craftsmen Training Scheme
(i) Companies like sole proprietary, private/public limited, societies and trusts, promoters of SEZs, etc.
are permitted to open ITIs and seek affiliation with NCVT.
(DGE&T–19(29)2010-CD, dated 22.9. 2010)
(ii) Private Institutions willing to open ITIs in any trade in other region can also open ITI and seek
affiliation with NCVT.
(iii) The following important considerations should be kept in mind for new training institutes/trades/
units as per NCVT norms:
(a) Utilization of existing idle capacity by conversion of surplus units from trades in which there
is no demand to trades for which there is a pressing demand
(b) Present demand as measured by the number of applications received at the time of admission
(c) Potentialities as assessed based on specific developments in the region, for example, growth
of industry in the neighborhood and employment potential, etc.
(d) Potentialities as assessed by Employment Market Information Surveys, wherever conducted
(e) Employment potential including self-employment or availability of further apprenticeship
training facilities in the trades
(f) The new institutes should as far as possible be located in industrial estates or in close proxim-
ity to them
(g) Availability of basic requirement of water, electricity, sports, games and sanitation
(h) Availability of land and infrastructure
(iv) The applications received for opening of new ITIs/trades/units are to be scrutinized as the first step
in the State Directorate for their concurrence keeping in view the following points in respect of the
district/block where new ITIs/trades are to be introduced.
(a) Total number of ITIs already in existence in the district/block, where the new ITIs are pro-
posed to be introduced
(b) Total number of seats tradewise in the existing ITIs
(c) Forecast of skilled manpower, requirement for the proposed trades in the next 5 to 20-year
period
(d) Number of trainees passed out from ITIs on the live registers of employment exchanges
The states will be required to send their objections within 15 days of submission of online
application by the Institute to NABET, QCI. In case no objections are received from the State
Directorate (within this period), the application/s will be deemed appropriate and the QCI will
proceed with its accreditation process.
(v) Acceptance of donations and association of the names of the donors with the institutes: There is
no objection to the acceptance of an unconditional donation from private bodies and associating the
162 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

names of the donors with the name of the Industrial Training Institutes to be set up with the help of
the donations received in accordance with the recommendations made by the state representatives.
It is, however, essential to comply with the formalities of Section 123 of the Transfer of Property
Act and Section 17 of the Indian Registration Act. In the case of certain terms and conditions being
attached to the gift or donations, the State Government/Union Territory administration should also
consider the desirability of forming a trust or vesting the property in the Treasurer of Charitable
Endowments and preparing a scheme for its administration as contemplated by the Charitable
Endowments Act, 1890.
III. Glossary

For the purpose of this criteria, the terms used have specific meanings. These terms have been defined in
Annexure-2.
Chapter 1
Training and Support
Processes

Industrial Training Institutes shall determine and provide resources required for the effective delivery of
curriculum along with the support services such as infrastructure, human resources, health and safety, work
environment and meet NCVT norms.

1.1 INFRASTRUCTURE
(i) ITIs are required to follow the infrastructure requirements as laid down by National Council of
Vocational Training (NCVT) guidelines.
(ii) Building plan and siteplan should be properly prepared to suitable scale in the metric system by a
professional architect and duly authenticated by him/her with his/her signature, name, registration
numbers issued by architect’s council. If the Institute is old, the building plan shown to the previous
Inspection Committee should also be produced and verified along with the affiliation report. Copies
of registration paper/lease document/rent agreement in support of land/building to be furnished
(Refer Annexure G1).
(iii) The site plan should include nearest motorable road in the plan for proper location of the Institute.
It should also include Postal Index Number and other prominent buildings/landmarks in the vicinity
for proper identifications.
(iv) Norms for Engineering and Non Engineering trades under Craftsmen Training Scheme are given in
Annexure G5 (also refer Annexure G1 to G4 for additional Information). Information mentioned
in Annexure G5 elaborates the details relating to tradewise minimum qualification for admission of
trainee, duration of training period, unit size and tradewise requirement of space for workshop and
power supply. For updated information, visit http/dget.nic.in/welcome.html

Proof of Power Supply/Connection

(a) Power supply should be available as per requirements of each trade. The tradewise electric load is
given in Annexure G5.
(Such requirements are also stated in DGE&T letter no. DGE&T-19/27/2010/CD,
dated 30.08.2010)
(b) The following documents as proof of availability of power supply for grant of affiliation are required:
Training and Support Processes 165

For existing institutes Electricity bill indicating connected load is required to be produced (details of
existing trades, units should also form part of the inspection report to assess the required electrical load).
For new institutes Installation report/meter sealing report indicating sanctioned load or if meter sealing
report does not have sanctioned load, copy of the sanctioned load, proof of payment of dues for the same
along with meter sealing report should be produced/submitted.
d Where the Institute is in a rented/leased building, the electric connection should be in the name of the

owner/institute/management and the mutual agreement between landlord and the Institute/Management/
Society as the case may be, should be produced along with the current bill.
d The meter sealing report and electrical connection documents are acceptable only if the proof is on

stationery paper issued by the Electricity Department

(c) Provision of generator may not be accepted since it is only a source for temporary power in the event
of breakdown and not a source of regular power.

Machinery, Tool, Equipment and Furniture Refer Annexure G4 for details of furniture, machinery,
tool and equipment, etc. required for each trade/module
(i) No old machinery, tool and equipment are acceptable for any trade for granting affiliation.
(ii) Provision to use NC/CNC for Imparting Training in Trades of Machinist, Fitter
(a) The NC/CNC trainer and related equipment may either be procured by the concerned Institute
itself or be procured by a nodal ITI, and trainees from other ITIs located within the vicinity of
50 km may use the same equipment for necessary training.
(b) In absence of the above, the management of ITIs may also use the facilities of an NC/CNC
trainer available in a recognized Polytechnic/Engineering College after obtaining necessary
permission/agreement of the concerned Polytechnic/Engineering College.
(c) The concerned State Director dealing with Craftsmen Training Scheme would ensure that the
trainees of such ITIs get training from the trainer and related equipment as per prescribed syl-
labus for the trades.
(d) ITIs may also take up the issue of training on NC/CNC machines with local industry where
such machines are available in running condition. A copy of agreement in this regard between
the industry and ITI may be submitted.

Setting up of a Computer Lab as an Infrastructure Resource at all

Government and Private ITIs
(i) All Government and Private ITIs need to set up an exclusive computer lab with Internet connectivity
on every computer with multimedia. The set-up of the computer lab must have a minimum of 10
computers/workstations and peripheral with Internet facility irrespective of trade(s) or trade-related
computer requirement for an ITI upto a seating capacity of 100. For each additional unit accredited/
affiliated, two computers/workstations must be added.
Requirements mentioned here are over and above the requirements of Trade Sectors pertaining to
COPA, COE Module or any other Trade Sector.

Guidelines for ITIs running Centre of Excellence (COE)

Broad Based Basic Training Under Centre of Excellence (COE) The Broad Based Basic Training
(BBBT) consists of six modules and the institutes desirous of starting multi-skilling courses under Craftsmen
166 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Training Scheme are required to develop infrastructural facilities for each module. In case the Institute is not
in a position to develop infrastructural facilities of all the modules, Infrastructures for a minimum of three
modules are to be developed. The Institute is required to develop all the facilities for 6 modules.

For Advanced Modules

(a) For Advanced Modules of different sectors, facilities are required to be created afresh and affiliation
needs to be sought for every individual module/s as per existing affiliation procedure.
(b) The management of the Institute shall make necessary arrangements and create infrastructural
facilities for the proposed module(s) as per prescribed norms of NCVT. Space, powersupply, module
curriculum for respective modules are updated time to time and available on the DGE&T website
http://dget.nic.in/coe/welcome.html.
Note:
d All machines have to be grounded with fixed foundation on the floor

d Photographs of machines and equipment worth more than `10,000 along with the Principal of

the ITI needs to be uploaded on the website

d Hard Punching indicating Name of Institute and Place needs to be done on the machine. Punch-

ing has to be done on the right corner at the bottom side of the machine/equipment instrument.
d Operational Feasibility Institute needs to look into operational feasibility in terms of the following:

j Instructor should be able to govern the workshop from one place.

j Layout of Workshop and Classroom should not be in zigzag shape.

j Classroom should not have entrance from Workshop.

j Machinery, tools and equipment of one trade should be on the same floor for each unit.

1.2 HUMAN RESOURCES

(i) ITIs are required to follow the norms of NCVT as far as qualification and competency requirements
related to Principal, Instructors and other administrative needs are concerned (As per Annexure
G-2)
(ii) Requisite number of instructional staff and supervisory staff (Faculty Member/Resource Person)
should be provided. They should be qualified and should possess experience in their posts in line
with NCVT guidelines.
(iii) Salary/remunerations to instructors (regular/contract basis) engaged in government or private ITIs
shall be paid only through banks/post offices.
(DGE&T-19(9)/2011-CD, dated 22.3.2011)

Salaries to be paid to the Staff being Engaged by ITIs (iv) A minimum of 2/3rd of the salary
being paid to government servant of equivalent level should be paid to faculty/staff members of private ITIs.
(DGE&T-19(19)/95-CD, dated 16.08.1996)
(v) The Council recommended the proposal for appointment of 20% more instructors in ITIs as training
reserves a part from existing norms of one instructor per trade/unit so that they could be deputed for
training on regular basis without affecting the regular training programme of the Institute. However,
additional requirement of 20% would not be insisted at the time of assessment.
(DGE&T-19(29)/2008-CD, dated 23.12.2008)
(vi) The Instructor is to be recruited on permanent basis. However, the Instructor engaged on contract
basis for imparting training in the given training period will also be considered till the permanent
Instructor is appointed.
Training and Support Processes 167

Note:
(a) Photos of Voter Id Card/Aadhaar Card/PAN Card of all Staff needs to be uploaded on the
website.
(b) Photos of High School (10th Standard) Certificate needs to be uploaded on the website.
(c) ITI/Diploma/Degree Certificate as applicable needs to be uploaded on the website.
(d) The name of the Staff is to be written in the same way as mentioned in 10th Class Pass
Certificate/Higher Secondary Certificate in the Application Form (Annexure 3).

1.3 CURRICULUM
ITIs are required to follow the Curriculum specified by NCVT for Trade/Modular Courses under COE
Scheme for which the ITI is seeking affiliation/accreditation. At present, 127 Trades and Modular Courses
under COE Scheme are covered under CTS. However, the current list of trades may be seen at DGE&T
website http://dget.nic.in/schemes/cts/TradeList.htm.

1.4 TRAINING—LEARNING PROCESS

The Institution shall provide appropriate support and resources to implement and deliver the course cur-
riculum. The teaching staff shall implement the course curriculum through a range of approaches and
teaching strategies that recognize diverse learning styles relevant to the learning needs. For details, please
refer Annexure G2.

1.5 CONTINUOUS EVALUATIONS

(i) ITIs will be required to follow NCVT guidelines related to continuous and end-term assessment of
trainees.

Eligibility of Candidates to appear in NCVT Exams

(ii) The candidates admitted in the affiliated Trades/Units with NCVT only are eligible to appear in All
India Trade Test (AITT) for the award of National Trade Certificate.
The State Government will be informing the students through wide publicity in print and
electronic media before they seek admission in the ITIs (Government/Private Institutes) about the
status of affiliation of the Trades/Units, etc. with the NCVT so that there are no complications later.
(iii) Trade tests will be conducted in the Institute premises or any other centre approved by the State
Directorate in accordance to procedures prescribed by the NCVT.
(iv) All India Trade Test for Broad Based Basic Training and Advance Module are held twice (January/
July) a year under the aegis of NCVT and eligible trainees of the institutes are permitted to appear
in the test.
(v) A Progress Card shall be maintained in respect of every trainee from the date of admission to the
Institute (Annexure 4).
(vi) The monthly test will be conducted in all the subjects and the performance will be recorded as usual
on monthly and quarterly basis for awarding term marks.
(DGE&T-19(10)/93–CD, dated 21.09.93)
168 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

1.6 ADMISSION POLICY

(i) Each ITI shall
(a) Establish documented policy and procedures for admissions including policy on concessions.
The admission policy and procedure shall comply with the applicable statutory and regulatory
requirements (Minimum Age of Admission is 14 years).
(b) Admit the students purely on merit based on the marks secured by the candidate in pub-
lic (school) examinations based on the minimum qualifications prescribed for the respective
trade.
(c) Provide for safe custody of the documents submitted by the students including birth certifi-
cates, certificates of previous institution and deposits, if any.
(d) Have reservation of seats for Schedule Castes, Schedule Tribes, OBCs as per the policy of
respective State/UT Government and Central Government, and have a reservation policy for
physically handicapped candidates as per State/UT and Central Government Guidelines.
(ii) For maximum number of students to be admitted in each Trade Sector/Unit, please refer curriculum
of respective Trade sector details given at DGE&T website http://dget.nic.in/schemes/cts/TradeList.
htm

Guidelines for ITIs running Centre of Excellence (COE)

(a) In case of Broad Based Basic Training under COE Scheme, a batch of 16 students in each module
can be admitted after obtaining necessary affiliation.
(b) Prepare information brochure/prospectus, describing the information on Institution’s policies
and programs. It shall provide for easy and unambiguous understanding of rules and regulations
concerning conduct/discipline, attendance norms, financial obligation assessment/qualifying
criteria, employment opportunities, etc. on part of students/parents (Qualification as prescribed in
respective trade syllabus/module under COE Institute)
Note: The brochure may form part of formal agreement between Institution and student/parent at the time
of admission.

1.7 LEARNING ENVIRONMENT

The ITI shall provide conditions to facilitate a learning environment for both indoor and outdoor activities.
The learning environment shall include safe classrooms, offices, workshops, laboratories, common spaces
and other facilities.
As a prelude to learning environment, the Institution shall monitor and address issues relating to envi-
ronmental conditions including
(i) adequate illumination
(ii) adequate ventilation
(iii) housekeeping and cleanliness
(iv) safeguard against excessive weather conditions like dust, cold, heat and rain
(v) controlling noise and distractions
Training and Support Processes 169

1.8 HEALTH AND SAFETY

The ITI shall determine, maintain and comply with health, safety and security norms including
(i) appropriate procedures and training for all staff members to implement emergency and crisis plans
and handle accidents
(ii) applicable statutory and regulatory requirements
(iii) provision for emergency situations covering both indoor and outdoor activities
(iv) health policies which include collection of medical information for all staff and students,
immunization against common diseases and maintenance of comprehensive records.

1.9 INDUSTRIAL INTERFACE AND STUDENT DEVELOPMENT

(i) The ITI should make necessary arrangement, wherever applicable for having certain classroom
sessions taken up by suitable faculty/experts from industries. It should arrange periodic industry
visits.
(ii) The ITI should encourage faculty members along with students to take up real-life problems from
industries for problem solving and application of principles taught as a part of course work.
(iii) The ITI shall encourage students to develop necessary soft skills and attitudes so as to enable them
getting suitable placements in the industry.
(iv) The ITI should provide necessary guidance to students for getting placements.

1.10 STUDENT GUIDANCE AND FACILITATION FOR PLACEMENT

(i) For the guidance of students, all Government and Private Industrial Institute have to design, develop
and maintain their website as per Annexure 5.
(ii) The ITI should have a placement cell for providing necessary employment guidance to students.
(iii) The placement cell will have a Placement Officer, whose appointment will be governed by the
requirements given in Annexure G2.
(iv) The placement cell should maintain the records of placements of students as far as possible including
the details of self-employment.
Chapter 2
Performance Measurement
and Improvement

2.1 CONTINUAL IMPROVEMENT

The ITI shall regularly assess the effectiveness of training and learning. The ITI shall identify and initiate
continual improvement projects through involvement of students, teachers and other interested parties. It
shall implement suitable corrective and preventive actions at various levels.
The ITI management shall ensure effective management, collection, validation and analysis of data to
monitor the Institution’s performance.
Where possible, the Institution shall collect/share data from/with other ITIs and benchmark with its own
data to improve upon in deficient areas.
A few suggested sources of data are
(i) student and stakeholder(s) feedback
(ii) student attendance and student drop-out rate
(iii) student performance by way of results, etc.
(iv) teacher turnover ratio
(v) placement

2.2 MANAGEMENT REVIEW

The management shall review the following at least annually for effectiveness and conformity:
(i) Actions outstanding from previous management review meetings
(ii) Actions resulting from surveillance by the approval body
(iii) Administrative procedures
(iv) Course/programme design
(v) Course/programme presentation
(vi) Performance of Faculty Members/Resource Persons and future training required for the Faculty
Members/Resource Persons
(vii) Complaints and appeals
(viii) Analysis of student feedback as well as results of students
(ix) Result of internal inspection of the Institute (Refer Annexure G2)
Performance Measurement and Improvement 171

2.3 COMPLAINT HANDLING

The ITI shall establish a documented procedure for complaint handling process. Various steps in the com-
plaint handling process shall include the following:
(i) Providing information regarding complaint handling process to all interested parties
(ii) Acknowledgement of the complaint
(iii) Investigation for redress of the complaint
(iv) Communication with the complainant for satisfactory closure of the complaint.
Records of all complaints and actions taken for the above shall be maintained by the Institution.
Chapter 3
Governance of the
Institution

3.1 LEADERSHIP
(i) The Institute Management shall establish and follow formal methods to determine the needs and
expectations of the interested parties with regard to effective delivery of curriculum and varied
development of the students
(ii) The Institute Management shall identify all statutory and regulatory requirements for compliance.
(iii) The Institute Management shall
(a) Involve all members of the Institution in understanding and implementing the mission and
quality objectives that are measurable and derived from core training and support processes of
the Institution
(b) Identify and plan for resources necessary for achieving the Institution’s objectives
(c) Communicate to all members of the Institution the importance of meeting the requirements of
interested parties as well as the applicable statutory and regulatory requirements
(d) Measure the performance of the Institution in order to monitor the fulfillment of the mission
and quality objectives
(iv) Formation of Institute Management Committee (IMC) and its Registration as a Society under
Public–Private Partnership
(a) An Institute Management Committee (IMC) is constituted/reconstituted for each selected ITI.
The IMC is converted by the State Government in to a Society under the relevant Societies
Registration Act. The IMC registered as a society is entrusted with the responsibility of man-
aging the affairs of the ITI under the Scheme.
(b) The IMC is led by the Industry Partner. In the IMC, the members are as follows:
d Industry Partner or its representative as Chairperson
j Four members from local Industry to be nominated by the Industry Partner in such a

way that the IMC is broadbased

j Five members nominated by the State Government (i) District Employment Officer,

(ii) One representative of the State Directorate dealing with ITIs, (iii) One expert from
local academic circles, (iv) One senior faculty member, and (v) One representative
of the students
j Principal of the ITI, as ex-officio member secretary of the IMC Society
Governance of the Institution 173

3.2 RESPONSIBILITY AND AUTHORITY

(i) Head of the ITI and Key Personnel The head of the ITI shall be empowered by the Manage-
ment Committee to carry out day-to-day functioning of the Institution. The Management Committee shall
clearly describe the management structure. The head of the ITI shall decide and implement the processes
which support the development and deployment of the Training system. The responsibility and authority
for all personnel involved in key functional areas shall be defined and communicated within the Institution.
Head of ITI may be designated as Director/Principal, howsoever, named.

(ii) Accreditation Coordinator

(a) The Management Committee of the Industrial Training Institute (ITI) shall appoint a senior staff
member who, irrespective of other responsibilities, shall monitor to ensure that the requirements of
this criterion are being implemented.
(b) The coordinator shall periodically report to the Management Committee on the compliance of
criteria and the need for improvement.
(c) The coordinator shall ensure communication within the Institution on the information related to the
application and relevance of the criteria in training and support processes.
(d) The coordinator shall liaison with the Accreditation Body.

(iii) Accreditation Document(s)

(a) Quality Manual
The ITI shall develop an accreditation manual describing:
d background of the Institution/Organization structure

d linkages/affiliations/recognitions
d profile of senior management and trainers

d facilities with respect to condition of teaching and access to learning and meeting the requirements

of stakeholders
d scope of training services such as internal evaluation, placement services, etc.

d details of infrastructure including workshop, classroom stores, etc. required for the courses conducted

by ITI as per the requirement of a regulatory body like NCVT

The manual shall describe the training and related support processes including their interactions. It shall
include or provide references to all documented procedures and other applicable criteria upon which the
training system is based.
The manual shall also include:

(i) Mission The ITIs mission shall be documented. This shall be consistent with needs and expectations
of interested parties and applicable statutory and regulatory requirements, and commitment in delivering
excellence.

(ii) Quality Objectives The ITI shall establish objectives that are measurable and derived from train-
ing and support processes of the Institution. The objectives shall be aligned with the Institution’s mission.
(b) Control of Documents The ITI shall establish a documented procedure describing the arrangements for
d preparing, reviewing and approving internal documents including their identification and revision
d controlling external documents, including the relevant regulations that should be continuously kept
updated
174 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

d ensuring that relevant documents are available to all concerned within the Institution and to the
interested parties

(c) Control of Records The ITI shall identify and maintain records to provide evidence of conformity
to this criterion. A documented procedure shall be established to define control of records providing for
identification, indexing, storage, retention time and disposal. In addition, the Institution shall also identify
and maintain records based on the applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.

Assessment Process
Filling of Online Application by ITI
APPLICATION
FLOW
Receipt of filled Online Application

No Objection from State Directorate within

15 days of receipt of application

Yes
Request for additional
Objection
information
No
Administrative verification of Online
Application at NABET secretariat

No
Acceptance of complete
Online Application

Yes

Proceed for Stage I

Assessment—Document Assessment (Adequacy)

Desktop Assessment of Documents

by NABET Assessor

Non-conformances and Observations

to be closed by ITI

Verification and Acceptance of

Closure action by NABET

No Yes
Additional clarification/s Proceed for Stage II A
sought from ITI Physical Verification
Governance of the Institution 175

Conduct of Physical Verification by NABET

Assessor

Non-conformances and Observations raised during the

Physical Verification to be closed by ITI

No
Additional Clarification or Verification and Acceptance of
Assessment of ITI closure action by NABET Assessor

Yes

No Case to be referred to NABET

Accreditation Committee for decision

Grant of Final Accreditation

Submission of Report to DGE&T

DGE&T presents the report to NCVT

Sub-Committee for affiliation

Grant of Affiliation by NCVT Sub-Committee

Accreditation Process
(a) Total time taken for the Accreditation process will be 90 days from the date of completion of
application (to be verified through administrative assessment).
(b) This is subject to no inordinate delay taking place at the applicant’s end in submitting the
clarifications/additional information sought by NABET and in closure of non-conformances and
observations raised by NABET.
176 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Important
(a) In case the applicant does not respond within 90 days for any additional information or closure
actions for the non-conformities and observations, the application shall be deemed closed.
(b) The applicant will have to re-submit the application for accreditation with all applicable fees.

3.3 AUTHORITY
The NABET Secretariat is the sole authority for coordinating on behalf of the NABET Board for the
assessment process of the ITIs applying for accreditation.
The NABET Board has vested the authority for accreditation decision to duly constituted NABET Skill
Training Accreditation Committee.

3.4 PROCEDURE FOR SEEKING ACCREDITATION

The following instructions are to be followed for seeking accreditation:
(i) The management of the institute shall make all necessary arrangements and create infrastructural
facilities for the proposed trades/(s) as per prescribed norms of NCVT. Space, power supply, trade
curriculum for respective trades are updated from time to time and are available on the DGE&T
website, i.e. www.dget.nic.in. The applicant should refer to the DGE&T website prior to submitting
the application. The applicant must meet all the statutory and regulatory requirement related to
accreditation/affiliation of the Institute
(ii) All the trade sectors and units for which affiliation is sought by the ITI should be at one location.
(iii) After creating necessary facilities, the Institute seeking accreditation has to apply through online
application (Annexure III) along with prescribed process fees to NABET, QCI with request for
accreditation. While submitting the desired information to QCI, the following points should be
incorporated:
(a) DGE&T reference and date for each affiliated Trade and Unit [1st, 2nd and 3rd unit (Shift)]
should be given in case of existing NCVT affiliated trades
(b) The number of units working in 1st, 2nd and 3rd unit (shift) in each/alternate year of admis-
sion session should be mentioned clearly.
(c) For affiliation of fresh trade units where already similar trades are existing, a comprehensive
proposal mentioning the details of machineries and equipment already existing for the affili-
ated trades and provided additionally for the additional trades should be given.
(d) The proposal for three units of any trade in 1st, 2nd and 3rd shift can also be submitted simul-
taneously.
(iv) NABET, QCI, will scrutinize the application. The QCI will keep the institute informed of any non-
conformities/observations, if any, at all stages of assessment.
(v) The Accreditation Process involves the following steps:
(a) Desktop Review
(b) Physical verification covering (indicative)
d Infrastructure—Land and Building

d Staff details
d Power supply
d Machines, tools and equipment
Governance of the Institution 177

d Training and Support Process in line with Section 1 of this criteria

d Performance, Measurement and Improvement in line with Section 2 of this criteria. (ap-
plicable for existing NCVT affiliated ITIs)
d Governance of the Institution in line with Section 3 of this criteria

(vi) At each stage of Assessment, the Institute is provided the opportunity to take corrective action on
the observations noticed by the Assessor. Closure action submitted by the Institute will be verified
by the Assessor. Some of the closure actions submitted by the Institute may require additional visit
to Institute.
Cost of additional visit to the Institute will be borne by the Institute.
After closure and acceptance of closure actions of non-conformities and observations, a report of
the Assessment is presented to QCI-NABET Accreditation Committee for grant of Accreditation.
The Accreditation Committee may grant provisional accreditation or may ask for additional
visits/evidence before taking a decision on accreditation.
(vii) After approval of the Accreditation Committee, the QCI will send the Accreditation Report to
DGE&T. The DGE&T will scrutinize the said report and place it before the Sub-Committee of
NCVT dealing with affiliation for their consideration.
(viii) The final decision of the Sub-Committee of NCVT dealing with affiliation will be conveyed by the
Secretary, NCVT, to the concerned State Director with a copy to the concerned Institute and QCI.
This information is also uploaded on the DGE&T website. Based on this order, the State Director
will inform the management of the Institute regarding the decision of the Sub-Committee of NCVT
dealing with affiliation.

(ix) Broad Based Basic Training (BBBT) running under Centre of Excellence Scheme
(a) In case infrastructure of existing related trades/units are to be utilized for imparting Broad Based
Basic Training (BBBT), one affiliated unit of related trade specified in the guidelines of course
curricula is to be surrendered in lieu of taking corresponding module of BBBT.
(b) Once the permission to start the BBBT is granted by NCVT, the already affiliated unit/s of the
conventional trade/s would stand de-affiliated in lieu of affiliation granted for unit of module/s of
BBBT.
(c) In case facilities for a particular module are not available, facilities are to be created and the Institute
assessed by QCI. The Assessment Report will be placed to the Accreditation Committee for approval
of Accreditation. The said report will be sent to DGE&T for consideration for grant of affiliation by
the Sub-Committee of NCVT dealing with affiliation.

(x) Procedure for Affiliation of Industrial Training Institutes running Center of Excel-
lence (COE) The Affiliation Procedure remains same as in the case of Craftsmen Training Scheme (CTS)
with the following additional points:
(a) Application form for atleast 3 modules under (BBBT) scheme of respective sector to be forwarded
to QCI, New Delhi.
(b) Affiliation order under BBBT scheme will only be issued by DGE&T when all the 6 modules
pertaining to the respective sector are affiliated with NCVT.
(c) Advance module affiliation proposals are to be submitted only after affiliation of all the basic
modules of the COE trade.
Abstract from (DGE&T-12/1/2011-TC, dated 30.3.2011)
178 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

3.5 INITIAL ASSESSMENT

(i) Desktop Assessment (Adequacy) The QCI-NABET shall evaluate the documented system in-
cluding (but not limited to)
(a) Online submitted application
(b) Adequacy and completeness of documents submitted by the applicant
(c) The course/program material, including the subjects to be covered, the time schedule for the various
activities, and all the student and Instructors materials such as course/program notes, student reading
materials, case studies, simulations, tutor notes
(d) The examination format, questions and answers, time allotted, grading procedure, pass/fail
requirements, policy and procedures for re-examination, techniques for evaluation on the basis of
project work, case study presentation and practice in documentations, etc.
(e) The criteria for selecting Instructors, procedures for assessing their performance and a current list of
Instructor, their resumes and regulatory body requirements
(f) Course/program administration documents including policies for admission of trainees, course/
program registration forms, fee schedules, course/program certificate and promotional material
(g) Compliance with all NCVT affiliation and NABET Accreditation guidelines
After the evaluation, NABET will inform the Organization/Institution of the non- conformities and/or
observations if any.
The ITI shall be required to close all observations and non-conformities before the next stage of assessment.

(ii) Physical Site Verification Following review and acceptance of submitted documents, NABET
shall undertake assessment of the Institute and the facilities intended for use for the course/program.
This can be either through a planned visit with advance intimation to the institute or through a surprise
visit to the institute without any prior intimation.
NABET shall evaluate all aspects of the course/program and all activities of the Faculty members/Resource
persons for conformance to the applicable NABET criteria and Institution/Centre procedures, and evaluation
of students for effective delivery of the course/program.
(a) NABET Assessor, on need basis, shall take photographs or shoot a video of the Institute.
(b) The ITI shall be informed of the findings and non-conformities, if any.
(c) In case any corrective action is required, the ITI shall make the necessary corrections and
improvements and submit the appropriate documentation within a defined time schedule to NABET.
The corrective action may be submitted within 90 days from the date of assessment.
(d) An additional full or partial evaluation of a course/program offering may be done by NABET to
verify the compliance of corrective actions.
(e) The NABET Accreditation Committee will take the decision on NABET Accreditation for the
course/program depending on the course/program Assessment Report.
(f) When the NABET Accreditation Committee determines that the Institution has complied with all
Accreditation requirements, NABET shall inform its approval to the ITI and there after to DGE&T:
(g) The annual fee shall be paid by the ITI on receipt of an invoice from NABET, QCI.
(h) Subsequently, for every year, the ITI will have to clear the surveillance assessment and pay the
requisite fee for the renewal of accreditation.
(i) A Certificate of Accreditation will be issued by NABET, QCI on receipt of fees given in Annexure 1.
Governance of the Institution 179

3.6 ANNUAL SURVEILLANCE ASSESSMENT

(i) To assess the ITI’s continuing conformance to NABET criteria and the effective implementation of
the ITI procedures, NABET shall normally conduct an annual surveillance for
(a) Administrative procedures, practices and records
(b) A minimum (but not limited to) 2-3 days surveillance of Institute and a course/program
offering
(ii) Surveillance and assessment of administrative procedures shall be planned to ensure that different
aspects of the course/program and the Institution/Centre system are regularly reviewed.
(iii) Surveillance shall also review different instructor’s course/program offerings. NABET reserves the
right to demand witness of specific Instructors.
(iv) NABET reserves the right to carry out more frequent or longer surveillance as necessary for a
specific Institution/Centre in case of complaints/concerns against the delivery or administration of
the course/program. The cost for the same shall be borne by ITI. This will be done in consultation
with DGE&T, MoLE.
(v) NABET may conduct surprise surveillance of the course/trade offerings.

3.7 EXTENSION OF SCOPE

Any ITI can request for extension of its scope of Accreditation to cover additional course/trades by mak-
ing a written request to NABET. In case changes are to be made to the Accreditation Manual, the revised
manual shall also be submitted.

3.8 RENEWAL OF ACCREDITATION

(i) Any Accreditation granted automatically expires at the end of the period of its validity. A renewal
notice will be issued for the recognized course/trade to ITI by NABET before expiry of validity.
However, the responsibility for applying for renewal in time shall be that of the ITI concerned.
Accreditation of an ITI is valid for four years only.
(ii) The ITI shall submit the renewal application alongwith the prescribed fee atleast three months in
advance of the expiry of the current accreditation period. A renewal assessment, similar to the initial
assessment, shall be carried out for considering further renewal.
(iii) If any non-conformity is found during the renewal assessment, the ITI shall have to take necessary
corrective actions, which may need to be verified by NABET before the Accreditation is renewed
for a further period of maximum of four years.
(iv) The renewal shall be based on assessment of performance during the previous validity period
and report of renewal assessment. Any complaints received during the period shall also be duly
considered.

3.9 SUSPENSION OR CANCELLATION OF ACCREDITATION

NABET may suspend or cancel the accreditation of the Institute/Trade because of any of the following but
not be limited to
180 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

(i) Non-compliance or violation of the NABET requirements

(ii) Providing insufficient or incorrect information to NABET
(iii) Improper use of NABET Accreditation Mark
(iv) Changes in the course/trade material without the concerned regulatory approval
(v) Failure to report any major changes in the course/trade to NABET
(vi) Non payment of fees
(vii) Any other condition deemed appropriate by NABET.
In case of suspension or cancellation of ITI, the information related to the Institute will be forwarded to
DGE&T for further necessary action. The process of cancellation of accreditation will be inline with the
NABET Procedure for Suspension and/or Cancellation of Accreditation (NABET: PR: 03)

3.10 EXPIRY OF ACCREDITATION

The Accreditation of an ITI automatically expire at the end of its validity unless renewal is sought by the
ITI concerned along with the prescribed fees.
The Accreditation of ITI shall also expire if the renewal is not agreed to by NABET.

3.11 APPEALS
Appeal against the decision of NABET can be made in writing to the Chairperson, NABET Board. It will
be processed in accordance with the appeals procedures:

3.12 SCHEDULE OF FEE

Kindly refer to attached Annexure 1.

3.13 TERMS AND CONDITIONS—ACCREDITATION

(i) The Accreditation to an ITI shall be granted for a period of four years which shall be renewed
for a maximum of four years at a time, before expiry of earlier approval, subject to satisfactory
performance based on surveillance report atleast once a year.
(ii) The ITI providing the course/trade shall conduct the course/trade on its own and shall not sub-
contract it in part or full.
(iii) ITI providing the course/trade shall not make any change in the Certificate format and the course/
trade materials which form the basis for the grant of Accreditation without prior approval of NABET.
(iv) In the case of having multiple branches or centres of the same Institution, the Institution will not be
required to pay the Application Fee again. Only partial annual fee and assessment/surveillance fee
and actual expenses will be charged from the ITI.
Governance of the Institution 181

3.14 TERMS AND CONDITIONS—AFFILIATION WITH NCVT

Terms and Conditions for Affiliation to National Council for
Vocational Training
(i) Effective Date of Affiliation As per new affiliation procedure decided by the NCVT on 23rd
November 2008, the effective date of affiliation is the date on which the affiliation is granted by the Sub
Committee of the NCVT for affiliation, which is mentioned below:
(a) Affiliation granted between 1st January to 30th June will be effective from the session beginning
August of the same year.
(b) Affiliation granted between 1st July to 31st December will be effective from the session beginning
February of next year.

(ii) Affiliations shall be Granted from Prospective Session It was decided in the meeting held
on 23.10.2009 that if admissions are done without affiliation then granting of affiliation becomes mean-
ingless and carries no sanctity. The fundamental principle that was considered by NCVT was “Affiliation
before Admission”. Thus, all affiliations shall be granted from prospective session, including those where
clarifications are sought. The crucial date is the date on which affiliation is granted by the Sub-Committee.
No admission is allowed in NCVT trades before affiliation is granted by the NCVT Sub-Committee.
(ii) Training sessions will have to conform to the all-India dates as laid down for starting sessions.
Admissions are done twice in a year, i.e. February and August of a calendar year.
(iii) Institutes desirous of taking affiliation from NCVT must apply for a minimum of two units (or a
multiple of two units) of a trade at a time and appoint two instructors one for each unit, as per norms.
Out of these two instructors, one instructor must be with Diploma/Degree in the relevant branch of
engineering from a recognized board/university and experience prescribed by NCVT.
(DGE&T-19(12)/2010-CD, dated 6.8.2010)
(iv) (a) If the Institute has an odd number of affiliated trade units, it can apply for one unit to make it
even. Subsequently, the institute would apply for even units for affiliation.
(b) Qualification of the instructors should be such that for every two units, one Instructor should
be with Diploma/Degree in the relevant branch of engineering from a recognized board/
university and experience prescribed by NCVT.
(DGE&T-19(12)/2010-CD, dated 28.9.2010)
(v) The institute should adopt standards laid down by the National Council for Vocational Training
regarding syllabi, infrastructural facilities, faculty members/resource person and other staff, water,
electrical power supply, machinery, tools and equipment, furniture, shop layouts, methods of training
and trade testing in force from time to time. The applicant must meet all the statutory and regulatory
requirement related to accreditation/affiliation of the Institute
(vi) Cost of raw materials for trade tests conducted for trainees of private ITIs would be borne by the
concerned Institute.
(vii) Examination fee as prescribed under the Craftsmen Training Scheme would be collected by the
State Directorate from the trainees of the private institutes.
(viii) The dates for the initial physical assessment will be planned in consultation with the Institute.
Thereafter, the dates for surveillance assessment and re-assessment may be planned without
consultation with the Institute. The Institute shall abide with the decision of NABET for conduct
182 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

of these assessments and shall provide all help to the assessment team for the smooth conduct of
the assessment process. In case the Institute refuses to extend its cooperation to the assessment
team for the conduct of site assessment, it will be deemed that the Institute is not interested to be
considered for NABET Accreditation and hence for NCVT affiliation. The assessment process of
such an application shall be closed. Such Institutions will only be allowed to re-apply after a gap
of one year from the date of planned site assessment. Application fees need to be paid a fresh while
re-applying for Accreditation.
(ix) In order to ensure that standards of training as prescribed by NCVT are maintained, respective
State Directorates, QCI or officials of DGE&T will do periodic follow-up assessment of affiliated
institutes/trades. QCI will charge additional fee for such assessment.
(x) Institutes will provide facilities for regular inspections by officers of the State Government,
Central Government (DGE&T) and QCI and implement any recommendations made by them for
improvement of training standards.
(xi) In case it is found that the Institute fails to maintain the prescribed standards or in any way fails to
adopt the standards prescribed by NCVT, the affiliation shall be withdrawn based on recommendation
of the QCI and its acceptance by NCVT.
(xii) Affiliated institutes/trades failing to maintain the prescribed standard of training are to be de-
affiliated by the sub-committee of NCVT dealing with affiliation and the final order will be issued
by Secretary, NCVT.
Note: If any document is provided in regional language, a translated copy in English should invari-
ably be enclosed.
Governance of the Institution 183

A N N E X U R E -1

Fees Structure

I. Application Fee payable at the time of making Online Application `10,000/-

II. Assessment Fee payable before undertaking inspection of the ITI `30,000/-
(Upto maximum two site visits)
III. Annual Surveillance Fee (I year) `20,000/-
IV. Annual Surveillance Fee (II, III and IV year)– ` 60,000/- (@`20,000 per year)
V. Total (for 4 years) `1,20,000/-
Note: Service Tax as applicable will be charged in addition to the above fees (at present 12.36% for
the year 2012-13)
Notes
(a) In case the Institutes are not able to comply with the accreditation norms during the first two site visits,
additional site visits may be required to verify the compliance before accreditation. Charges for the
additional site visits will be levied in such cases @ `15,000/- per visit.
(b) All the payments to QCI will be made through account payee draft/cheque or online transfer in favour
of Quality Council of India, payable at New Delhi. The Institute will not provide any hospitality
including transport and accommodation to the inspecting team of experts.
184 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

A N N E X U R E -2

Glossary

For the purpose of this criteria, the following terms have specific meanings as defined here:
(i) Competence
A combination of knowledge, demonstrable skill and displayed attitude as possessed by a person.
(ii) Corrective action
Action to eliminate the cause of a detected non-conformity or other undesirable situation
(iii) Document
An instruction or procedure format for information and its supporting medium. Example: procedure,
drawing, report, standard
(iv) Management committee
Committee which includes board of trustees or directors, head of the Institution, individual owners or
others, exercising an effective control on the Institution for making it relevant, efficient and effective
and thereby an excellent one.
(v) Management system
System to establish policy and objectives and to achieve those objectives
(vi) Mission
Statement which conveys the purpose of the Institution’s training programs, expresses expectations for
quality and serves as the basis for daily operational and instructional decision making as well as long-
range planning.
(vii) Preventive action
Action to eliminate the cause of potential non-conformity or other undesirable potential situation.
(viii) Process approach
Any activity or set of activities that uses resources to transform inputs to outputs can be considered as
a process.
For organizations to function effectively, they have to identify and manage numerous interrelated
and interacting processes. Often, the output from one process will directly form the input into the
next process. The systematic identification and management of the processes employed within an
organization and, particularly, the interactions between such processes is referred to as the “process
approach”.
(ix) Quality
d Quality is the degree of excellence and distinguishing nature of attributes of the Training programme.

d Quality is the ongoing process of building and sustaining relationships by assessing, anticipating,

and fulfilling stated and implied needs.

d Quality is the customers’ perception of the value of the suppliers’ work output.

(x) Quality manual

Document specifying the management system of the Institution based on requirements of accreditation
criteria.
(xi) Record
A document stating results achieved or providing evidence of activities performed.
Governance of the Institution 185

(xii) Stakeholders
Person or group having an interest in the performance or success of an Institution including the recipient
of a training service
Note: A stakeholder can be a student, parent/guardian, parents’ association, potential employers, other
institutions, society or statutory and regulatory authorities.
Note: A group can comprise an organization, a part thereof, or more than one organization.
(xiii) Training
The actor process of imparting or acquiring knowledge, skill or judgment.
(xiv) Training Institution
An organization that provides training services for any vocational trade.
(xv) Training process
Process resulting in providing of educational/training service.
(xvi) Training service
Service concerned with training.

Revision History

Section Page Number Date Reason for Remarks

Number Amendment/ Revision
1.1.9 10 20/09/2012 Internal Assessment Clarification on requirement of setting of Com-
puter Lab added
3.2.2(a) 10 20/09/2012 Internal Assessment Language of the clauses corrected
1.2.1 23 20/09/2012 Internal Assessment Point related to statutory and regulatory require-
ment added
1.12.6 30 20/9/2012 Internal Assessment Point related to statutory and regulatory require-
ment added
1.12 30 20/09/2012 Internal Assessment Note on Regional Language Added
186 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

A N N E X U R E –3

Application Form for Accreditation from

Quality Council of India

(Note : All the details in the application need to be filled based on

availability of data on date of application)
I. General Information
Application as (Please check the Appropriate category):
A. New Industrial Training Institute:
B. Existing Industrial Training Institute:
– Opening New Trade
– Adding more Units in Existing Trade

C. State:
Name of the Institute
Postal Address
(Indicate Taluka,
District Detail along
with Pin Code)
Pin Code
Tel. No. (with STD) Fax No. (With STD)
Email Address Website
Last Updated on
Principal Name
Mobile No.
Rural Urban Women Minority
Government Private J&K North East
Is the Institute owned by Trust/ Society
Trust/Society registered Yes/No
Year of Registration Registration No.
Period up to Which registration of Trust/Society is valid
Is the Institute running Centre of Excellence Trade Yes/ No
Governance of the Institution 187

D. Name of the organization

(seeking affiliation)
Postal Address
Pin Code
Tel. No. (with STD) Fax No. (With STD)
Email Address Website
Authorized Person
Mobile No.

E. Date of Establishment of the Institute

(Permission Letter from the State Director for Starting the Institute/Trade/Unit to be Uploaded U)

In case of Existing ITI: DGE&T File Reference No.

F. Details of any other NCVT affiliated ITI’s which are running under the same organization

Name of ITI Address DGE&T File Trade Name Number of Number of

Ref. No. Units Students

G. Is there a change of Premises Yes No

Reason for change of Premises

(U-Upload the copy of letter and records of State Director in this respect)
Is there shifting of Trade within the same ITI Yes No
Name of Trade Being Surrendered 1. Units
2.
Name of Trade being Opened 1. Units
2.
Reason for Shifting of Trade

(U-Upload the copy of letter and records of State Director in this respect)
188 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

H. Details of Court Cases ﬁled by the organization or any member of the organization under the same
management against DGE&T, NCVT, NABET, DGE&T officials and NABET officials
Case Numbers
Court
Status Pending/Settled

II. Trades and units for which affiliation is sought now:

Sl. Trade/Units for which affiliation sought Total Units Total Number Session (Month
No. 9 = (3 + 5 of students & Year) from
Trades Units + 7) 10 = (4+6+8) which affiliation
1st Number 2nd Number 3rd Number sought
Shift of Shift of Shift of
Students Students Students
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

III(a). Manpower (Technical and Non–Technical)

(Untrained Instructors, if any, are to be trained within a year of affiliation. No untrained instructors to be
engaged after one year of operation)

Sl. Designation Name Father’s Date of Date of Photograph Voter ID Card

No. Name Joining Birth (U–Upload) NO.
Institute (U –Upload)
1. Principal/Head of Institute
2. Vice-Principal/Supdt.
3. Training Officer/Group Instructor-1
4. Training Officer/Group Instructor-2
5. Instructor-1 Trade

6. Instructor -2
Workshop Attendant
Lab Attendant
Classroom Attendant
Maintenance Personnel
(Mechanical)
Maintenance Personnel (Electrical)
Technical Qualifications {Degree/Diploma, ITI, CTI} Branch

Name
Secondary School/
Matric Year of Passing
Experience Details (Name
of Establishment and Year
of experience) (U-upload)
Salary
Salary A/c Details Bank
Name,
Branch & A/c No.
(U-upload copy
of Bank
Statement.)
Photograph

year of Passing Certificate No. of enclosed certificate

Year of ITI Diploma Degree 1 2 3 Bank A/c Branch
Passing (U-upload copy of Name No.
cert.)
Year of Year of Year of
Passing Number Passing Number Passing Number
(U-upload (U-upload (U-upload
copy of copy of copy of
cert.) cert.) cert.)

III(b). Administrative and Supporting Staff

Sl. Designation Name Father’s Name Date of Joining Date of Birth Photograph Voter ID Card
No. Institute (U– Upload) NO. (U – Upload)
Ministerial Staff
Dispensary Staff
Library Staff
IT Lab Staff
Hostel Staff
Watchman
Governance of the Institution 189
Technical Qualifications {Degree/Diploma, ITI, CTI} Branch

Name
Secondary School/
Matric Year of Passing
Experience Details (Name
of Establishment & Year of
experience) (U-upload)
Salary
Salary A/c Details Bank
Name,
Branch & A/c No.
(U-upload copy
of Bank
Statement.)
Photograph

year of Passing Certificate No. of enclosed certificate

Year of Certificate Number ITI Diploma Degree 1 2 3 Bank A/c Branch
Passing (U-upload copy of Name No.
cert.)
Year of Certificate Year of Certificate Year of Certificate
Passing Number Passing Number Passing Number
(U-upload (U-upload (U-upload
copy of copy of copy of
cert.) cert.) cert.)
190 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres
Governance of the Institution 191

IV(A) Infrastructure
a. Details of Land and Building at the Institute: (Note: All Dimensions on the Drawings to be prepared by
Registered Architect should be in metre.). For details please refer Annexure G1.
1. Space and Electricity Requirement

Trade Space Required Actual Space Electricity Load Actual Electricity

(Sq. Metre) (Sq. Metre) Required (KW) Load Available
Total Accommodation (Sq. Metre) required
as per NCVT Norms for the Whole Institute
(Covered Area)

2. Total land area provided for the Institute

3. Whether own or rented building (enclose proof of ownership/lease deed/rent agreement (Upload)
4. Date of occupation
5. Duration of lease/rent agreement
6. Date of expiry of Lease/Rent agreement:
7. Site plan and layout of the entire Institute (Upload)
8. Name of Architecture
9. Address of Architect along with Telephone No.
10. Registration Number of Architect (Upload copy of building layout duly attested by Architect)

11 Area available in the Institute for Office and Other facilities

Description Area available in the Institute Remarks (Mention Shortage if any)
Principal’s Chamber
Office
Staff Room
Library List of technical books to be verified separately
(Upload)
IT Lab List of items available to be verified and
furnished separately (Upload)
Engineering Drawing Hall List of items available to be furnished separately
(Upload)
Workshop Calculations and Science
Room
Employability Skills/Social Studies
Room
Playground and Sports Facilities
(Indoor and Outdoor) separately (Upload)
192 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

IV(b) Area available in the Workshops and Classrooms (For details please refer Annexure G2)
Name of Maximum no. of units Workshop Class Rooms
Trade in one shift only
Required as Actually Shortage Required as per Actually Shortage
per NCVT available (if any) NCVT norms available (if any)
norms (Sq. m) (Sq m) (Sq. m) (Sq m)

(Note : Upload front view of Institute, Classroom photographs, Workshop Photographs)

— Number of Floors in the Institute

— If number of Floors are more than 3, has the Institute Installed a
Lift in the Institute Yes/ No
— Name of the Organization who has Installed the Lift
— Capacity of Lift (Number of Persons that can be accommodated in Lift)
— Safety Certificate of Lift Yes/ No
— Workshop Roof (Please tick the appropriate category) Pitched Roof/
Flat RCC Roof
— Does Institute have Hostel Facility
— If yes, please provide details of hostel in terms of Size No. of Rooms
— No. of Toilets in Institute
IV(c) Power Supply (For details please refer Annex G3)
(Note: Electrical Connection should be in the name of the ITI/Management/Owner of premises)
1 Electrical Connection issued in the name of (i) For existing Institute: Electricity bill indicat-
2 Electrical Connection issuing authority ing connected load is required to be produced
3 Date of connection (details of existing trades’ units should also
form part of the inspection report to assess
4 Whether three-phase connection
the required electrical load. (Upload Electric-
5 K.No. of the connection
ity Bill Indicating connected load)
6 Meter Seal No. (ii) For new Institutes: Installation report/Meter
7 Whether Diesel Generator Set Available? If Yes, sealing report indicating sanctioned load or
its capacity, Diesel Consumption and Payment if meter sealing report does not have sanc-
8 Trade (Existing) Maximum no. of units in Power supply required tioned load, copy of the sanctioned load, proof
one shift as per norms in kW of payment of dues for the same along with
meter sealing report should be produced/
submitted. (Upload relevant documents)
Trade (New) (iii) Where the Institutes in the rented/ leased
building, the electric connection should be in
the name of the owner of the Institute/man-
Total Electrical Load agement and the mutual agreement between
Power supply available in the Institute in kW landlord and the Institute/Management/ Soci-
ety as the case may be, should be produced
along with the current bill (Upload)
(iv) Declaration by the owner of the Institute that
the sanctioned load is for ITI only/shared with
any other Institute. (Upload)
Governance of the Institution 193

(Note: The energy supplied by DG set is to be measured by installing Digital/Electronic meter at suitable
location. This energy meter is to be sealed by the State Directorate Officers during preliminary inspection to
avoid any tampering).

V. Tools, Equipments and Machineries

(Note: Only new Tools, Equipment and Machinery to be purchased for new trade/expansion and required to
be given in the following format in the same serial order as in the standard tool list available in the syllabus
of each trade and as available on the DGE&T website www.dget.nic.in)

Sl. No. Name of Number of Tools, Total number Total number Total Cost of
the Tools, Equipments and of Tools and of Tools and number the Tools,
Equipment Machinery required Equipment Equipment actually Equipments
and for Instructor and required required for the available and
Machinery Trainees for one unit for the total total units for for all Machinery
as per as per NCVT norms units already which affiliations the units
syllabus syllabus affiliated sought
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

V(b) Tools, Equipment and Machineries (General Machineries costing above `10,000)
Sl. Name of Make Year of Purchased Bill No. Bill Vat Tin Photograph
No. the Tools, Manu- from, i.e. (Copy of Date No. No. Number with Principal
Equipment and facturing Supplier Bill to be Punched (Upload)
Machinery as Address Uploaded) (Yes/No)
per syllabus Along with
Tel. No

VI Industry Partnership
S. No. Name of the Industry Type of Partnership
(U- upload evidence)
194 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Additional Information Required from Existing Affiliated Institute

I. Whether previously granted affiliation in any trade:
If so, particulars to be given as under:

Sl. Affiliated Trade/Units Month and DGE&T reference under which Remarks
No Year of Start affiliation granted with date (State/
Trades Total of Session UT Directorate’s Ref/No. not to be
Units
Units quoted)

1st Shift 2nd Shift 3rd Shift

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

II. Instructor Training (Please refer Annexure G-2)

a. Total no. of Instructors
b. No. of Instructors CTI untrained
c. No. of instructors sponsored for CTI training (at least 20% of untrained instructors)
(U-upload copy of letter send to DGE&T)
d. No. of instructors sponsored for CTI training (at least 20% of untrained instructors)
(U-upload copy of letter send to DGE&T)
Note: If “c” and “d” are not followed strictly, do not recommend affiliation.

III. Standard of Training

a. ADMISSIONs (only for the trade(s) already affiliated to NCVT)
(No admission is allowed in any NCVT trade before affiliation is granted by Sub-Committee of NCVT)
1. Date of Starting the Session :
2. Date of Issue of Notice calling for the application (attach notice or
paper advertisement, pamphlets..... etc.) – (Upload)
3. Last Date of Receipt of Application ﬁxed
as per the Notice
4. Number of Applications received :
5. Date by which Admission were Completed :
6. Date from which Classes were Started :
7. Tradewise Number of Trainees on roll on the day of Application
Trade Number of Trainees on roll
Governance of the Institution 195

8. Criteria for admission of trainees a) Merit b) Other Criteria

(In case of other criteria, kindly upload the details of admissions)
9. Whether the trainees admitted fulfill the prescribed
qualification and age a) Yes b) No
10. Copy of Prospectus to be uploaded
11. CCE (Continuous and Comprehensive Evaluation)
(Available on Internet (Website) and evidence retained)
(U-Details to be uploaded)
b. Coverage of syllabus for each trade, on the date of application:
Sl. Name of the subject No. of weeks to be completed on No. of weeks actually % coverage
No. day of application completed

6 months I year II year 6 Months I Year II year

1 Trade Theory
2 Trade Practical
3 Workshop calculation and Science
4 Engineering Drawing
5 Employability Skills/Social Studies
Note: If above records are not available and not as per syllabus, do not recommend affiliation. Not ap-
plicable for new ITI.

C. No. of Tests Conducted for Each Trade up to the Date of Application

Trade First Year Second Year
Weekly Monthly Weekly Monthly

Note: if above records are not available and not as per syllabus, do not recommend affiliation.

d. No. of Trainees On Roll in Each Trade Already Affiliated to NCVT

-Is Progress Card available for all trainees Yes No (U-upload sample copy of Progress card
No. of Trainees

No. of Trainees

Attendance as
Available on
the Date of

Average %
Inspection

on Date of
Inspection
Shift-wise
Number

on Roll
Sl. No.

Trade

Units
of

1st shift 2nd Shift 3rd Shift 1st shift 2nd Shift 3rd Shift 1st shift 2nd Shift 3rd Shift
196 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

e. Total Amount Spent on Raw Materials Trade-wise for the Batch Undergoing Training
Sl. Raw Materials Quantity Supplier Details Bill No. and Date of Cheque/Draft Amount
No. Description on Purchased (Upload) Supply (Upload) No. and Date in `
1 2 3 Supplier Address Telephone Vat Bill Bill Date of Cheque/ Date
Name No. No. No. Date Supply Draft No.

Total in `

f. Average Amount Spent on Raw Materials Trade-wise Per Month Per Trainee for the Batch Undergo-
ing Training (Not applicable for new ITI)
Sl. No. Trade Amount Spent since No. of Trainees Average Amount Spent per Month Per
Beginning of the Session on Roll Trainee (up to the Date of Inspection)
1 2 3 4 5

g. No. of Units of Electricity Consumed Per Month/Trainee from the Date of Starting of Training
Classes (Not applicable for new ITI)
Month 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th etc, Total Consumption Per
Month Per Trainee
No. of Units Consumed
Power Factor
Bill amount (`)
Note: In case of long electricity cuts, verify if generator is available with the institute and used regularly.
Verify Diesel Consumption records. If above records are not available and the expenditure less than
prescribed, do not recommend affiliation.

h. Result of All India Trade Test conducted in last 3 years Trade-wise (Not applicable for new ITI)
S. Name of Year of AITT No. of No. of Trainees Number of Certificates No. of Trainees
No. Trade Month and Trainees Passed Out Issued (attach sheets if Secured Job*
Year Appeared necessary)
1 2 3 4 5 6

i. Whether Placement Cell is Available Yes No

Name of In-charge of Placement Cell
Contact Number (With STD Code)
Mobile Number
Email id
Governance of the Institution 197

ii. Upload the copy of Quality System Manual

(a) All the documents being used have been numbered Yes/ No
(b) All the documents have date of issue, revision status Yes/ No
(c) All records have been indexed Yes/ No
(d) Have the Quality Policy and Objectives been developed Yes/ No
(e) Has the Quality Policy being signed by the Head of the Institute Yes/ No
(f) Has the Quality Policy being displayed at different locations like Workshop,
Library, Classroom, etc. Yes/ No
(g) Are Quality Policy and Quality Objectives being communicated to employees Yes/ No
(h) Frequency of Management Review Meeting has been set Yes/ No
(i) Management Review Meeting schedule has been developed Yes/ No
(j) Frequency of Internal Inspection of Institute has been set yes/ No
(k) Format for Management review and Internal Inspection has been developed Yes/ No
(l) Institute has the system of Calibration of Instruments, Machines and Tools Yes/ No
(m) Institute has installed Fire Extinguisher Yes/ No
(n) Institute has Emergency Exit Plan Yes/ No
(o) Institute has a system of Corrective and Preventive Measures Yes/ No
(p) Has the Institute set up Computer Lab as per NABET requirement of Clause 1.1.9 Yes/ No
(q) Has the Institute developed the website Yes/ No
— Does the website cover following fields
j Details about the Institute Yes/ No
j Introduction of the Institute with the Mission Statement and Objective Yes/ No
j Schemes Running in the Institute (CTS, MES, etc. under NCVT) Yes/ No
j Admission Criteria Yes/ No
j Trades Affiliated to NCVT and SCVT Yes/ No
j Summary of Trades Affiliated to NCVT Yes/ No
j Summary of Trades Affiliated to SCVT Yes/ No
j Court Cases and Status Yes/ No
j Faculty (Technical) Yes/ No
j Achievements by Trainees Yes/ No
j Administration Staff Yes/ No
j Infrastructure, Building and Workshop Yes/ No
j Trade Specific Infrastructure, Building and Workshop Yes/ No
j Electric Power Supply Yes/ No
j Records of Trainees Yes/ No
j Quality Monitoring Yes/ No
j Overall Results Yes/ No
j Details of Certificates Issues to Trainees Yes/ No
j Placement Yes/ No
j Library Information Yes/ No
j Sports/Recreation Information – hardware, software, facilities Yes/ No
j Industry/Institute Linkage Yes/ No
j Extra-Curricular Activities Yes/ No
j Right to information Yes/ No
j Details of Inspection conducted by State Government Yes/ No
j Application Format for Courses Yes/ No
198 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

j State Directorate Details Yes/ No

j Certification Details such as ISO 9000, 29990 etc. Yes/ No
j Fund Status Yes/ No
j DGE&T and State Government orders issued from time to time Yes/ No
j Rating of Institute Yes/ No
j Feedback and Suggestions Yes/ No
j Grievance Redressal Mechanism Yes/ No
Governance of the Institution 199

A N N E X U R E G-1

Space Requirement of ITIs and Various

Trades under Craftsmen Training Scheme

1.1 SPACE REQUIREMENT IN ITIs

i. Space Requirement for Main Building in ITIs

S. Description Area in sq. m

No. Recommended by Sub-Committee of DET Gujarat and approved by NCVT
1 2 3
1. Principal’s Room 20–25
2. Vice-Principal’s Room 15
3. Staff Room 10 per 250 seats
4. Clerk’s Room 4 per clerk
5. Stationary Store Room 14
6. Record Room 14
7. Library and Reading Room 45 up to 250 seat room, then 15 per 250 seats
8. Classrooms 1 per trainee; 6 classrooms for 250 seats, classroom size 27–30 sq. m
9. Demonstration Hall Not required
10. Drawing Hall Including in S. No. 8 (Classrooms)
11. Canteen 30
12. Tool Room (Precision Measuring Lab) 30
13. Allied trade Where related trades run, it is necessary to provide tools and area

ii. Space Requirement for Workshop Building in ITIs The details of space requirement and
electrical connected load for the trades is given in Annexure G-5 and also available on the DGE&T Website.

1.2 SPACE NORMS FOR WORKSHOP FOR ITIs

d While prescribing the space norms for workshops for ITIs, it has been decided that apart from pitched
roof as prescribed for construction of the workshop, flat RCC roofs for workshops and laboratories
may also be considered so that the space can be utilized economically and also comfortable to the
trainees in tropical regions.
d Keeping in view the escalating cost of land and non-availability of required land in urban areas, metro-
politan and other cities, the National Council for Vocational Training (NCVT) deliberated and approved
vertical expansion, with multi-storied design for workshop with a condition that trades with heavy
machineries to be housed only in the ground floor and remaining trades may be housed at any floor.
d Further, before housing any trade involving machineries at any floor other than ground floor, a cer-
tificate regarding safety/suitability of structure to house that trade from a Civil/Structural Engineer
would be necessary.
200 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

d It was also approved that as per building bye-laws, for buildings having more than three floors, provi-
sion of lift would be mandatory.
It is also recommended that trades requiring heavy machinery can be accommodated on the ground floor.
The trades that can be accommodated on different floors are suggested as follows:
1. Ground Floor: Welder, Moulder (new name Foundryman), Mechanic Tractor, Mechanic Diesel,
Mechanic Motor Vehicle, Pattern Maker, Fitter, Turner, Machinist, Sheet Metal Worker, Carpenter,
Machinist Grinder, Tool and Die Maker, Instrument Mechanic, Building Constructor (Mason).
2. First Floor: Electrician, Wireman, Book Binder, Plumber, Electroplater, Leather Goods Maker,
Manufacturer of Footwear.
3. Second Floor: Draughtsman Mechanical, Draughtsman Civil, Surveyor, Electronics Mechanic,
Mechanic Radio and TV, Dress Making, Stenography (Hindi), Stenography (English), Painter
General, DPCS/COPA, Watch and Clock Repairer, Theory Classes, Drawing Hall, Library, etc.
Governance of the Institution 201

A N N E X U R E G-2

Scale of Staff Admissible for

Industrial Training Institute

A) TECHNICAL STAFF
S. Name of Post Basic, namely seating No. of Posts
No. capacity of the Institute Admissible
1. Principal (Sr. Scale) it is with above 1000 seats 1
Vice-Principal 2
(of the rank of Class II Principal and posts inter-changeable)
2 Principal (Sr. Scale) it is with 600 to 999 seats 1
Vice-Principal (Jr. Scale) 1
3 Principal (Sr. Scale) it is with 400 to 599 seats 1
4 Principal (Jr. Scale) it is upto 399 seats 1
5 Superintendent it is below 200 seats 1
6 Training Officer For every 8 units 1
7. Vocational/Craft Instructor (Theory) 1
For minimum two units
8. Vocational/Craft Instructor (Practical) 1
9. Training and Placement Officer (in the rank of Dy. Director/Joint Having 1000 or more
Director) sanctioned seats

(i) A post of Training and Placement Officer at each Regional Centre under Central and State
Governments DGE&T-19/17/2010-CD, dated 15.05.2011
(ii) One such post be created in an ITI having 1,000 or more sanctioned seats
(iii) For other Institutes having less than 1,000 seats, a staff member of appropriate level should be
entrusted to carry out the function of liaison with industry
(DGE&T-19/2/88-CD, dated 08.02.88) and (DGE&T-19(6)/90-CD, dated 15.05.90)

S. Name of Post Basic, namely seating No. of Posts Admissible

No. capacity of the Institute
10. Drawing Instructor One for 144 (Engineering and/or Non-engineering) seats sanc-
tioned
11. Mathematics Instructor One for 144 Engineering seats sanctioned (DGE&T-12(20)/81-TC
dated 08.06.81)
12. Allied Trade Instructor The post of Allied Trade Instructor may not be provided in ITIs in
which allied trade training could be carried out by the respective
trade instructor. However, the existing staff on all such posts may
be phased out gradually. (DGE&T-19(8)/89-CD, dated 31.3.89)
(Contd.)
202 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

S. Name of Post Basic, namely seating No. of Posts Admissible

No. capacity of the Institute
13(i) Mechanic Machine Tool One when 6 units exit in an ITI in the following trades:
Maintenance – Machinist
– Turner
– Tool and Die Maker
– Jig and Fixtures
– Die and Mould
– Instrument Mechanic
Mechanic Machine Tool One in each ITI working in three shifts and having trades of Ma-
Maintenance chinist and/or Turner if Mechanic Machine Tool Maintenance are
otherwise not admissible.
Mechanic Machine Tool One to be attached to an ITI with 600 seats or more to the State
Maintenance Directorate, if there is no such ITI
13(ii) Maintenance Mechanic One for 15–30 equivalent machines. Two for 30–60 equivalent
for Maintenance Section machines. Three for 60-90 equivalent machines and above. The
Mechanic Machine Tool Maintenance and Maintenance Mechanic
already appointed under the existing pattern to be taken into ac-
count and only one maintenance mechanic to be appointed for the
present where three or less Maintenance Mechanics are admis-
sible.
14 Carpenter One at each such Industrial Training Institute where the number of
seats sanctioned is 250 or more and where the post of Instructor
Carpentry does not exist.
15 Motor Driving Instructor One for Mechanic (Motor Vehicle)

16 Employability Skill State Government/UT administration may organize training in

Instructor Employability Skill either by utilizing instructors from outside on
part-time basis or by the regular existing instructors who are quali-
fied. (DGE&T-19(9)90-CD, dated 21.05.90) and (No.
DGE&T-19/17/2010-CD, dated 15.4.2011)
17. Stenography Instructor One for each unit
(English)
18. Language Instructor One for each ITI where the Trade of Stenography (English) exists
(English)
19. Stenography Instructor One for each unit
(Hindi)
20. Language Instructor One for each ITI where the trade of Stenography exists
21. Typewriter and One for each ITI where the trade of Stenography exists
Office Machine
Mechanic
Note: A regular mechanic may be appointed only if the repair of 40–50 computers can be entrusted to him/her failing which a part-
time mechanic may be engaged but they should attend every alternate working day.
22 Farash-cum-Attendant One for Stenography trade
Governance of the Institution 203

B) SUPPORTING STAFF
Sanctioned Strength Upper Division Lower Division Attendants Malis Sweeper Chowkidars
Clerk (UDC) Clerk (LDC)
(Multi-Skill persons)
For a minimum of 50 seats 1 — 1 1 1 1
For a minimum of 100 seats 2 1 2 2 1 2
For a minimum of 150 seats 2 2 2 3 2 3
For a minimum of 200 seats 3 2 3 3 2 3
For a minimum of 250 seats 3 3 3 4 3 4

Above the sanctioned strength of 250 seats, for every 50 to 100 additional seats, one additional clerk,
UD or LD according to the circumstances, one workshop attendant and one Class IV staff may be
provided.
Where the number of clerks is atleast three, one of them may be appointed as Head Clerk.
Where the number of clerks is six or more, one Office Superintendent may be appointed.

C) HOSTEL STAFF
1. Hostel Superintendent-cum-Physical One for the hostel attached to each institute
Training Instructor
2. Hostel Clerk UDC or LDC, one for each hostel, where the actual
strength is 50 or more in addition to the Hostel
Superintendent.
3. Hostel Multi Skill Person
No. of trainees in the hostel Sweepers Chowkidars
1 to 50 trainees 1 1
51 to 100 trainees 2 2
101 to 200 trainees 3 4

D) MEDICAL STAFF
Medical Officer Part time only, and First Aid Facility should be
available in Institute

E) OTHER ALLIED STAFF

As regards the appointment of storekeepers at the institute, the following scale is recommended, for the
different categories of the institute:
1. Storekeepers
(i) Institutes below 250 seats One Storekeeper
(ii) Institutes with 251 to 599 seats One Storekeeper and one Asst. Storekeeper
204 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

(iii) Institutes with 600 to 899 seats One Storekeeper and two Asst. Storekeepers
(iv) Institutes with 900 seats and above One Store Superintendent and three Asst. Storekeepers
The scales of pay of the Store Superintendent, Storekeepers and Asst. Storekeepers will be according
to the State’s scales of pay for such posts in other departments of the State Government.
2. Librarian One Librarian for an institute with 400 or more seats is recommended.
(DGE&T-29(3)/86-CD, dated 17.02.86)
3. Switchboard Attendant Where there is a separate electric sub-station at the institutes and no
attendant is provided by PWD, one sub-station attendant for each shift
could be appointed; the scale of pay of the attendant will be according
to the State’s scale.
4. Store Attendant One Store attendant for each Store Superintendent, Storekeeper/
Assistant Storekeeper recommended.
5. Accountant One Accountant should be provided in each Institute
6. Electrician One in each ITI where Electrician trade does not exist.

F) MINIMUM NORMS REGARDING STAFF

1. There should be a suitably qualified Principal/Head of the Institute for the ITI.
2. The training staff should be as under:
(a) Training Officer One for every eight units
(b) Trade Instructor One for each unit
(c) Drawing Instructor One for 144 (Engg. Trade) seats*
(d) Maths Instructor One for 144 (Engg. Trade) seats*
(e) Allied trade Instructor One for 250 (Engg. Trade) seats*
(f) Mechanic Machine Tool Instructor One for six units in ITI in the following in
(i) Machinist (Grinder),
(ii) Machinist,
(iii) Turner,
(iv) Tool and Die Maker,
(v) Jig and Fixture,
(vi) Mould and Die Maker
(vii) Mechanic Instrument
(g) Employability Skill Instructor One for 1000 seats.**
(h) Mechanic Machine Tool Maintenance One for each ITI working in 3 shifts
(i) Mechanic Machine Tool Foreman One for ITI with 600 or more seats
(j) Carpenter One for ITI with 250 or more seats and where no
carpentry trade exists
(k) Language Instructor (for Stenography) One for every 2 units
(l) Audio Visual Instructor One for 256 seats
(m) Motor Driving Instructor One for Motor Mechanic Trade
(n) Storekeeper
Institute below 250 seats One
Institute with 250–599 One Storekeeper and One Asst. Storekeeper
Institute 600–899 seats One Storekeeper and 2 Asst. Storekeepers
Institute with 900 seats and above One Store Superintendent and three Asst. Store-
keepers.
Governance of the Institution 205

3. Ministerial Staff As per requirements

*For lesser number of seats, a part-time instructor could be engaged.
**DGE&T. Letter No. DGE&T-19(9)/93-CD, dated 27.10.1997.

G) QUALIFICATION, EXPERIENCE OF TECHNICAL STAFF AT INDUSTRIAL

TRAINING INSTITUTES
(i) Technical Staff
Sl. Name of Post and Capacity of ITI Qualifications
No. its Status
1 Principal (Sr. For institutes with 400 A degree in the appropriate branch of University or equivalent with 5 yrs.
Scale)—Equivalent seats and above experience.
Or
to Executive Engi- Diploma in the appropriate branch of Engineering/Technology from a
neer of the State) recognized Board/Institution or equivalent with eight years’ experience
in a workshop or factory or concern of repute engaged in production or
in teaching in a recognized institution.
2 Principal (Jr. In case of ITI with seating A degree in the appropriate branch of University or Engineering/Technol-
Scale)/Vice Princi- capacity below 400 seats, ogy of a recognized university or equivalent with 5 yrs. experience.
pal (Equivalent to Vice Principal to assist Or
Assistant Execu- the Principal would have Diploma in the appropriate branch of Engineering/Technology from a
tive Engineer of to be appointed at the rate recognized Board/Institution or equivalent with eight years’ experience
the State) of one Vice Principal for in a workshop or factory or concern of repute engaged in production or
every additional 300 seats in teaching in a recognized institution.
3 Superintendent For Institute below 200 Same as for Group Instructor
seats
4 Group Instructor One for every eight units a) 10th Class pass or equivalent
b) Diploma in Technology/Engineering
c) Five years’ practical experience in a reputed Industrial Concern or in
a Training Institute.
5 Motor Driver The Motor Driver, admissible at the it is where Motor Mechanic trade is in
operation, should possess a license in heavy vehicle driving.
6 Vocational Instruc- — Academic: 10th class pass or equivalent
tor/Craft Instructor Technical: Degree in appropriate branch of Engineering from recog-
nized University or equivalent.
Or
Three-Year Diploma in the appropriate branch of Engineering from rec-
ognized Board/Institute or equivalent.
Or
National Apprenticeship Certificate in relevant trade.
Or
National Trade Certificate in relevant trade
Practical Experience in an Industry or Training/Teaching Institutes—
One Year for Degree Holder
Two Years for Diploma Holder
Three Years for NAC/NTC
(DGE&T-19(8)/2008-CD, dated 23.12.2008)
(Contd.)
206 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Sl. Name of Post and Capacity of ITI Qualifications

No. its Status
7. Faculty Member One Qualified Dental Surgeon and One Prosthodontics (MDS) or Master
for Dental Labora- Degree Holder Dental Surgeon or Specially Laboratory Trained Dental
tory Technician Surgeon or Qualified Dental Laboratory Technician
8. Vocational Instruc- 12th Class passed under 10+2 System of education or its equivalent.
tor for Trade SPA Technical: 1200 hours of spa/wellness relevant training with academic
Therapy certification.
Experience: Five years of specific spa/wellness experience
Desirable: Passed Principle of Teaching (POT) course from any DGE&T
Institute
9 Computer Opera- Passed 3 Year Diploma in Computer Science/Engineering/Technology
tor and Program- from recognized board or institution with 2 years of working experience
ming Assistant in the relevant field.
Or
(COPA)
Passed MCA/B-TECH/BE in Computer Science/Engineering/Technol-
ogy from recognized university with 1 year of working experience in the
relevant field.
Or
Passed BCA/B.Sc. Computer Science/DOEACC ‘A’ Level from recog-
nized University with 2 years of working experience in the relevant field.
Or
NAC or NTC holder in relevant trades with three years’ experience.
Desirable (preference to be given while requirement): CTI Certificate
holders in COPA trade
10 Vocational Instruc- Degree in Fire and Safety
tor for Trade Engineering/Degree in Fire Science with one-year experience in the rel-
a. Fireman evant field
Or
b. Fire Technology
Postgraduate Diploma in Industrial Safety Engineering/Fire and Indus-
and Industrial
trial Safety Engineering with two years’ experience in the relevant field
Safety Manage-
Or
ment
Defence Officers/JCOs/NCOs with 10 years of experience in the rel-
c. Health Safety
evant field
and Environ-
ment
11 Instructor for Degree in Mechanical Engineering/Technology with one-year experi-
Mechanic Mining ence in the relevant field
Or
Machinery
Diploma in Mechanical Engineering with two years’ experience in the
relevant field
Or
Diploma/Degree/Masters in Mining Engineering with experience in rel-
evant field.
Or
National Apprenticeship Certificate or National Trade Certificate in rel-
evant trade with three years’ experience in relevant trade
Instructor for Practical Workshop and Lab Work: ITI Pass out in Me-
chanic Machine Tool Maintenance with three years’ experience in the
relevant field.
(Contd.)
Governance of the Institution 207

Sl. Name of Post and Capacity of ITI Qualifications

No. its Status
12 Instructor for Degree in Rubber Engineering/Technology/B. Tech Polymer Science
Trade of Rubber and Rubber Technology/B.E. or B. Tech in Chemical Engineering from
Technician a recognized University with one year experience in the relevant field.
Or
Three-year Diploma in Rubber Technology or three-year Diploma in
Chemical Engineering from a recognized board/Institution with two
years’ experience in the relevant field
Or
NTC/NAC in the trade of Rubber Technician with three years’ experience
in the relevant field
13 Marketing Ex- Postgraduate Degree/Postgraduate Diploma/Graduate in Marketing
ecutive Instructor A minimum of one year experience in delivering similar or allied courses
Qualification or one year of work experience in relevant field
14 Finance Executive Postgraduate Degree/Postgraduate Diploma/Graduate in Finance
Instructor Qualifi- A minimum of one year experience in delivering similar or allied courses
cation or one year of work Experience in relevant field
15 Human Resource Postgraduate Degree/Postgraduate Diploma/Graduate in Human Re-
Executive Instruc- sources A minimum of one-year experience in delivering similar or allied
tor Qualification courses or one year of work experience in relevant field
16 Vocational Instruc- Academic: 10th class pass or equivalent
tor/Craft Instructor Technical: Degree in appropriate branch of Engineering from recog-
(For Advance nized University or equivalent
Module of Multi Or
Skill Course Under Three-Year Diploma in the appropriate branch of Engineering from rec-
COE Scheme— ognized Board/Institute or equivalent
Engineering and Practical Experience: Two Years in appropriate/concerned module for
Non-Engineering degree holder
Sectors Five Years in appropriate/concerned module for diploma holder
Desirable: Passed NCVT approved Training Methodology module of
Craft Instructor Training Program
*If appointed instructor does not possess Certificate of Training Method-
ology for module of Craft Instructor Training Programme, he/she should
be trained in Training Methodology module with in first six months period
of his/her joining
(DGE&T-19(26)/2010-CD, dated 30.09.2010)
17 Vocational Instruc- Minimum of 36 Trainees Academic: Passed 10th standard examination under 10 + 2 system of
tor One Vocational falling under the same education
Instructor for group of trades Technical: Passed 3-year Diploma in appropriate branch of Engineering
Trade Theory, from a recognized Institute
Workshop Calcula- Possesses Certificate under Craft Instructor Training Scheme (One Year
tion and Science Course) from a Technical Teacher Training Institute (TTTI) under M/o
and Engineering HRD
Drawing)—Engi-
neering Trades
(Contd.)
208 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Sl. Name of Post and Capacity of ITI Qualifications

No. its Status
18 Instructor (Em- Qualifications Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA)
ployability Skills) Experience: Two years in Industry or Institute
19 Stenography a) 10th Class pass or equivalent
Instructor b) Five years’ experience as Stenographer with atleast a speed of 120
words per minute in shorthand and 40 words per minute in typing
c) Good knowledge of English and proficiency in the language (Hindi in
case of Hindi Stenography)
20 Language Instruc- Trained graduate, preferably with a masters or an honours degree in
tor for Stenogra- English/Hindi
phy
21 Mechanic Machine Essential
Tool Maintenance a) 10th Class or equivalent
b) Diploma in Engineering or technology or a Certificate of Apprentice-
ship from an Industrial undertaking of repute only in one of trades of
Fitter, Turner, Machinist (Grinder) and Machinist.
c) Five years’ experience in the repair and maintenance of machines in
an industrial organization of repute
Desirable: Administrative and organizing ability

Qualifications prescribed for Hostel Superintendent-cum-Physical Training Instructor

a. 10th Class pass or equivalent
b. Organizing and administrative ability
c. Ability to keep and maintain proper accounts of expenditure
d. Ability to supervise game and sports and other recreational facilities.
A certificate in physical education is a desirable qualification
NOTE: The qualifications suggested are based on the Central Government’s recruitment rules. The
states may, however, follow their own recruitment rules in this regard. However, Private Institutes
may follow their own management rules for Administrative Staff and Supporting Staff.

TEACHING–LEARNING PROCESS
1. Time-Tables for Instructional and Supervisory Staff
A weekly time-table should be chalked out for each of the instructional and supervisory staff including
Training Officer, Allied Trade Instructor, Vocational Instructors (Practical), Vocational Instructor (Theory,
Workshop Science and Calculation, and Engineering Drawing) specifying the exact duties they will be ex-
pected to carry out on each working day. The aim should be to fully utilize every available hour.
The spare time of the instructional staff when they are not taking theory/practical classes should be
utilized in doing the following:
i. Checking trainees’ sessional work
ii. Filling progress cards of trainees
iii. Making sectional registers up-to-date
iv. Preparing charts, drawing, etc. as visual aids
Governance of the Institution 209

v. Keeping class progress charts up-to-date

vi. Chalking out the work plan for the next day
vii. Maintenance of Machines and Equipment available in the institute

2. Model Lessons/Demonstrations by Instructional/Supervisory Staff

The senior instructional and supervisory staff of the institute who have the advantage of undergoing the
Teachers’ Training Course and are otherwise considered suitable may conduct model lessons/demonstration
classes for the benefit of their instructional staff of the institute.
The Principal may arrange one such class every week of about one-hour duration of which 45 minutes or
so may be spent on illustrating the proper technique of teaching and the remaining time for group discus-
sion. It is desirable to keep a record of such model lessons and the points which arise thereafter during the
discussion to spotlight the difficulties felt and remedies suggested as guidance to the staff.

3. Staff Meetings
One of the regular features of training activities in an Industrial Training Institute should be instructional/
supervisory staff meetings at different levels to take stock of the progress made in the training programme,
to spell out and discuss difficulties encountered at different levels in implementing the program meant to
chalk out the future plan of action.
The Principal may hold the meeting of the Supervisory and Instructional staff, depending upon the size
of the institute at a regular interval atleast once in a month. Proper record should be kept of the minutes of
these monthly meetings and of the decisions arrived at and action taken. These records should be submitted
to the Inspecting Officers. In a small Institute having seating capacity upto 250, these meetings may not be
necessary.

4. Reference Material and Training Aids

The following reference material should normally be available in the Institute.

(i) In the Office of the Principal

(a) Layout plan of the institute
(b) Layout plan of the workshop giving locations of machines installed
(c) Layout showing the electrical installation in the workshop
(d) Layout of the electrical distribution in the institute premises
(e) Organizational charts of the institute
(f) Chart showing the up-to-date trade-wise number of trainees who have passed their trade test from the
institute (additional information of the number of passed-out trainees who have secured employment
or settled down may also be displayed wherever available.)
(g) Duty charts of instructional/supervisory staff
(h) Weekly time-table of each section

(ii) In the Workshop Sections

(a) Section layout plan showing position of the machines installed, their specifications, individual and
total connected load.
(b) Prescribed syllabus and standard tools and equipment list for the trade
(c) Charts showing the break-up of syllabus on the week-wise/month-wise basis
210 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

(d) Weekly time table of the section

5. Internal Inspection of Institutes

Regular internal inspections of the institute may be carried out for ensuring smooth working of the training
program meant to increase efficiency of the administration.
(i) Internal inspections of Institute may be carried out at two different levels:
(a) Training Officer/Vice Principal
(b) Principal
These inspections are to be confined to one section at one time and should be intensive and thorough,
covering all aspects of the activities of the section and factors affecting the training programme.
(ii) The inspection date will normally be fixed in advance and the section will be informed of the date.
(iii) The Principal will normally spend two hours in the section under inspection and the inspections will
be done on four days per week preferably.
(iv) In institutes where it may not be possible for the Principal to inspect all the sections of the institute
due to administrative reasons, the Training Officer may carry out inspections. In that case, inspections
may be so arranged that the Principal and Training Officer may inspect different sections during
their consecutive inspections.
(v) Proper record should be kept of these inspections. Deficiencies observed and remedies suggested to
remove them may be noted. Action taken on these suggestions should also be checked and recorded
at the time of the next inspection.

6. Salaries to be paid to the staff being engaged by ITIs

A minimum of 2/3rd of the salary being paid to a government servant of equivalent level should be paid to
the faculty/staff members of private ITIs.
(DGE&T–19(19)/95–CD, dated 16.8.1996)
Governance of the Institution 211

A N N E X U R E G-3

Power supply/connection norms

1. Power Supply
Power supply should be available as per requirements for each trade. The trade-wise electric load is
given in Annexure G5.
(Such requirements are stated in DGE&T. letter No. DGE&T-19/27/2010/CD, dated 30.08.2010)
2. The following documents as proof of availability of power supply for grant of affiliation are required:
i. For Existing Institutes Electricity bill indicating connected load is required to be produced
(details of existing trades, units should also form part of the inspection report to assess the
required electrical load).
ii. For New Institutes: Installation Report/Meter Sealing Report indicating sanctioned load or
if meter sealing report does not have sanctioned load, copy of the sanctioned load, proof of
payment of dues for the same along with meter sealing report should be produced/submitted.
iii. Where the Institute is in the rented/leased building, the electric connection should be in the
name of the owner of the institute/management and the mutual agreement between landlord
and the Institute/Management/Society as the case may be, should be produced along with the
current bill.
iv. The meter sealing report and Electrical Connection Documents are acceptable only if the
proof is on stationary paper issued by the Electricity Department.
3. Provision of Generator may not be accepted since it is only a source for temporary power in the
event of breakdown and not a source of regular power.
212 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

A N N E X U R E G-4

Standards for Machinery, Tool,

Equipment and Furniture

1. PRESCRIBED STANDARD FOR MACHINERY, TOOL, EQUIPMENT AND

FURNITURE
I. The syllabi for different trades for both Engineering and Non-Engineering Trades under craftsmen
Training Scheme are available on the DGE&T Website.
II. A Standard List of tools and equipment for both engineering and non-engineering trades under the
Craftsmen Training Scheme is available in the respective syllabi of trades for reference. Tools and
equipment prescribed in the standard list may be considered as the basic minimum requirement. The
items which are not included in the Standard List but are essential for training due to technological
development may be procured by the Institute.
III. Stock registers are to be maintained at the Institute as prescribed by the respective State Governments.
a) The main machinery must be installed with grouted foundation in the ground.
b) The machinery made of metallic construction must bear the ‘Name of ITI’ and ‘place’ with
‘Hard Punch’ at two places near the foundation.
c) The machinery with non-metallic construction, equipment and instruments must bear the
‘name of ITI and place’ duly engraved at two places.
d) Photographs of each main machinery with Principal/Authorized representative of Owner/
Trust/Society have to be uploaded alongwith details of machinery in the On-line Application.
e) No old machinery, tool and equipment for any trade are acceptable for granting accreditation.
f) Only new machinery/vehicle in running condition is acceptable for granting accreditation.
g) Pollution certificate issued by Pollution Control Authority to be enclosed.
h) Copy of Vehicle registration should be uploaded.
i) Vehicle should be in the name of the Institute.
IV. For affiliation of additional units where already units are affiliated, a comprehensive proposal
mentioning the details of machineries and equipment already existing for the affiliated units and
provided additionally for the additional units should be given. For example, for Fitter trade where
already 2 units (1 + 1) are affiliated, while submitting fresh trade/unit for two units (1 + 1), a total 4
units (2 + 2) should be given.

2. INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS
Written Instructional Materials/books/CDs and drawing of models are to be kept in library.

Audiovisual Aid, Computerization with Multi-media and Website facilities for Craftsmen
Training in the Institute The audiovisual aids are essential for imparting Craftsmen Training effectively.
Hence, the institutes are to be equipped with modern audiovisual equipment and aids. The instructors are to
Governance of the Institution 213

be encouraged to prepare and use audiovisual aids extensively. It is mandatory for all the Government and
Private ITIs to set up an exclusive Computer Lab with Internet connectivity on every computer with multi-
media. The Computer lab must have minimum ten computers/workstations and peripherals with Internet
facility irrespective of trade(s) or traderelated computer requirement for an ITI affiliated with NCVT upto
a seating capacity of 100. For each additional unit affiliated, two computers/workstations must be added.
(DGE&T-19(11)/2012-CD, dated 30.04.2012.)

3. MODERNIZATION AND REMOVAL OF OBSOLESCENCE

Provision of modern equipment, removal of obsolescence, maintenance of building, provision of audiovi-
sual aids, setting up ComputerLab having Computer and multi-media and website facility computerization,
website facilities, reprographic facilities and good libraries should be a continuous process and the Institute
should look into these aspects regularly and effectively.

4. SCALE OF FURNITURE ADMISSIBLE FOR INDUSTRIAL TRAINING INSTITUTES

The furniture required in the Institute with seating capacity of 300 seats, 600 seats and 1000 seats are fur-
nished in Annexures A, B and C respectively.
214 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

A N N E X U R E A

List of Furniture for Industrial

Training Institute having a
Capacity of 300 Trainees

Furniture Quantity
1 2
I Principal** Table 1
Chair 5
Wall Clock 1
Steel Almirah 1
Office Trays 4
Side Rack 1
Easy Chair 1
Waste Paper Basket 1
II Office** Table (H/C) 1
Table (Clerk) 6
Chair (Armed) 7
Chair (Armless) 4
Iron Safe 1
Stool 4
Trays (Wooden) 12
Almirah (Wooden) 3
Waste Paper Basket 1
Filing Cabinet (Steel) 1
III Record Room Steel Almirah 1
Steel Rack 3
IV Staff and Committee Room Table (Big) 1
Chair (Armless) 16
V Library and Record Room Steel Shelf 4
900 ¥ 450 ¥ 3150 mm with Glass Doors 1
Cabinet for Index Cards
Table Office 1
Chair (Armed) 1
Table (Reading Room) 2
Chair (Armless) 16
Almirah (Wooden) 1
(Contd.)
Governance of the Institution 215

Furniture Quantity
1 2
VI Classroom Dual Desk 50
(5 rooms) Chair 5
Table 5
Blackboard 5
VII Demonstration Hall Terraced, Seats 80
Table 1
Chair 1
Double Blackboard 1
Sliding with pulley arrangement 1
Almirah (Wooden)
VIII Drawing Hall Drawing Desk 40
(40 seats) Blackboard 2
Chair 2
Table 2
Stools, wooden (High) 40
Almirah (Wooden) 1
Chest of Drawers 1
IX Canteen Table (With Marble) 4
Chair 16
Almirah (Wooden) 1
Kitchen Furniture 1
Sale Counter
X Store Steel Rack 10
Pigeon Hole Rack 2
Almirah (steel) 3
Stool 2
Side Rack 1
Table 1
Chair (Armed) 1
Chair (Armless) 1
WastePaper Basket 1
Office Trays 2
Bin Card Cabinet 1
Fire Extinguishers 2
XI Instructional Staff Table (Foreman) 1
Table (Surveyor) 3
Table (Instructor) 16
(Contd.)
216 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Furniture Quantity
1 2
Almirah (Steel, Small) 6
Side Rack 1
Chair (Armed) 5
Chair (Armless) 16
Almirah (Wooden) 20
XII Lockers for Trainees Locker 300
XIII Assembly Hall* Terraced Seats 180
XIV Workshop Blackboards 20
* As and when an Assembly Hall is sanctioned.
** When State Governments have prescribed standards of furniture, etc. for these categories of staff, those standards will be used.
Governance of the Institution 217

A N N E X U R E B

List of Furniture for Industrial Training

Institute having a Capacity of 600
Trainees

Furniture Quantity
1 2
I Principal* Table (Officer’s) 1
Chair (Armed) 5
Wall Clock 1
Almirah Steel 1
Trays (Wooden) 4
Side Rack 1
Easy Chair 1
Waste Paper Basket 1
Table (Side) 1
II Vice Principal* Table (Officer’s) Chair (Armed) 3
Almirah Steel (Small) 1
Trays (Wooden) 2
Side Rack 1
Waste Paper Basket 1
III Office* Table Office (Supdt.) 1
Table Office (Clerk) 11
Chair (Armed) 12
Chair (Armless) 4
Iron Safe 1
Tray (Wooden) 1
Almirah (Wooden) 4
Waste Paper Basket 2
Filing Cabinet (Steel) 1
Side Rack 1
IV Record Room Steel Almirah 3
Steel Rack 7
V Waiting Room Centre Table 1
Chair (Easy) 4
(Contd.)
218 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Furniture Quantity
1 2
VI Staff and Committee Table (Big) 2
Room Chair (Armless) 32
VII Library and Record Room Steel Shelf 8
900 ¥ 450 ¥ 3150 mm with Glass Doors 1
Cabinet for Index Cards
Table Office 1
Chair (Armed) 1
Table (Big) (Reading Room) 3
Chair (Armless) 30
Almirah (Wooden) 1
Stand (Newspaper) 2
VIII Classroom Dual Desk 120
(12 rooms) Chair (Armed) 12
Table (Instructor) 12
Blackboard 12
IX Demonstration Hall Terraced, Seats 80
Table (Big) 1
Chair 1
Double Blackboard 1
(Sliding with pulley arrangements) Almirah (Wood- 1
en)
X Drawing Hall Drawing Desk 80
(80 seats) Blackboard 4
Chair (Armed) 4
Table 4
Stools, wooden (High) 80
Chest of Drawers 2
XI Canteen Table (With Marble slab) 8
Chair 32
Almirah 1
Kitchen Furniture 1
(Sale Counter)
XII Store Steel Rack 20
Pigeon Hole Rack 4
Almirah (steel) 6
Stool (wooden) 2
Side Rack 2
(Contd.)
Governance of the Institution 219

Furniture Quantity
1 2
Table 2
Chair (Armed) 2
Chair (Armless) 2
Waste Paper Basket 1
Office Trays 4
Bin Card Cabinet 1
Fire Extinguishers 3
XIII Instructional Staff Table (Foreman) 2
Table (Supervisor) 6
Table (Instructor) 25
Almirah Steel (Small) 8
Side Rack 2
Chairs 25
Almirah (Wooden) 25
XIV Lockers for Trainees Trainees Lockers 600
XV Assembly Hall Terraced Seats 360
XVI Workshop Blackboards 25
* Where State Governments have prescribed standards of furniture, etc. for these categories of staff, those standards will be used.
220 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

A N N E X U R E C

List of Furniture for Industrial Training

Institute having a Capacity of 1000
Trainees

Furniture Quantity
1 2
I Principal* Table (Officer’s) 1
Chair 5
Wall Clock 1
Almirah Steel (big) 1
Trays (Wooden) 4
Side Rack 1
Easy Chair 1
Waste Paper Basket 1
Table 1
II Vice Principal* Table (Officer’s) 2

(2 rooms) Chair (Armed) 6

Almirah Steel (Small) 2
Trays (Wooden) 4
Side Rack 2
Waste Paper Basket 2
III Office* Table Office (Supdt.) 1
Table Office (Clerk) 14
Chair (Armed) 15
Chair (Armless) 4
Iron Safe 1
Tray (Wooden) 20
Almirah (Wooden) 6
Waste Paper Basket 3
Filing Cabinet (Steel) 2
Side Rack 1
Stool 10
(Contd.)
Governance of the Institution 221

Furniture Quantity
1 2
IV Record Room Steel Almirah (Big) 4
Steel Rack 10
V Waiting Room Centre Table 1
Chair (Easy) 4
VI Staff and Committee Table (Big) 3

Room Chair (Armless) 48

VII Library and Reading Room Steel Shelf 12
900 ¥ 450 ¥ 3150 mm with Glass Doors 2
Cabinet for Index Cards
Table Office 1
Chair (Armed) 1
Table (Big) (Reading Room) 4
Chair (Armless) 30
Almirah (Wooden) 2
Stand (Newspaper) 2
VIII Classroom Dual Desk 180
(18 rooms) Chair (Armed) 18
Table (Instructor) 18
Blackboard 18
IX Demonstration Hall Terraced, Seats 80
(for 80 seats) Table (Big) 1
Chair 1
Double Blackboard 1
(Sliding with pulley arrangement) Almirah (Wooden) 1
X Drawing Hall Drawing Desks 120
(120 seats) Blackboard 6
Chair (Armed) 6
Table (Instructor) 6
Stools, wooden (High) 4
Chest of Drawers 3
XI Canteen Table (With Marble Slab) 8
Chair (Armed) 32
Almirah (Wooden) 1
Kitchen Furniture 1
(Sale Counter)
(Contd.)
222 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Furniture Quantity
1 2
XII Store Steel Rack 20
Pigeon Hole Rack 4
Almirah (Big) 8
Stool 2
Side Rack 2
Table (Office) 3
Chair (Armed) 3
Chair (Armless) 3
Waste Paper Basket 1
Wooden Trays 6
Bin Card Cabinet 2
Fire Extinguishers 4
XIII Instructional Staff Table (Foreman) 3
Table (Supervisor) 10
Table (Instructor) 40
Steel Almirah (Small) 21
(Small for Foreman and Supervisor)
Side Rack 3
Chairs (Armed) 53
Almirah (Wooden) for Instructor 40
XIV Lockers for Trainees Trainees Lockers 1000
XV Assembly Hall Terraced Seats 600
XVI Workshop Blackboards 40
* Where State Governments have prescribed standards of furniture, etc. for these categories of staff, those standards will be used.
Governance of the Institution 223

A N N E X U R E G5

Norms for Engineering and Non

Engineering Trades under Craftsmen
Training Scheme
(Syllabi of All Trades are Available at
DGE&T website www.dget.nic.in/trade

ENGINEERING TRADES
Sl. Name of Trade Duration Unit Space Norms Power Supply Remarks
No. Year of revision Size (Sq. m.)/Trainee Load (kW)
1 2 3 4 5 6
Education Qualification: 8th passed
1 Carpenter 1 year 16 6.00 4 Science subject
2 Foundryman1998 1 year 16 8.00 11
2004
3 Mason (Building Constructor) 1 year 16 5.00 2.5
1996
4 Mechanic (Tractor) 1 year 16 3.75* 4.4
5 Mechanic Agricultural Machinery 2 years 16 4.50** 13.5 Science subject
6 Painter General 2 years 16 3.50 5
2004
7 Plumber 1 year 16 4.00 2.6
8 Sanitary Hardware fitter 6 months 16 3.50 4.3
1996
9 Sheet Metal Worker 1 year 16 5.00 11
10 Welder (Gas and Electric)2006 1 year 12 5.50 15.4
11 Wireman1996 2 years 16 4.00 4.38
12 Goldsmith 1 Year 16 3.00 5
th
Educational Qualification: 10 passed under 10 + 2 system
13. Plastic Processing Operator 1 year 16 @ 13.6
1997, 2007
14 Fitter 2 years 16 5.50 3.51
1999, 2007
15 Turner 2 years 12 9.00 16.35
16 Machinist1996, 2007 2 years 12 10.00 18.32
17 Interior Decoration and Designing 1 year 16 4.00*** 9.3
18 Mechanic (Diesel)1998 1 year 16 5.25**** 4.22
(Contd.)
224 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Sl. Name of Trade Duration Unit Space Norms Power Supply Remarks
No. Year of revision Size (Sq. m.)/Trainee Load (kW)
1 2 3 4 5 6
1997
19 Machinist (Grinder) 2 years 12 8.50 23.4
20 Electroplater1999 2 years 16 3.00 16
21 Mech. Repair and Maintenance of 1 year 16 17.50 6
Light Vehicles
22 Mech. Repair and Maintenance of 1 year 16 31.50 6
Heavy Vehicles
23 Mech.Repair and Maintenance of Two 6 months 16 5.13 1.2
Wheelers
24 Mech. Communication Equipment 1 year 16 4.50 2
Maintenance
25 Mechanic Lens/Prism Grinding 1 year 12 8.40 7.5
26 Building Maintenance 06 months 16 4.00 2.5
27 Architectural Assistant 1 year 16 4.00 12.6
28 Tool and Die Maker (Press Tools, Jigs 3 years 16 7.00 29.6 Science subject
and Fixtures)
29 Tool and Die Maker (Dies and Moulds) 3 years 16 7.00 29.6 Science subject
1999, 2007
30 Pump Operator-cum-Mechanic 1 year 16 @ 11 Science subject
31 Lift Mechanic 2 years 16 3.5 10 Science subject
32 Mechanic Medical Electronics 2 years 20 6.00* 2 Science & Maths
subject
33 Mechanic Consumer Electronics 2 years 20 5.00 2 Science and Maths
subject
34 Marine Fitter 2 years 16 16 30 Science and Maths with
50% marks subject
35 Vessel Navigator2010 2 years 16 15 20 Science and Maths with
50% marks subject
36 Instrument Mechanic2000 2 years 16 5.00 8.07 Science subject
1996, 2007
37 Draughtsman (Mechanical) 2 years 16 4.00 3.7 Science and Maths
subject
38 Maintenance Mechanic (Chemical 2 years 16 6.00 13 Science and Maths
Plant)2010 subject
39 Instrument Mechanic (Chemical 2 years 16 6.50 8 Science subject Passed
Plant)2010 and 6 B.Sc with Physics and
months Chemistry
40 Attendant Operator (Chemical 2 years 16 6.50 13 Science subject Passed
Plant)2010 and 6 B.Sc with Physics and
months Chemistry
(Contd.)
Governance of the Institution 225

Sl. Name of Trade Duration Unit Space Norms Power Supply Remarks
No. Year of revision Size (Sq. m.)/Trainee Load (kW)
1 2 3 4 5 6
41 Laboratory Assistant (Chemical 2 years 16 6.00 6 Science subject Passed
Plant)2010 and 6 B.Sc with Physics and
months Chemistry
42 Information Technology and Electron- 2 years 16 5.00 7.2 Science and Maths
ics System Maintenance2007 subject
43 Mechanic (Motor Vehicle)2002 2 years 16 5.25** 4.8 Science subject
1996, 2007
44 Electrician 2 years 16 6.10 5.2 Science subject
(for 2 unit sin
one shift)
45 Mechanic (Radio and TV)1996 2 years 16 3.50 3.04
46 Mechanic-cum-Operator Electronics 2 years 20 4.00 2 Science subject
Communication System
47 Mechanic (Refrigeration and 2 years 16 5.00 6.82 Science and Maths
Air-Conditioner)2003 subject
48 Mechanic Machine Tools Mainte- 3 years 16 12.00 17 Science subject
nance1999
49 Draughtsman (Civil)1996, 2007 2 years 16 4.00 3.7 Science and Maths
subject
50 Surveyor1997, 2007 2 years 16 4.00 2 Science and Maths
subject
51 Electronic Mechanic2006 2 years 16 3.50 3.04 Science and Maths
subject
52 Mechanic Auto Electrical and Elec- 06 months 16 3.5 2.5 Science and Maths
tronics subject
53 Spinning TechnicianNew 2008 2 years 16 32.81 19
New 2008
54 Weaving Technician 2 years 20 26.25 9.4
55 Textile MechatronicsNew 2008 2 years 20 12 9
56 Marine Engine Fitter 1 year 16 5.25 3 Science and Maths
subject
57. Textile Wet Processing Technician 2 years 16 6.5 8 Science and Maths
subject
58 Domestic Painter 1 year 20 4 2.5
59 Industrial Painter 1 year 20 4 2.5
60 Rubber Technician 1 year 20 3 5
th
Education Qualification: 12 Passed under 10 + 2 system 58
61 Mechanic Mechatronics 2 years 16 @ 8 Science subject
62 Mechanic Industrial Electronics 2 years 20 5.0 3 Science subject
(Contd.)
226 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Sl. Name of Trade Duration Unit Space Norms Power Supply Remarks
No. Year of revision Size (Sq. m.)/Trainee Load (kW)
1 2 3 4 5 6
63 Mechanic Computer Hardware 2 years 20 `5.00 4
64 Operator Advanced Machine Tools 2 years 12 @ 25 Science subject
65 Physiotherapy Technician 1 year 16 6.25 3 Science, Maths subject
66 Radiology Technician (Radio Diagno- 2 years 16 4.69 4 Science, Maths subject
sis and Radiotherapy)
67 Mechanic Mining Machinery 2 years 20 4.39 20 Science subject
NON-ENGINEERING TRADES
Education Qualification: 8th passed
68 Embroidery and Needlework2000 1 year 16 3.50 3.
69 Cane Willow and Bamboo Work 1 year 16 5.00 3.5
70 Weaving of Silk and Woollen Fabrics 1 year 16 9.00 17
71 Weaving of Woolen Fabrics 1 year 16 8.00 17
2002
72 Cutting and Sewing 1 year 16 3.50 4
73 Manufacture of Footwear2008 (Foot- 1 year 16 4.50 5.2
wear Maker)
74 Old Age Care 6 months 16 6.25 2
75 Leather Goods Maker2008 (new name 1 year 16 4.50 4
Footwear Management)
Educational Qualification: 10th Passed under 10 + 2 pattern
76 Hair and Skin Care1997 1 year 16 3.00 14
77 Steward 1 year 16 3.00 8
78 Craftsman Food Production (General) 1 year 16 6.00 4
79 Craftsman Food Production 1 year 16 6.00 4
(Vegetarian)
80 Computer Aided Embroidery and 6 months 16 3.50 5
Needlework
81 Dress Making1997 1 year 16 3.50 20
82 Dairying 01 year 25 5.00 3
83 Baker and Confectioner 1 year 16 6.00 16.6
84 Driver Cum Mechanic (Light Motor 6 months 16 3.50 (Vehicle 1.2
Vehicle) parking in com-
mon garage
85 Dental Laboratory Technician 2 years 16 7.50 12
86 Institution Housekeeping 6 months 16 2.00 9.2
87 Corporate Housekeeping 6 months 20 2.00 4.2
88 Domestic Housekeeping 6 months 20 2.00 16.7
(Contd.)
Governance of the Institution 227

Sl. Name of Trade Duration Unit Space Norms Power Supply Remarks
No. Year of revision Size (Sq. m.)/Trainee Load (kW)
1 2 3 4 5 6
89 Pre/Preparatory School Management 6 months 16 3.00 3
(Assistant)
90 Event Management Assistant 6 months 16 3.50 4
91 Front Office Assistant 6 months 16 3.50 12.8
92 Crèche Management 6 months 16 3.00*** 2
93 Cabin/Room Attendant 6 months 16 5.00 2
94 Preservation of Fruits and Veg- 1 year 16 4.00 4.7 Science subject
etables2000 (new name Fruit and
Vegetable Processing)
95 Photographer 1 year 16 3.00 7 Science subject
96 Process Cameraman 1 year 16 6.00 4 Science subject
97 Plate Maker-cum-Impositer 1 year 16 4.50 4.2 Science subject
98 Litho-Offset Machine Minder 1 year 16 6.00 4 Science subject
99 Catering and Hospitability Assistant 1 year 16 4.00 19
100 Data Entry Operator 6 months 16 3.5 4 Typing Speed 30 w.p.m.
in English
101 Fireman 6 months 20 1.0 + 10,000 sq. 2
yards for practical
102 Human Resources Executive 1 Year 20 IT Lab 2.5 Lan- 4
guage Lab 1.5
103 Marketing Executive 1 Year 20 IT Lab 2.5 Lan- 4
guage Lab 1.5
104 Finance Executive 1 Year 20 IT Lab 2.5 Lan- 4
guage Lab 1.5
Education Qualification: 12th Passed under 10 + 2 pattern
105 Library and Information Science 6 months 20 0.75 3
106 Insurance Agent 6 months 25 1.50 2
107 Network Technician 6 months 16 3.50 5
108 Tourist Guide 6 months 16 3.50 4
109 Digital Photographer 1 year 16 3.50 6.5
110 Fashion Technology 1 year 16 3.50 8.2
111 Hospital Housekeeping 1 year 20 2.00 5
112 Hospital Waste Management 6 months 16 2000 Sq. ft for 5
one unit
113 Floriculture and Landscaping 6 months 20 1 Hectare plot of 2
land.
114 Health Sanitary Inspector 1 year 20 2.00 4 Science subject
(Contd.)
228 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Sl. Name of Trade Duration Unit Space Norms Power Supply Remarks
No. Year of revision Size (Sq. m.)/Trainee Load (kW)
1 2 3 4 5 6
115 Medical Transcription 6 months 10 3.50 4
116 Horticulture 1 year 20 1 Hectare plot 2
of land
117 Stenography (English)2002 1 year 16 3.00 4.4
118 Secretarial Practice1997 1 year 16 3.00 1.8
2008
119 Stenography (Hindi) 1 year 16 3.00 4.4
2004
120 Desktop Publishing Operator 1 year 16 3.50 4.3
121 Computer Operator and Programming 1 year 20 3.50 3.45
Assistant2003, 2007
122 Travel and Tour Assistant 1 year 16 3.50 4.5
123 Multimedia Animation to Special 1 year 20 Studio—50 sq. m 6
Effect Lab—80 sq.m
124 Office Assistant cum Computer 1 year 20 3.50 6
Operator
125 Spa Therapy 6 months 20 4.0 2
126 Health, Safety and Environment 1 year 20 1.0 2
127 Fire Technology and Industrial Safety 1 year 20 *1.0 + 10,000 sq. 2
Management ft. for practical
* Parking room area 188 sq. m. separate
** Parking area 152 sq. m. separate
*** One separate room is required for Computer Lab. (4 m ¥ 4 m.)
**** Parking room 52 sq. m.
All the syllabus are available on website http://www.dget.gov.in
* Inclusive 10 sq. m. dark room area
@ Adequate space needs to be decided
** Parking room 156 sq. m.
@ Not decided

It may be made available within a radius of 2 km from the campus of the Institute.
(DGE&T-2(12)/2010-CD, dated 30.11.2010)
*Space for Practical Training of the trades Fireman and Fire Technology and Industrial Safety
Management is common.
Governance of the Institution 229

A N N E X U R E 4

Progress Card for Craftsmen Training

Scheme (For Engineering/Non-
Engineering Trades only)

PROGRESS CARD: (FIRSTYEAR)

Name of Trainee : ITI :
Roll No. : Trade :
Date of Admission : Educational Qualification :
Date of Leaving : Trade : Engineering/Non-Engineering

Monthly Tests
Enggineering
and Science

Instructor’s

Instructor’s
Calculation

GI’s initials
Workshop

Remarks
Practical

Drawing

Drawing
monthly

Theory

initials

initials
No. of

Trade
tests

Math
Total

Monthly Test I (Aug.)

Quarterly Assessment Sessional Marks

and Science 10
loss of training

Enggineering
Practical 100
Progress on
Extra hours
Attendance

Calculation

Drawing 20

GI’s initials
to makeup

Principal’s
suggested
No. of Qtr.

during the

No. of Qtr.

Workshop
Theory 20

Total 150

Conduct
training
Loss of
quarter

initials
if any

Actual Possible %
I I
II II
III III
IV IV
*General Remarks, if any

Progress Card: (Second Year)

Monthly Tests
and Science

Engineering

Instructor’s

Instructor’s
Calculation

GI’s initials
Workshop

Remarks
Practical

Drawing

Drawing
monthly

Theory

initials
No. of

Trade

initial

initial
tests

Math
Total

Monthly Test I (Aug.)

Quarterly Assessment Sessional Marks

and Science 10
loss of training

Enggineering
Practical 100
Progress on
Extra hours
Attendance

Calculation

Drawing 20

GI’s initials
to makeup

Principal’s
suggested
No. of Qtr.

during the

No. of Qtr.

Workshop
Theory 20

Total 150

Conduct
training
Loss of
quarter

initials
if any

Actual Possible %
I I
II II
III III
IV IV
*General Remarks, if any
Notes:
1. This progress card should be used for Engineering/Non-Engineering Trades only.
2. Maximum and minimum marks should be inserted in the related columns by the instructor concerned.
3. The instructor concerned should make the card up-to-date for each trainee

Craftsmen Training Scheme Trade Results

Trade : Session From :
State : Date of Trade Test :
ITIName :

Marks Obtained

Practical Trade Workshop Engineering Result

Theory Calculation Drawing
Exemptions secured
and Science
if any (please see
Name of The Trainee
Son/Daughter/Wifeof

No. of Times
Skill Employ-
Drawing Test
Written Test

Written Test

Pass or Fail
or Withheld

note no. 5)
Aggregate
Sessional

Sessional

appeared
Remarks
Practical

ability
Total

Total

Total
Roll No.
S. NO.

300 100 400 100 20 120 50 10 60 50 20 70 50 700

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

Signature of Local Board Examiner

Signature of Chairman of Local Board Examiner Signature of Head of Institution
Signature of the Secretary Station
State Council for Vocational Training Date
232 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

Notes
1. The particulars at the top of the Proforma and Columns 1 to 4 will be filled in by the head of the
Institutes and then handed over to examiners.
2. Column No. 5 to 19 will be filled by the examiners
3. The result should be indicated as merely “PASS”, “FAIL” or “WITHHELD” and no division should
be maintained.
4. In case of private candidate, there is no sessional work and so aggregate marks will be 550 in
engineering trades and 180 in non-engineering trades. In all such cases, the word “Private Candidate”
should be mentioned under the column Sessional Work.
5. In column 20, please indicate exemption showing Column Number, i.e. Practical, Theory, Workshop
Calculation and Science, Engineering Drawing or Skill Employability
6. A trainee is allowed to appear a maximum of six times from the date of first appearance. Trainee has
to avail these chances within three years from the date of first appearance. Therefore, details of the
number of times a trainee has appeared in the Trade Test to be indicated in column 21
7. The copies of Trade Test result will be dispatched by the Secretary, State Council of Vocational
Training, in the prescribed proforma to the Institute.
Governance of the Institution 233

A N N E X U R E 5

Format for Web-Site for Government

and Private ITIs

Date of Last Update

(Must be updated on monthly basis)

1. ABOUT INSTITUTE
S. No.
a Name of the Institute
b Address of the Institute
c Date of Establishment
d DGE&T File Reference No.
e Code Allotted by DGE&T
f Contact Nos.
g Mobile No.
h Fax No.
i Email ID
j Location-Rural/Urban
k Approach/How to Reach

2. INTRODUCTION OF THE INSTITUTE WITH THE

MISSION STATEMENT AND OBJECTIVE
a. History of the Institute, its Logo.
b. Managing Society/Trust/Company, etc.
Name of the Society/Trust/Company etc.
Registration Number and its validity
Scanned copy of related certificates hyperlinked
Remarks
234 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

c. Name(s) of Chairperson and Members

Name and Father’s Address Mobile UID Whether member of any If answer of column 6 is yes,
Designation Name No. No. other Society/Trust/Company please furnish details
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Note: 10 (minimum) scrolling photographs (Administration, Block, Workshops and Library)

3. SCHEMES RUNNING IN THE INSTITUTE (CTS AND MES, ETC. UNDER NCVT)
Name of Scheme Total Capacity Duration Admitted in Current Current Status
Financial Year
Craftsman Training Scheme
Modular Employable Scheme
Other Schemes

4. ADMISSION CRITERIA
(a. By percentage of Marks in Qualifying Exam. b. Written Test c. Interview d. Any other)

Name of Trade under (NCVT) Duration of Training Eligibility Qualification

5. TRADES AFFILIATED TO NCVT AND SCVT

Names of Trade (linked to the No. of Shifts Seating Total Affiliation Date/Copy
respective Syllabus with DGE&T Units Running Capacity Seating of DGE&T order Link
website) (I/II/III) per unit Capacity (SCANNED)

6. SUMMARY OF TRADES AFFILIATED TO NCVT

Trade Name Shift intake capacity Total No. of Units DGE&T order No. Remarks

1st 2nd 3rd

Governance of the Institution 235

7. SUMMARY OF TRADES AFFILIATED TO SCVT

Trade Name Shift intake capacity Total No. of Units Remarks
1st 2nd 3rd

8. COURT CASE AND STATUS

a. in which court b. Institute/Management Committee/Trainees/Trainers are Party

CWP No./Name of Court Year Issue Status

9. FACULTY (TECHNICAL STAFF)

S. No. Name Designation Qualification (Class Trade Date of Regular/Ad- CTI trainees Photo
10th onwards) Joining hoc/Contract (Yes/No) link

(i) Special achievement by instructors, if any

(ii) Awards received by Instructors, if any

10. ACHIEVEMENTS BY TRAINEES

Name of Award Under Scheme Won By Year Remarks

11. ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF

SI. No. Name of Staff Designation Date of Joining Remarks
236 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

12. (A) INFRASTRUCTURE, BUILDING AND WORKSHOP

SI. No. Ownership Documents/ In Square Metres Link to scanned
Lease Agreement for Rented Building document/image
a. Total Area
b. Covered Area
c. Total Classroom Area
d. Total Workshop Area
e Drawing Hall
f Audio-Visual Hall
g Computer Lab
h Play Area
i Library
j Remarks

12 (B)TRADE SPECIFIC INFRASTRUCTURE, BUILDING AND WORKSHOP

Trade Unit Classroom Total Classroom Workshop Total Workshop Remarks (Photograph,
Area per Unit Area for Trade Area per unit area for Trade etc. in link)

13. ELECTRIC POWER SUPPLY

Present Electric Load (in kW) Hyperlink to document proof
Date of Connection
Connection in the name of
Meter No.
Seal No.
Remarks

14. RECORD OF TRAINEES

Year-wise and Trade-wise details of Trainees
Name Father’s UID/DOB Male/Female General/SC/ST/OBC/ Trade Shift Session
Name Minorities/PH
Governance of the Institution 237

15. QUALITY MONITORING

a. Attendance (on monthly basis)
Attendance of Instructor

S. No. Name of Instructor August September October November December

Attendance of Trainees

S. No. Name of Trainee August September October November December

b. Progress Card
Trade 1
Trainees/ Monthly Monthly Monthly Monthly Monthly
Name/Roll No. Test I Test II Test III Test IV Test V
Th Pr WS ED Th Pr Ws ED Th Pr Ws ED Th Pr Ws ED Th Pr Ws ED

Trade 2
Trainees/ Monthly Monthly Monthly Monthly Monthly
Name/Roll No. Test I Test II Test III Test IV Test V
Th Pr WS ED Th Pr Ws ED Th Pr Ws ED Th Pr Ws ED Th Pr Ws ED

c. Electrical-energy consumption per student per month

d. Raw-material Consumption per student per month
e. Maintenance expenditure per year on building and machines

16. OVERALL RESULTS

Year-wise (3 years record):

Trade Number of Trainees Number of Trainees Number of Trainees Number of

admitted appeared for AITT passed Certificates issued
238 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

17. DETAILS OF CERTIFICATES ISSUED TO TRAINEES

Year* 2009 2010 2011

February August February August February August

No. of Trainees appeared
No. of Trainees passed
No. of NTCs issued
No. of NTCs pending
(*Number of all the issued/pending certificates, year-wise, is to be given)

18. PLACEMENT
(i) Details of Placement Cell
(ii) Placement record of the trainees during last five years (Year-Wise)

S. No. Roll No. Name Trade Year of Passing Organization Name Salary on Joining

19. LIBRARY (BRIEF INFORMATION ON JOURNALS AND BOOKS)

20. SPORTS/RECREATION (BRIEF INFORMATION ON HARDWARE AND

SOFTWARE)

21. SPORTS/RECREATION (BRIEF INFORMATION ON FACILITIES AVAILABLE)

22. INDUSTRY INSTITUTE LINKAGES

(i) Name of the Industry Partner/MoU
(ii) Major Activities/Contributions
(iii) Industry visit/Industrial tour
(iv) Guest Faculty
(v) Workshop and Seminars

23. EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES

24. RIGHT TO INFORMATION

Appellate Officer Name Designation Contact No.
CPIO
Governance of the Institution 239

25. APPLICATION FORMAT FOR COURSE(S)

Name of Course Duration Tentative date of course When to Apply Application Format
(Download link)

26. STATE DIRECTORATE

Name and Address of Directorate
Contact Number
Mobile Number
Fax Number
E-mail Address (Hyperlink to State Directorate Website)

27. CERTIFICATION SUCH AS ISO 9000, ISO 29990 ETC., IF ANY.

28. FUNDS STATUS

SI. No. Budget Assisted Scheme (DGE&T/ Annual/Five Budget used (Hyperlink to Relevant
allotted World Bank, etc.) Year Central/State Directorate Head)

29. DGE&T AND STATE GOVERNMENT ORDERS ISSUED FROM TIME TO TIME
Order Reference Number and Date Subject of the Order Copy of the Order Scanned/Hyperlink

30. RATING OF INSTITUTE BY QCI OR ANY OTHER AGENCY

31. FEEDBACK AND SUGGESTIONS

Address for sending Feedback and Suggestions
E-mail ID
Contact no.

32. GRIEVANCE REDRESSAL MECHANISM

240 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

LIST OF DOCUMENTS TO BE UPLOADED ON WEBISTE

1. Authorization Letter of State Directorate for Shifting Premises
2. Authorization Letter of State Directorate with respect to Shifting of Trade within same ITI
3. Staff Details
(a) Secondary School/Matric School Certificate
(b) Technical Qualification Certificates—ITI/Diploma/Degree
(c) Experience Details
(d) Salary Account Details. Photograph
(f) Voter ID Card/Aadhaar Card/PAN Card
4. List of Technical Books to be verified separately—Library
5. List of the Items available to be verified and furnished separately—IT Lab
6. List of the items available to be furnished separately—Engineering Drawing Hall
7. List of sports items available to be verified separately—Sports Facilities
8. Safety Certificate of Lift Installed in Institute
9. Copy of the Rent Deed, Lease Deed attested/notarized
10. Copy of the Building Layout duly attested by the Architect with registration No.
11. Site Map of the institute showing some landmark nearby
12. Electricity Bill Indicating Connected Load
13. For new institutes: Installation Report/Meter sealing report indicating sanctioned load or if
metersealing report does not have sanctioned load, copy of the sanctioned load, proof of payment of
dues for the same alongwith meter sealing report should be produced/submitted.
14. Where the institute is in the rented/leased building, the electric connection should be in the name of
the owner of the Institute/Management and the mutual agreement between landlord and the institute/
Management/Society as the case may be, should be produced along with the current bill.
15. Declaration by the owner of the institute that the sanctioned load is for ITI only/shared with any
other Institute.
16. Bills of Supplier for Tools, Equipment and Machineries where goods are more than `10,000/-
17. Photographs of Tools, Machinery and Equipment with Principal for goods costing more than
`10,000/
18. Details of Industry Partnership needs
19. Copy of letter send to DGE&T with respect to Number of Instructors sponsored for CTI Training
20. Date of Issue of notice calling for the application (Attach notice or paper advertisement, pamphlets…
etc.)
21. Copy of Prospectus should be enclosed
22. Criteria for Admission other than Merit
23. Details of Continuous and Comprehensive Evaluation available on Institute website
24. Sample of Progress card being used by Institute
25. Supplier Details as well as copy of bill of Supplier in respect of raw material being purchased for
various trade sectors
Chapter 4
Space Requirement
of ITIs and Various
Trades Under Craftsmen
Training Scheme

4.1 LAND FOR INSTITUTE

Following Space norms for setting up Industrial Training Institutes based upon the intake capacity in each
shift has been approved, however, minimum workshop space norms prescribed for each trade needs to be
complied with.

Capacity of ITI in each shift Without hostels and staff quarters Additional space for hostels and staff quarters
ITIs having 200 or less trainees To be decided by management of Institute —
ITIs having 201–500 trainees 1.5 acre in metros/urban/semi urban and 2 0.5 acre in metros/urban/semi urban and 1 acre
acre in rural in rural
ITIs having 501–1000 trainees 2 acres in metros/urban/ semi urban and 1.5 acre for all locations
2.5 acres in rural
ITIs having 1001 or more trainees 3 acre in metros/urban/semi urban and 5 As per need to comply with the local permissible
acre in rural building bye-laws
(DGE&T-19/(05)/2003-CD-Pt-III, dated 9.12.2003)

4.2 LAND FOR HOSTEL

Hostel accommodation for 50 per cent of trainees may be provided. Adequate additional 4–5 acres of land
for this purpose may be required where a hostel for the institute is considered essential.
242 Training Manual for Industrial Training Institutes and Centres

4.3 LAND FOR STAFF QUARTERS

The provision of staff quarters may be made for 80 per cent of the staff and additional 5–6 acres of land be
provided for this purpose. The plinth areas for staff quarters for various pay ranges will be as per the existing
norms prescribed by the CPWD/PWD.

4.4 SPACE NORMS FOR WORKSHOPS FOR ITIs

While prescribing the space norms for workshops for ITIs, it has been decided that apart from pitched roof
as prescribed for construction of the workshop, flat RCC roofs for workshop and laboratories may also be
considered keeping in view the escalating cost of land and non-availability of required land in metropolitan
cities. Therefore, RCC roofs for workshop and laboratories may also be considered due to following reasons:
(a) Space can be utilized economically.
(b) Heights can be reduced.
(c) Can be expanded vertically.
(d) Number of electricity points can be reduced.
(e) Comfortable to the trainees in tropical regions.
(f) Construction cost can be reduced.
The details of space requirement in ITIs given in Annexure G5.

Wireman CTS2.0 NSQF-4
No ratings yet
Wireman CTS2.0 NSQF-4
54 pages
ATS Wireman NSQF 5
No ratings yet
ATS Wireman NSQF 5
46 pages
Fitter Sem4 TT PDF
No ratings yet
Fitter Sem4 TT PDF
201 pages
D'man - Mech - CTS - NSQF-5 Syllabus
No ratings yet
D'man - Mech - CTS - NSQF-5 Syllabus
58 pages
2024 Cdaac WTP Past Paper 2
100% (1)
2024 Cdaac WTP Past Paper 2
3 pages
Trade Test Questions
No ratings yet
Trade Test Questions
7 pages
Unit 1 - LEC Cercuit
No ratings yet
Unit 1 - LEC Cercuit
21 pages
ITI Electrician NCVT Sem 1
No ratings yet
ITI Electrician NCVT Sem 1
222 pages
Electric Vehicle Mechanic Course
No ratings yet
Electric Vehicle Mechanic Course
46 pages
Free Fitting Machining n2 Question Memo Download
100% (1)
Free Fitting Machining n2 Question Memo Download
20 pages
Wireman PDF
100% (4)
Wireman PDF
29 pages
Electrician Demo PlanYear 2 WEEK 1 To 7
No ratings yet
Electrician Demo PlanYear 2 WEEK 1 To 7
56 pages
Affiliation Order Gangapur 30.7.15
100% (1)
Affiliation Order Gangapur 30.7.15
99 pages
Technical Drawings Alberta Millwright
No ratings yet
Technical Drawings Alberta Millwright
36 pages
6.1 Tractors and Heavy Earth Moving Machinery
100% (1)
6.1 Tractors and Heavy Earth Moving Machinery
16 pages
Assistant Electrician
No ratings yet
Assistant Electrician
50 pages
Au 3711-Vehicle Manual
No ratings yet
Au 3711-Vehicle Manual
24 pages
Electrician 2nd Year (Volume I of II) TP
No ratings yet
Electrician 2nd Year (Volume I of II) TP
181 pages
Demonstration Plan 3rd Semester 2017-2018
No ratings yet
Demonstration Plan 3rd Semester 2017-2018
107 pages
Electronics Mechanic Theory 1st Year
100% (1)
Electronics Mechanic Theory 1st Year
139 pages
SYL Mechanic Motor Vehicle 08 06 14 PDF
No ratings yet
SYL Mechanic Motor Vehicle 08 06 14 PDF
43 pages
6 Couplings
100% (1)
6 Couplings
11 pages
Mechanical 1
No ratings yet
Mechanical 1
246 pages
MC Assistant Electrician-Q0602
No ratings yet
MC Assistant Electrician-Q0602
23 pages
N2 Fitting and Machining April 2023 Question Paper
No ratings yet
N2 Fitting and Machining April 2023 Question Paper
9 pages
Electrician SEM1 TT PDF
No ratings yet
Electrician SEM1 TT PDF
290 pages
Steering System Analysis Guide
No ratings yet
Steering System Analysis Guide
7 pages
Mechanical Drawing Essentials
No ratings yet
Mechanical Drawing Essentials
43 pages
thruster-BRAKE - POWERMECH
100% (1)
thruster-BRAKE - POWERMECH
4 pages
Basic Automobile Engineering
No ratings yet
Basic Automobile Engineering
3 pages
Engineering Drawing Basics
No ratings yet
Engineering Drawing Basics
32 pages
Frequently Asked Questions: Lecture 10 and 11 Hydraulic Motors
No ratings yet
Frequently Asked Questions: Lecture 10 and 11 Hydraulic Motors
4 pages
Electrician Sem1 Assignment
No ratings yet
Electrician Sem1 Assignment
142 pages
Ac Machine
No ratings yet
Ac Machine
70 pages
Electrical Foundation
No ratings yet
Electrical Foundation
2 pages
N6-Electrotechnics
No ratings yet
N6-Electrotechnics
44 pages
Automotive Basics and Mechanics Syllabus PDF
No ratings yet
Automotive Basics and Mechanics Syllabus PDF
2 pages
Rope in Report 2020 - Zone 3
No ratings yet
Rope in Report 2020 - Zone 3
30 pages
Advance Electrical Design & Engineering Institute
No ratings yet
Advance Electrical Design & Engineering Institute
1 page
Surveyor-2ndYear (Volume I of II) - Theory
No ratings yet
Surveyor-2ndYear (Volume I of II) - Theory
72 pages
19ee306 - Basic Electrical, Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering
No ratings yet
19ee306 - Basic Electrical, Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering
6 pages
Engineering Drawing Notes
No ratings yet
Engineering Drawing Notes
7 pages
Carburetor Types
No ratings yet
Carburetor Types
24 pages
View APGENCO AE Exam Pattern For Exam
No ratings yet
View APGENCO AE Exam Pattern For Exam
3 pages
042 222 Machinist
No ratings yet
042 222 Machinist
20 pages
Free Hand Drawing - ITI ED 1st Year
No ratings yet
Free Hand Drawing - ITI ED 1st Year
10 pages
Notes - Module 1 Safety Practice and Hand Tools
No ratings yet
Notes - Module 1 Safety Practice and Hand Tools
48 pages
Mechatronics System Design and Application
No ratings yet
Mechatronics System Design and Application
36 pages
Utilization of Electrical
No ratings yet
Utilization of Electrical
421 pages
Training Manual Iti
100% (4)
Training Manual Iti
176 pages
Mechanic Machine Tool Maintenance-Nsqf PDF
100% (3)
Mechanic Machine Tool Maintenance-Nsqf PDF
63 pages
Dget Guide
No ratings yet
Dget Guide
40 pages
NSQF Level - 6
No ratings yet
NSQF Level - 6
43 pages
CHNM Cits2.1 NSQF-4
No ratings yet
CHNM Cits2.1 NSQF-4
39 pages
POTFullCombinedEnglish PDF
No ratings yet
POTFullCombinedEnglish PDF
292 pages
Electrician (Trade Practical) - Removed
No ratings yet
Electrician (Trade Practical) - Removed
100 pages
Cits CHNM NSQF 6 Syllabus
No ratings yet
Cits CHNM NSQF 6 Syllabus
39 pages
Delhi ITI Prospectus 2012
No ratings yet
Delhi ITI Prospectus 2012
51 pages
Draughtsman Mech. - CITS2.0N - NSQF-5
No ratings yet
Draughtsman Mech. - CITS2.0N - NSQF-5
28 pages
Information Sheet Organization
No ratings yet
Information Sheet Organization
2 pages
Arsutoria School: Footwear Design & Prototyping
No ratings yet
Arsutoria School: Footwear Design & Prototyping
12 pages
CAPA Practitioners PDF
No ratings yet
CAPA Practitioners PDF
201 pages
Curriculum - Footwear Maker
No ratings yet
Curriculum - Footwear Maker
48 pages
Acceptable Quality Standards in The Leather and Footwear Industry. General Studies Series
No ratings yet
Acceptable Quality Standards in The Leather and Footwear Industry. General Studies Series
102 pages
Book - 2 Hatirjheel
No ratings yet
Book - 2 Hatirjheel
54 pages
MCA Web Technologies Exam Guide
No ratings yet
MCA Web Technologies Exam Guide
6 pages
Project Management Planning Assignment
No ratings yet
Project Management Planning Assignment
15 pages
Build A Worm Bin Oxbow Online Resource
No ratings yet
Build A Worm Bin Oxbow Online Resource
6 pages
Drill & Die
No ratings yet
Drill & Die
53 pages
Current Trend Unit 3
No ratings yet
Current Trend Unit 3
18 pages
Pharmacognosy Mnemonics
No ratings yet
Pharmacognosy Mnemonics
5 pages
Psychology Report
100% (1)
Psychology Report
10 pages
English Worksheets Class 1 Nouns Plurals Verbs Adjectives and Punctuation
No ratings yet
English Worksheets Class 1 Nouns Plurals Verbs Adjectives and Punctuation
6 pages
Chp. 08 (Highlighted)
No ratings yet
Chp. 08 (Highlighted)
10 pages
PBB School Level Form 1.0 Region IV A Elementary Final
No ratings yet
PBB School Level Form 1.0 Region IV A Elementary Final
4,317 pages
Project Development M1 Chapter 2
No ratings yet
Project Development M1 Chapter 2
11 pages
New Interpretation of Theto Be or Not To BeSolil
No ratings yet
New Interpretation of Theto Be or Not To BeSolil
7 pages
H2 Economics Textbook (Choo Yan Min) PDF
0% (1)
H2 Economics Textbook (Choo Yan Min) PDF
92 pages
Limits Fits and Tolerances
No ratings yet
Limits Fits and Tolerances
66 pages
Letter Writing Complaintsppt
No ratings yet
Letter Writing Complaintsppt
10 pages
TABLE - 4.1 Table Showing Gender Wise Classificaton of The Respondents
No ratings yet
TABLE - 4.1 Table Showing Gender Wise Classificaton of The Respondents
7 pages
p3ht Solar Panels Team1
No ratings yet
p3ht Solar Panels Team1
10 pages
Mama Food Home Menu
No ratings yet
Mama Food Home Menu
1 page
Book Wipo TM JKT 16 3
No ratings yet
Book Wipo TM JKT 16 3
32 pages
IBM Analysis by Krisztina Toth
No ratings yet
IBM Analysis by Krisztina Toth
14 pages
The Lost Wallet
No ratings yet
The Lost Wallet
3 pages
Omental Tuberculosis: A Rare Presentation of Abdominal TB: December 2019
No ratings yet
Omental Tuberculosis: A Rare Presentation of Abdominal TB: December 2019
4 pages
Immediate Access Microeconomics 3rd Edition Karlan Verified PDF Download
0% (1)
Immediate Access Microeconomics 3rd Edition Karlan Verified PDF Download
408 pages
Group Assignment Fat Solible Vitamins
No ratings yet
Group Assignment Fat Solible Vitamins
6 pages
The Influence of Mindful Eating And/or Intuitive Eating Approaches On Dietary Intake: A Systematic Review
No ratings yet
The Influence of Mindful Eating And/or Intuitive Eating Approaches On Dietary Intake: A Systematic Review
20 pages
A Banjo Song
No ratings yet
A Banjo Song
9 pages
Noor Fatima's Professional Resume
No ratings yet
Noor Fatima's Professional Resume
2 pages
Vinay - A S - 374996044 PDF
No ratings yet
Vinay - A S - 374996044 PDF
4 pages
Printable - Scale Ruler - 1 - 56
100% (4)
Printable - Scale Ruler - 1 - 56
1 page
Tapescripts For ENGLISH 3-Activity Book
No ratings yet
Tapescripts For ENGLISH 3-Activity Book
23 pages